From c582d9467083d47806454f71be04da345170aa6b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Rajith Muditha Attapattu Date: Fri, 19 Dec 2008 00:50:51 +0000 Subject: Fixed the license headers for the following files git-svn-id: https://svn.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid/trunk@727872 13f79535-47bb-0310-9956-ffa450edef68 --- .../client-010/addins/ExcelAddIn/ExcelAddIn.csproj | 157 +- .../addins/ExcelAddIn/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 91 +- .../ExcelAddInMessageProcessor.csproj | 135 +- .../Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 91 +- .../ExcelAddInProducer/ExcelAddInProducer.csproj | 129 +- .../ExcelAddInProducer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/Client.csproj | 445 +- .../client-010/client/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 91 +- .../client-010/client/client/ClientSession.cs | 199 +- .../client/transport/util/ResultFuture.cs | 139 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Demo.csproj | 177 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Program.cs | 213 +- .../client-010/demo/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- .../demo/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs | 163 +- .../demo/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs | 81 +- .../Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- .../example-direct-Listener.csproj | 127 +- .../Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- .../example-direct-producer.csproj | 127 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/verify | 24 +- .../Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- .../example-fanout-Listener.csproj | 127 +- .../Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- .../example-fanout-Producer.csproj | 127 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/verify | 21 + .../Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- .../example-pub-sub-Listener.csproj | 127 +- .../Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- .../example-pub-sub-Publisher.csproj | 127 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/verify | 21 + .../Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- .../example-request-response-Client.csproj | 127 +- .../Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- .../example-request-response-Server.csproj | 127 +- .../client-010/examples/request-response/verify | 21 + qpid/dotnet/client-010/gentool/codegen | 23 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/gentool/dotnetgenutil.py | 525 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/lib/log4net/log4net.xml | 57331 ++++++++++--------- qpid/dotnet/client-010/log.xml | 72 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/PerfTest.cs | 1389 +- .../client-010/perftest/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 87 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/perftest.csproj | 143 +- .../client-010/test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 91 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/test/Test.csproj | 159 +- .../client-010/wcf/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 93 +- .../wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Form1.Designer.cs | 349 +- .../client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Form1.cs | 169 +- .../wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Program.cs | 63 +- .../wcfBookingClient/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 93 +- .../Properties/Resources.Designer.cs | 163 +- .../Properties/Settings.Designer.cs | 81 +- .../demo/wcfBookingClient/wcBookingClient.csproj | 227 +- .../wcfBookingServer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 93 +- .../demo/wcfBookingServer/wcfBookingServer.csproj | 175 +- .../demo/wcfHelloClient/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 93 +- .../wcf/demo/wcfHelloClient/wcfHelloClient.csproj | 151 +- .../demo/wcfHelloServer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 93 +- .../wcf/demo/wcfHelloServer/wcfHelloServer.csproj | 167 +- .../wcf/demo/wcfRPC/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 93 +- .../client-010/wcf/demo/wcfRPC/wcfRPC.csproj | 167 +- qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/wcf.csproj | 159 +- 61 files changed, 33807 insertions(+), 32526 deletions(-) diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddIn/ExcelAddIn.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddIn/ExcelAddIn.csproj index 048b0ab6ec..6f44a998cb 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddIn/ExcelAddIn.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddIn/ExcelAddIn.csproj @@ -1,68 +1,89 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {85EFD719-39F6-4471-90FF-9E621430344B} - Library - Properties - ExcelAddIn - Qpid Excel AddIn - - - - - - - 2.0 - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - true - bin\Debug\Qpid Excel AddIn.XML - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {85EFD719-39F6-4471-90FF-9E621430344B} + Library + Properties + ExcelAddIn + Qpid Excel AddIn + + + + + + + 2.0 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + true + bin\Debug\Qpid Excel AddIn.XML + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddIn/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddIn/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 4b52fb9a40..db5fa500bc 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddIn/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddIn/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,35 +1,56 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid Excel AddIn")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid Excel AddIn")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("3bbd4414-60df-407f-9c64-c14b221167af")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Revision and Build Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid Excel AddIn")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid Excel AddIn")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("3bbd4414-60df-407f-9c64-c14b221167af")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Revision and Build Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor.csproj index c9f8ac71ef..f29cb88c11 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor.csproj @@ -1,57 +1,78 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {C2AE83A3-D5D1-469D-8611-A4738B9997CF} - Library - Properties - ExcelAddInMessageProcessor - ExcelAddInMessageProcessor - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - {85EFD719-39F6-4471-90FF-9E621430344B} - ExcelAddIn - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {C2AE83A3-D5D1-469D-8611-A4738B9997CF} + Library + Properties + ExcelAddInMessageProcessor + ExcelAddInMessageProcessor + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + {85EFD719-39F6-4471-90FF-9E621430344B} + ExcelAddIn + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 1279348645..f6bef8ac1d 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInMessageProcessor/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,35 +1,56 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("ExcelAddInMessageProcessor")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("ExcelAddInMessageProcessor")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright Apache Software Foundation 2008")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("d20b2d75-7b8b-4f7d-8a81-40a4cce94195")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Revision and Build Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("ExcelAddInMessageProcessor")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("ExcelAddInMessageProcessor")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("d20b2d75-7b8b-4f7d-8a81-40a4cce94195")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Revision and Build Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInProducer/ExcelAddInProducer.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInProducer/ExcelAddInProducer.csproj index d60a63451b..c0e4a03b90 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInProducer/ExcelAddInProducer.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInProducer/ExcelAddInProducer.csproj @@ -1,54 +1,75 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {80F00C3B-EB38-4B3B-9F77-68977A30B155} - Exe - Properties - ExcelAddInProducer - Qpid Excel AddIn Producer - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {80F00C3B-EB38-4B3B-9F77-68977A30B155} + Exe + Properties + ExcelAddInProducer + Qpid Excel AddIn Producer + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInProducer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInProducer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index f83025483c..edac96cfc4 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInProducer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/addins/ExcelAddInProducer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid Excel AddIn Producer")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid Excel AddIn Producer")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("3416a5c2-eb70-4d77-b401-dfa659bd419e")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid Excel AddIn Producer")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid Excel AddIn Producer")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("3416a5c2-eb70-4d77-b401-dfa659bd419e")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/Client.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/Client.csproj index 38f1dac737..9e5e5bbe5a 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/Client.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/Client.csproj @@ -1,212 +1,233 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Library - Properties - client - Qpid Client - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - False - ..\lib\log4net\log4net.dll - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Library + Properties + client + Qpid Client + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + False + ..\lib\log4net\log4net.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 96a79040af..5ab0be9a99 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,35 +1,56 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid Client")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid Client")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("dac7ef42-e9c8-45a5-8050-1301b6f8160e")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Revision and Build Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid Client")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid Client")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("dac7ef42-e9c8-45a5-8050-1301b6f8160e")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Revision and Build Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/client/ClientSession.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/client/ClientSession.cs index ccd906f854..2dbc27ecd9 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/client/ClientSession.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/client/ClientSession.cs @@ -1,89 +1,110 @@ - - -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.IO; -using System.Text; -using org.apache.qpid.transport; -using org.apache.qpid.transport.util; - -namespace org.apache.qpid.client -{ - /// Implements a Qpid Sesion. - public class ClientSession : Session - { - public static short TRANSFER_ACQUIRE_MODE_NO_ACQUIRE = 1; - public static short TRANSFER_ACQUIRE_MODE_PRE_ACQUIRE = 0; - public static short TRANSFER_CONFIRM_MODE_REQUIRED = 0; - public static short TRANSFER_CONFIRM_MODE_NOT_REQUIRED = 1; - public static short MESSAGE_FLOW_MODE_CREDIT = 0; - public static short MESSAGE_FLOW_MODE_WINDOW = 1; - public static short MESSAGE_FLOW_UNIT_MESSAGE = 0; - public static short MESSAGE_FLOW_UNIT_BYTE = 1; - public static long MESSAGE_FLOW_MAX_BYTES = 0xFFFFFFFF; - public static short MESSAGE_REJECT_CODE_GENERIC = 0; - public static short MESSAGE_REJECT_CODE_IMMEDIATE_DELIVERY_FAILED = 1; - public static short MESSAGE_ACQUIRE_ANY_AVAILABLE_MESSAGE = 0; - public static short MESSAGE_ACQUIRE_MESSAGES_IF_ALL_ARE_AVAILABLE = 1; - - private Dictionary _listeners = new Dictionary(); - - public ClientSession(byte[] name) : base(name) - { - } - - public void attachMessageListener(IMessageListener listener, string Destination) - { - _listeners.Add(Destination, listener); - } - - public Dictionary MessageListeners - { - get { return _listeners; } - } - - public void messageTransfer(String destination, string routingkey, IMessage message) - { - message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey(routingkey); - messageTransfer(destination, message); - } - - public void messageTransfer(String destination, IMessage message) - { - byte[] body = new byte[message.Body.Position]; - message.Body.Seek(0, SeekOrigin.Begin); - message.Body.Read(body, 0, body.Length); - message.MessageProperties.setMessageId(UUID.randomUUID()); - messageTransfer(destination, - MessageAcceptMode.NONE, - MessageAcquireMode.PRE_ACQUIRED, - message.Header, - body); - } - - public void queueDeclare(String queue) - { - queueDeclare(queue, null, null); - } - - public void queueDeclare(String queue, params Option[] options) - { - queueDeclare(queue, null, null, options); - } - - public void exchangeBind(String queue, String exchange, String bindingKey) - { - exchangeBind(queue, exchange, bindingKey, null); - } - - public void messageSubscribe(String queue) - { - messageSubscribe(queue, queue, MessageAcceptMode.EXPLICIT, MessageAcquireMode.PRE_ACQUIRED, null, 0, null); - // issue credits - messageSetFlowMode(queue, MessageFlowMode.WINDOW); - messageFlow(queue, MessageCreditUnit.BYTE, ClientSession.MESSAGE_FLOW_MAX_BYTES); - messageFlow(queue, MessageCreditUnit.MESSAGE, 10000); - } - - } -} \ No newline at end of file +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + + + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.IO; +using System.Text; +using org.apache.qpid.transport; +using org.apache.qpid.transport.util; + +namespace org.apache.qpid.client +{ + /// Implements a Qpid Sesion. + public class ClientSession : Session + { + public static short TRANSFER_ACQUIRE_MODE_NO_ACQUIRE = 1; + public static short TRANSFER_ACQUIRE_MODE_PRE_ACQUIRE = 0; + public static short TRANSFER_CONFIRM_MODE_REQUIRED = 0; + public static short TRANSFER_CONFIRM_MODE_NOT_REQUIRED = 1; + public static short MESSAGE_FLOW_MODE_CREDIT = 0; + public static short MESSAGE_FLOW_MODE_WINDOW = 1; + public static short MESSAGE_FLOW_UNIT_MESSAGE = 0; + public static short MESSAGE_FLOW_UNIT_BYTE = 1; + public static long MESSAGE_FLOW_MAX_BYTES = 0xFFFFFFFF; + public static short MESSAGE_REJECT_CODE_GENERIC = 0; + public static short MESSAGE_REJECT_CODE_IMMEDIATE_DELIVERY_FAILED = 1; + public static short MESSAGE_ACQUIRE_ANY_AVAILABLE_MESSAGE = 0; + public static short MESSAGE_ACQUIRE_MESSAGES_IF_ALL_ARE_AVAILABLE = 1; + + private Dictionary _listeners = new Dictionary(); + + public ClientSession(byte[] name) : base(name) + { + } + + public void attachMessageListener(IMessageListener listener, string Destination) + { + _listeners.Add(Destination, listener); + } + + public Dictionary MessageListeners + { + get { return _listeners; } + } + + public void messageTransfer(String destination, string routingkey, IMessage message) + { + message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey(routingkey); + messageTransfer(destination, message); + } + + public void messageTransfer(String destination, IMessage message) + { + byte[] body = new byte[message.Body.Position]; + message.Body.Seek(0, SeekOrigin.Begin); + message.Body.Read(body, 0, body.Length); + message.MessageProperties.setMessageId(UUID.randomUUID()); + messageTransfer(destination, + MessageAcceptMode.NONE, + MessageAcquireMode.PRE_ACQUIRED, + message.Header, + body); + } + + public void queueDeclare(String queue) + { + queueDeclare(queue, null, null); + } + + public void queueDeclare(String queue, params Option[] options) + { + queueDeclare(queue, null, null, options); + } + + public void exchangeBind(String queue, String exchange, String bindingKey) + { + exchangeBind(queue, exchange, bindingKey, null); + } + + public void messageSubscribe(String queue) + { + messageSubscribe(queue, queue, MessageAcceptMode.EXPLICIT, MessageAcquireMode.PRE_ACQUIRED, null, 0, null); + // issue credits + messageSetFlowMode(queue, MessageFlowMode.WINDOW); + messageFlow(queue, MessageCreditUnit.BYTE, ClientSession.MESSAGE_FLOW_MAX_BYTES); + messageFlow(queue, MessageCreditUnit.MESSAGE, 10000); + } + + } +} diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/transport/util/ResultFuture.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/transport/util/ResultFuture.cs index d3e12d4ca4..5b31c9d71a 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/transport/util/ResultFuture.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/client/transport/util/ResultFuture.cs @@ -1,59 +1,80 @@ -using System; -using System.Threading; -using org.apache.qpid.transport; -using org.apache.qpid.transport.util; - -namespace common.org.apache.qpid.transport.util -{ - public class ResultFuture : Future - { - const long _timeout = 60000; - private Struct _result; - private Session _session; - private static readonly Logger log = Logger.get(typeof(ResultFuture)); - - public Struct get(long timeout) - { - lock (this) - { - DateTime start = DateTime.Now; - long elapsed = 0; - while (! _session.Closed && timeout - elapsed > 0 && _result == null) - { - log.debug("{0} waiting for result: {1}", _session, this ); - Monitor.Wait(this, (int) (timeout - elapsed)); - elapsed = (long) (DateTime.Now.Subtract(start)).TotalMilliseconds; - } - } - if( _session.Closed ) - { - throw new SessionException(_session.getExceptions()); - } - return _result; - } - - public Struct Result - { - get { return get(_timeout); } - set - { - lock (this) - { - _result = value; - Monitor.PulseAll(this); - } - } - } - - public Session Session - { - set { _session = value; } - } - - public String toString() - { - return String.Format("Future({0})", _result); - } - - } -} +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System; +using System.Threading; +using org.apache.qpid.transport; +using org.apache.qpid.transport.util; + +namespace common.org.apache.qpid.transport.util +{ + public class ResultFuture : Future + { + const long _timeout = 60000; + private Struct _result; + private Session _session; + private static readonly Logger log = Logger.get(typeof(ResultFuture)); + + public Struct get(long timeout) + { + lock (this) + { + DateTime start = DateTime.Now; + long elapsed = 0; + while (! _session.Closed && timeout - elapsed > 0 && _result == null) + { + log.debug("{0} waiting for result: {1}", _session, this ); + Monitor.Wait(this, (int) (timeout - elapsed)); + elapsed = (long) (DateTime.Now.Subtract(start)).TotalMilliseconds; + } + } + if( _session.Closed ) + { + throw new SessionException(_session.getExceptions()); + } + return _result; + } + + public Struct Result + { + get { return get(_timeout); } + set + { + lock (this) + { + _result = value; + Monitor.PulseAll(this); + } + } + } + + public Session Session + { + set { _session = value; } + } + + public String toString() + { + return String.Format("Future({0})", _result); + } + + } +} diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Demo.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Demo.csproj index 13dacc01be..67e687008f 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Demo.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Demo.csproj @@ -1,78 +1,99 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {E4C46FBC-7560-406D-BFEF-CA010E584DF4} - WinExe - Properties - demo - Qpid Demo - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - False - ..\lib\log4net\log4net.dll - - - - - - - - - - - - - ResXFileCodeGenerator - Resources.Designer.cs - Designer - - - True - Resources.resx - - - SettingsSingleFileGenerator - Settings.Designer.cs - - - True - Settings.settings - True - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {E4C46FBC-7560-406D-BFEF-CA010E584DF4} + WinExe + Properties + demo + Qpid Demo + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + False + ..\lib\log4net\log4net.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + ResXFileCodeGenerator + Resources.Designer.cs + Designer + + + True + Resources.resx + + + SettingsSingleFileGenerator + Settings.Designer.cs + + + True + Settings.settings + True + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Program.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Program.cs index 4affadb9df..6ed0f5c393 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Program.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Program.cs @@ -1,96 +1,117 @@ -using System; -using System.IO; -using System.Text; -using System.Threading; -using log4net.Config; -using org.apache.qpid.client; -using org.apache.qpid.transport; -using org.apache.qpid.transport.util; - -namespace WindowsClient -{ - class Program - { - static void Main(string[] args) - { - XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo("..\\..\\log.xml")); - // DOMConfigurator.Configure() - Client client = new Client(); - Console.WriteLine("Client created"); - client.connect("192.168.1.14", 5673, "test", "guest", "guest"); - Console.WriteLine("Connection established"); - - ClientSession ssn = client.createSession(50000); - Console.WriteLine("Session created"); - ssn.queueDeclare("queue1", null, null); - ssn.exchangeBind("queue1", "amq.direct", "queue1", null); - - - Object wl = new Object(); - ssn.attachMessageListener(new MyListener(ssn, wl), "myDest"); - - ssn.messageSubscribe("queue1", "myDest", MessageAcceptMode.EXPLICIT, MessageAcquireMode.PRE_ACQUIRED, null, - 0, null); - DateTime start = DateTime.Now; - - // issue credits - ssn.messageSetFlowMode("myDest", MessageFlowMode.WINDOW); - ssn.messageFlow("myDest", MessageCreditUnit.BYTE, ClientSession.MESSAGE_FLOW_MAX_BYTES); - ssn.messageFlow("myDest", MessageCreditUnit.MESSAGE, 10000); - ssn.sync(); - - for (int i = 0; i < 10000; i ++) - { - ssn.messageTransfer("amq.direct", MessageAcceptMode.NONE, MessageAcquireMode.PRE_ACQUIRED, - new Header(new DeliveryProperties().setRoutingKey("queue1"), - new MessageProperties().setMessageId(UUID.randomUUID())), - Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes("test: " + i)); - } - - lock(wl) - { - Monitor.Wait(wl); - } - DateTime now = DateTime.Now; - Console.WriteLine("Start time " + start + " now: " + now); - - Console.WriteLine("Done time: " + (now - start)); - lock (wl) - { - Monitor.Wait(wl, 30000); - } - client.close(); - } - } - - class MyListener : IMessageListener - { - private readonly Object _wl; - private ClientSession _session; - private int _count; - - public MyListener(ClientSession session, object wl) - { - _wl = wl; - _session = session; - _count = 0; - } - - public void messageTransfer(IMessage m) - { - BinaryReader reader = new BinaryReader(m.Body, Encoding.UTF8); - byte[] body = new byte[m.Body.Length - m.Body.Position]; - reader.Read(body, 0, body.Length); - ASCIIEncoding enc = new ASCIIEncoding(); - // Console.WriteLine("Got a message: " + enc.GetString(body) + " count = " + _count); - _count++; - if (_count == 10000) - { - lock (_wl) - { - Monitor.PulseAll(_wl); - } - } - } - } -} +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System; +using System.IO; +using System.Text; +using System.Threading; +using log4net.Config; +using org.apache.qpid.client; +using org.apache.qpid.transport; +using org.apache.qpid.transport.util; + +namespace WindowsClient +{ + class Program + { + static void Main(string[] args) + { + XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo("..\\..\\log.xml")); + // DOMConfigurator.Configure() + Client client = new Client(); + Console.WriteLine("Client created"); + client.connect("192.168.1.14", 5673, "test", "guest", "guest"); + Console.WriteLine("Connection established"); + + ClientSession ssn = client.createSession(50000); + Console.WriteLine("Session created"); + ssn.queueDeclare("queue1", null, null); + ssn.exchangeBind("queue1", "amq.direct", "queue1", null); + + + Object wl = new Object(); + ssn.attachMessageListener(new MyListener(ssn, wl), "myDest"); + + ssn.messageSubscribe("queue1", "myDest", MessageAcceptMode.EXPLICIT, MessageAcquireMode.PRE_ACQUIRED, null, + 0, null); + DateTime start = DateTime.Now; + + // issue credits + ssn.messageSetFlowMode("myDest", MessageFlowMode.WINDOW); + ssn.messageFlow("myDest", MessageCreditUnit.BYTE, ClientSession.MESSAGE_FLOW_MAX_BYTES); + ssn.messageFlow("myDest", MessageCreditUnit.MESSAGE, 10000); + ssn.sync(); + + for (int i = 0; i < 10000; i ++) + { + ssn.messageTransfer("amq.direct", MessageAcceptMode.NONE, MessageAcquireMode.PRE_ACQUIRED, + new Header(new DeliveryProperties().setRoutingKey("queue1"), + new MessageProperties().setMessageId(UUID.randomUUID())), + Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes("test: " + i)); + } + + lock(wl) + { + Monitor.Wait(wl); + } + DateTime now = DateTime.Now; + Console.WriteLine("Start time " + start + " now: " + now); + + Console.WriteLine("Done time: " + (now - start)); + lock (wl) + { + Monitor.Wait(wl, 30000); + } + client.close(); + } + } + + class MyListener : IMessageListener + { + private readonly Object _wl; + private ClientSession _session; + private int _count; + + public MyListener(ClientSession session, object wl) + { + _wl = wl; + _session = session; + _count = 0; + } + + public void messageTransfer(IMessage m) + { + BinaryReader reader = new BinaryReader(m.Body, Encoding.UTF8); + byte[] body = new byte[m.Body.Length - m.Body.Position]; + reader.Read(body, 0, body.Length); + ASCIIEncoding enc = new ASCIIEncoding(); + // Console.WriteLine("Got a message: " + enc.GetString(body) + " count = " + _count); + _count++; + if (_count == 10000) + { + lock (_wl) + { + Monitor.PulseAll(_wl); + } + } + } + } +} diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index eab12ce3c7..5b993bb917 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid Demo")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid Demo")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("434bc34e-b59b-4800-87cf-c2d301cb5082")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid Demo")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid Demo")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("434bc34e-b59b-4800-87cf-c2d301cb5082")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs index 465e39cd65..d635c93dd4 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs @@ -1,71 +1,92 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.1433 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace demo.Properties -{ - - - /// - /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - /// - // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder - // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. - // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen - // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "2.0.0.0")] - [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - internal class Resources - { - - private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; - - private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; - - [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] - internal Resources() - { - } - - /// - /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - /// - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager - { - get - { - if ((resourceMan == null)) - { - global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("demo.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); - resourceMan = temp; - } - return resourceMan; - } - } - - /// - /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - /// - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture - { - get - { - return resourceCulture; - } - set - { - resourceCulture = value; - } - } - } -} +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.1433 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace demo.Properties +{ + + + /// + /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + /// + // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder + // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. + // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen + // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. + [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "2.0.0.0")] + [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] + [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + internal class Resources + { + + private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; + + private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; + + [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] + internal Resources() + { + } + + /// + /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + /// + [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] + internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager + { + get + { + if ((resourceMan == null)) + { + global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("demo.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); + resourceMan = temp; + } + return resourceMan; + } + } + + /// + /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + /// + [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] + internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture + { + get + { + return resourceCulture; + } + set + { + resourceCulture = value; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs index 7dcd2aa03b..e5d5c38547 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/demo/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs @@ -1,30 +1,51 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.1433 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace demo.Properties -{ - - - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "8.0.0.0")] - internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase - { - - private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); - - public static Settings Default - { - get - { - return defaultInstance; - } - } - } -} +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.1433 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace demo.Properties +{ + + + [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "8.0.0.0")] + internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase + { + + private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); + + public static Settings Default + { + get + { + return defaultInstance; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 07db227255..cfcafd19a2 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-direct-Listener")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-direct-Listener")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("6a24bfe4-4714-4d2a-acf4-96cf9a678a06")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-direct-Listener")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-direct-Listener")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("6a24bfe4-4714-4d2a-acf4-96cf9a678a06")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-Listener/example-direct-Listener.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-Listener/example-direct-Listener.csproj index 17675cb479..22eed4c79b 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-Listener/example-direct-Listener.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-Listener/example-direct-Listener.csproj @@ -1,53 +1,74 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {AE65B1B9-8779-4CB1-91AF-E7F6C7A736D7} - Exe - Properties - example_direct_Listener - example-direct-Listener - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {AE65B1B9-8779-4CB1-91AF-E7F6C7A736D7} + Exe + Properties + example_direct_Listener + example-direct-Listener + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-producer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-producer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index e72701e44b..3ca7a80095 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-producer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-producer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-direct-producer")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-direct-producer")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("006144c2-5e45-4543-8e16-c09cd4309ed7")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-direct-producer")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-direct-producer")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("006144c2-5e45-4543-8e16-c09cd4309ed7")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-producer/example-direct-producer.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-producer/example-direct-producer.csproj index deafad1728..25f8491394 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-producer/example-direct-producer.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/example-direct-producer/example-direct-producer.csproj @@ -1,53 +1,74 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {96FCB250-8142-40EE-9BDD-CA839EE21021} - Exe - Properties - example_direct_producer - example-direct-producer - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {96FCB250-8142-40EE-9BDD-CA839EE21021} + Exe + Properties + example_direct_producer + example-direct-producer + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/verify b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/verify index cd53687176..7da08480a2 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/verify +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/direct/verify @@ -1,3 +1,25 @@ +# +## +## Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one +## or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file +## distributed with this work for additional information +## regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file +## to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the +## "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance +## with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at +## +## http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +## +## Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, +## software distributed under the License is distributed on an +## "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY +## KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +## specific language governing permissions and limitations +## under the License. +## +## +# + # See https://svn.apache.org/repos/asf/incubator/qpid/trunk/qpid/bin/verify cpp=$CPP/direct @@ -12,4 +34,4 @@ mono $DOTNET_EXAMPLES/example-direct-Producer.exe localhost 5672 } clients $cpp/declare_queues direct_producer_dotnet direct_listener_dotnet -outputs $cpp/declare_queues.out ./direct_producer_dotnet.out ./direct_listener_dotnet.out \ No newline at end of file +outputs $cpp/declare_queues.out ./direct_producer_dotnet.out ./direct_listener_dotnet.out diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 9e8adf557f..6454ae44db 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-fanout-Listener")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-fanout-Listener")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("68686ef9-aa0a-4334-9c52-d7e6fc507bec")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-fanout-Listener")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-fanout-Listener")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("68686ef9-aa0a-4334-9c52-d7e6fc507bec")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Listener/example-fanout-Listener.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Listener/example-fanout-Listener.csproj index 27b785e081..d03f0170f3 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Listener/example-fanout-Listener.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Listener/example-fanout-Listener.csproj @@ -1,53 +1,74 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {18A0792B-DC3A-4EC5-93D6-DB8A111D8F15} - Exe - Properties - example_fanout_Listener - example-fanout-Listener - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {18A0792B-DC3A-4EC5-93D6-DB8A111D8F15} + Exe + Properties + example_fanout_Listener + example-fanout-Listener + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Producer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Producer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index d35f3522d2..3054ba09db 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Producer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Producer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-fanout-Producer")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-fanout-Producer")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("01c0ba10-2f23-409b-9adc-bc514a13131a")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-fanout-Producer")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-fanout-Producer")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("01c0ba10-2f23-409b-9adc-bc514a13131a")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Producer/example-fanout-Producer.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Producer/example-fanout-Producer.csproj index ebafee7f1a..bf5811fbcd 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Producer/example-fanout-Producer.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/example-fanout-Producer/example-fanout-Producer.csproj @@ -1,53 +1,74 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {4513BF94-D54A-42FE-8506-FE2CD57B2C51} - Exe - Properties - example_fanout_Producer - example-fanout-Producer - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {4513BF94-D54A-42FE-8506-FE2CD57B2C51} + Exe + Properties + example_fanout_Producer + example-fanout-Producer + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/verify b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/verify index b53d440895..51b7327243 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/verify +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/fanout/verify @@ -1,3 +1,24 @@ +# +# +# Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one +# or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file +# distributed with this work for additional information +# regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file +# to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the +# "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance +# with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at +# +# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +# +# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, +# software distributed under the License is distributed on an +# "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY +# KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +# specific language governing permissions and limitations +# under the License. +# +# + # See https://svn.apache.org/repos/asf/incubator/qpid/trunk/qpid/bin/verify fanout_listener_dotnet() diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index f6ff3a3c82..6a1f505206 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Listener/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-pub-sub-Listener")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-pub-sub-Listener")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("74ab02ae-95d1-4bad-a7cf-9964005b9b05")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-pub-sub-Listener")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-pub-sub-Listener")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("74ab02ae-95d1-4bad-a7cf-9964005b9b05")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Listener/example-pub-sub-Listener.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Listener/example-pub-sub-Listener.csproj index df58bfa6c4..ee1a22fc25 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Listener/example-pub-sub-Listener.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Listener/example-pub-sub-Listener.csproj @@ -1,53 +1,74 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {2BCDC2CC-5BDA-4CC7-944D-2899AD8A53C7} - Exe - Properties - example_pub_sub_Listener - example-pub-sub-Listener - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {2BCDC2CC-5BDA-4CC7-944D-2899AD8A53C7} + Exe + Properties + example_pub_sub_Listener + example-pub-sub-Listener + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Publisher/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Publisher/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 209db5d17e..fbbe6f04fc 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Publisher/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Publisher/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-pub-sub-Publisher")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-pub-sub-Publisher")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("f6d282a0-9dc5-46cf-a4cd-44ae402d667f")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-pub-sub-Publisher")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-pub-sub-Publisher")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("f6d282a0-9dc5-46cf-a4cd-44ae402d667f")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Publisher/example-pub-sub-Publisher.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Publisher/example-pub-sub-Publisher.csproj index ecdf2a5d44..4068ac094e 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Publisher/example-pub-sub-Publisher.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/example-pub-sub-Publisher/example-pub-sub-Publisher.csproj @@ -1,53 +1,74 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {F8857634-A134-44E7-A953-F2B22688C599} - Exe - Properties - example_pub_sub_Publisher - example-pub-sub-Publisher - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {F8857634-A134-44E7-A953-F2B22688C599} + Exe + Properties + example_pub_sub_Publisher + example-pub-sub-Publisher + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/verify b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/verify index 8e4e7516ab..45d80c4866 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/verify +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/pub-sub/verify @@ -1,3 +1,24 @@ +# +# +# Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one +# or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file +# distributed with this work for additional information +# regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file +# to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the +# "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance +# with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at +# +# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +# +# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, +# software distributed under the License is distributed on an +# "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY +# KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +# specific language governing permissions and limitations +# under the License. +# +# + # See https://svn.apache.org/repos/asf/incubator/qpid/trunk/qpid/bin/verify pubsub_listener_dotnet() diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Client/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Client/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index d1ac2473de..59c9f10f62 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Client/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Client/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-request-response-Client")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-request-response-Client")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("08bf6aed-bf79-4d16-9a28-6363d5322cdd")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-request-response-Client")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-request-response-Client")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("08bf6aed-bf79-4d16-9a28-6363d5322cdd")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Client/example-request-response-Client.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Client/example-request-response-Client.csproj index 2d32dd6b66..2787aa4b6a 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Client/example-request-response-Client.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Client/example-request-response-Client.csproj @@ -1,53 +1,74 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {1BC63815-4029-4039-9207-35E7E06ECC99} - Exe - Properties - example_request_response_Client - example-request-response-Client - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {1BC63815-4029-4039-9207-35E7E06ECC99} + Exe + Properties + example_request_response_Client + example-request-response-Client + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Server/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Server/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index ae96a64eb0..468cdf557a 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Server/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Server/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-request-response-Server")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-request-response-Server")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("ef3456e2-7c19-47aa-8dd6-aeaa88c5c4ad")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("example-request-response-Server")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("example-request-response-Server")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("ef3456e2-7c19-47aa-8dd6-aeaa88c5c4ad")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Server/example-request-response-Server.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Server/example-request-response-Server.csproj index 080b2458b8..f35555aed8 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Server/example-request-response-Server.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/example-request-response-Server/example-request-response-Server.csproj @@ -1,53 +1,74 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {922FBA9C-E483-4AEF-ABE8-AC87421E829B} - Exe - Properties - example_request_response_Server - example-request-response-Server - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {922FBA9C-E483-4AEF-ABE8-AC87421E829B} + Exe + Properties + example_request_response_Server + example-request-response-Server + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/verify b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/verify index 1ee4f25c18..fa69461f68 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/verify +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/examples/request-response/verify @@ -1,3 +1,24 @@ +# +# +# Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one +# or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file +# distributed with this work for additional information +# regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file +# to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the +# "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance +# with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at +# +# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +# +# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, +# software distributed under the License is distributed on an +# "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY +# KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +# specific language governing permissions and limitations +# under the License. +# +# + # See https://svn.apache.org/repos/asf/incubator/qpid/trunk/qpid/bin/verify server_dotnet() diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/gentool/codegen b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/gentool/codegen index 7a1476b75e..8a3a6de7ee 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/gentool/codegen +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/gentool/codegen @@ -1,4 +1,25 @@ #!/usr/bin/env python +# +# +# Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one +# or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file +# distributed with this work for additional information +# regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file +# to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the +# "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance +# with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at +# +# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +# +# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, +# software distributed under the License is distributed on an +# "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY +# KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +# specific language governing permissions and limitations +# under the License. +# +# + import os, sys, mllib from templating import Parser @@ -61,4 +82,4 @@ enums = spec.query["amqp/domain", is_enum] + \ for e in enums: name = cname(e) - execute("%s.cs" % name, "Enum.tpl", name = name, type = e) \ No newline at end of file + execute("%s.cs" % name, "Enum.tpl", name = name, type = e) diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/gentool/dotnetgenutil.py b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/gentool/dotnetgenutil.py index 0bfea4a0ba..a071ad3bde 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/gentool/dotnetgenutil.py +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/gentool/dotnetgenutil.py @@ -1,252 +1,273 @@ - -def camel(offset, *args): - parts = [] - for a in args: - parts.extend(a.split("-")) - return "".join(parts[:offset] + [p[0].upper() + p[1:] for p in parts[offset:]]) - -def dromedary(s): - return s[0].lower() + s[1:] - -def scream(*args): - return "_".join([a.replace("-", "_").upper() for a in args]) - -def num(x, default=None): - if x is not None and x != "": - return int(x, 0) - else: - return default - -def klass(nd): - parent = nd.parent - while parent is not None: - if hasattr(parent, "name") and parent.name == "class": - return parent - parent = parent.parent - -untyped = -1 - -def code(nd): - global untyped - cd = num(nd["@code"]) - if cd is None: - cd = untyped - untyped -= 1 - return cd - - cls = klass(nd) - if cls: - cd |= (num(cls["@code"]) << 8) - return cd - -def root(nd): - if nd.parent is None: - return nd - else: - return root(nd.parent) - -def qname(nd): - name = nd["@name"] - cls = klass(nd) - if cls != None: - return "%s.%s" % (cls["@name"], name) - else: - return name - -RESOLVED = {} - -def resolve(node, name): - key = (node, name) - if RESOLVED.has_key(key): - return RESOLVED[key] - else: - spec = root(node) - cls = klass(node) - if cls: - for nd in cls.query["#tag"]: - if nd["@name"] == name: - RESOLVED[key] = nd - return nd - for nd in spec.query["amqp/#tag"] + spec.query["amqp/class/#tag"]: - if name == qname(nd): - RESOLVED[key] = nd - return nd - raise Exception("unresolved name: %s" % name) - -def resolve_type(nd): - if hasattr(nd, "_resolved_type"): - return nd._resolved_type - else: - name = nd["@type"] - type = resolve(nd, name) - if type.name == "domain" and not type["enum"]: - type = resolve_type(type) - nd._resolved_type = type - return type - -TYPES = { - "bit": "bool", - "uint8": "short", - "uint16": "int", - "uint32": "long", - "uint64": "long", - "datetime": "long", - "uuid": "UUID", - "sequence-no": "int", - "sequence-set": "RangeSet", # XXX - "byte-ranges": "RangeSet", # XXX - "str8": "String", - "str16": "String", - "vbin8": "byte[]", - "vbin16": "byte[]", - "vbin32": "byte[]", - "struct32": "Struct", - "map": "Dictionary", - "array": "List" - } - -def cname(nd, field="@name"): - cls = klass(nd) - if cls: - if (nd.name in ("struct", "result") and - cls["@name"] != "session" and - nd[field] != "header"): - return camel(0, nd[field]) - else: - return camel(0, cls["@name"], nd[field]) - else: - return camel(0, nd[field]) - -def jtype(nd): - if nd.name == "struct" or nd["enum"]: - return cname(nd) - else: - return TYPES[nd["@name"]] - -REFS = { - "bool": "Boolean", - "byte": "Byte", - "short": "Short", - "int": "Integer", - "long": "Long", - "float": "Float", - "double": "Double", - "char": "Character" -} - -def jref(jt): - return REFS.get(jt, jt) - -def jclass(jt): - idx = jt.find('<') - if idx > 0: - return jt[:idx] - else: - return jt - -DEFAULTS = { - "long": 0, - "int": 0, - "short": 0, - "byte": 0, - "char": 0, - "bool": "false" - } - -class Field: - - def __init__(self, index, nd): - self.index = index - self.name = camel(1, nd["@name"]) - self.type_node = resolve_type(nd) - if self.type_node.name == "domain": - self.prim_type = resolve_type(self.type_node) - else: - self.prim_type = self.type_node - self.variable_width = num(self.prim_type["@variable-width"], 0) - self.fixed_width = num(self.prim_type["@fixed-width"], 0) - self.empty = self.variable_width == 0 and self.fixed_width == 0 and self.prim_type.name != "struct" - tname = cname(self.type_node) - if self.type_node.name == "struct": - self.read = "(%s) dec.readStruct(%s.TYPE)" % (tname, tname) - self.write = "enc.writeStruct(%s.TYPE, check(struct).%s)" % (tname, self.name) - self.coder = "Struct" - elif self.type_node.name == "domain": - self.coder = camel(0, self.prim_type["@name"]) - self.read = "%s.get(dec.read%s())" % (tname, self.coder) - self.write = "enc.write%s(check(struct).%s.getValue())" % (self.coder, self.name) - else: - self.coder = camel(0, self.type_node["@name"]) - self.read = "dec.read%s()" % self.coder - self.write = "enc.write%s(check(struct).%s)" % (self.coder, self.name) - self.type = jtype(self.type_node) - self.default = DEFAULTS.get(self.type, "null") - self.has = camel(1, "has", self.name) - self.get = camel(1, "get", self.name) - self.set = camel(1, "set", self.name) - self.clear = camel(1, "clear", self.name) - if self.type == "bool": - self.option = scream(nd["@name"]) - else: - self.option = None - - def flag_mask(self, pack): - flag = pack * 8 - 8 - (self.index/8)*8 + (self.index % 8) - return 1 << flag - - -def get_fields(nd): - fields = [] - index = 0 - for f in nd.query["field"]: - fields.append(Field(index, f)) - index += 1 - return fields - -def get_parameters(type, fields): - params = [] - options = False - for f in fields: - if f.option: - options = True - else: - params.append("%s %s" % (f.type, f.name)) - if type["segments"]: - params.append("Header header") - params.append("MemoryStream body") - if options or type.name in ("control", "command"): - params.append("Option ... _options") - return params - -def get_arguments(type, fields): - args = [] - options = False - for f in fields: - if f.option: - options = True - else: - args.append(f.name) - if type["segments"]: - args.append("header") - args.append("body") - if options or type.name in ("control", "command"): - args.append("_options") - return args - -def get_options(fields): - return [f for f in fields if f.option] - -def get_dotnetparameters(type, fields): - params = [] - options = False - for f in fields: - if f.option: - options = True - else: - params.append("%s %s" % (f.type, f.name)) - if type["segments"]: - params.append("Header header") - params.append("MemoryStream body") - if options or type.name in ("control", "command"): - params.append("params Option[] _options") - return params \ No newline at end of file +# +# +# Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one +# or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file +# distributed with this work for additional information +# regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file +# to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the +# "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance +# with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at +# +# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +# +# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, +# software distributed under the License is distributed on an +# "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY +# KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +# specific language governing permissions and limitations +# under the License. +# +# + + +def camel(offset, *args): + parts = [] + for a in args: + parts.extend(a.split("-")) + return "".join(parts[:offset] + [p[0].upper() + p[1:] for p in parts[offset:]]) + +def dromedary(s): + return s[0].lower() + s[1:] + +def scream(*args): + return "_".join([a.replace("-", "_").upper() for a in args]) + +def num(x, default=None): + if x is not None and x != "": + return int(x, 0) + else: + return default + +def klass(nd): + parent = nd.parent + while parent is not None: + if hasattr(parent, "name") and parent.name == "class": + return parent + parent = parent.parent + +untyped = -1 + +def code(nd): + global untyped + cd = num(nd["@code"]) + if cd is None: + cd = untyped + untyped -= 1 + return cd + + cls = klass(nd) + if cls: + cd |= (num(cls["@code"]) << 8) + return cd + +def root(nd): + if nd.parent is None: + return nd + else: + return root(nd.parent) + +def qname(nd): + name = nd["@name"] + cls = klass(nd) + if cls != None: + return "%s.%s" % (cls["@name"], name) + else: + return name + +RESOLVED = {} + +def resolve(node, name): + key = (node, name) + if RESOLVED.has_key(key): + return RESOLVED[key] + else: + spec = root(node) + cls = klass(node) + if cls: + for nd in cls.query["#tag"]: + if nd["@name"] == name: + RESOLVED[key] = nd + return nd + for nd in spec.query["amqp/#tag"] + spec.query["amqp/class/#tag"]: + if name == qname(nd): + RESOLVED[key] = nd + return nd + raise Exception("unresolved name: %s" % name) + +def resolve_type(nd): + if hasattr(nd, "_resolved_type"): + return nd._resolved_type + else: + name = nd["@type"] + type = resolve(nd, name) + if type.name == "domain" and not type["enum"]: + type = resolve_type(type) + nd._resolved_type = type + return type + +TYPES = { + "bit": "bool", + "uint8": "short", + "uint16": "int", + "uint32": "long", + "uint64": "long", + "datetime": "long", + "uuid": "UUID", + "sequence-no": "int", + "sequence-set": "RangeSet", # XXX + "byte-ranges": "RangeSet", # XXX + "str8": "String", + "str16": "String", + "vbin8": "byte[]", + "vbin16": "byte[]", + "vbin32": "byte[]", + "struct32": "Struct", + "map": "Dictionary", + "array": "List" + } + +def cname(nd, field="@name"): + cls = klass(nd) + if cls: + if (nd.name in ("struct", "result") and + cls["@name"] != "session" and + nd[field] != "header"): + return camel(0, nd[field]) + else: + return camel(0, cls["@name"], nd[field]) + else: + return camel(0, nd[field]) + +def jtype(nd): + if nd.name == "struct" or nd["enum"]: + return cname(nd) + else: + return TYPES[nd["@name"]] + +REFS = { + "bool": "Boolean", + "byte": "Byte", + "short": "Short", + "int": "Integer", + "long": "Long", + "float": "Float", + "double": "Double", + "char": "Character" +} + +def jref(jt): + return REFS.get(jt, jt) + +def jclass(jt): + idx = jt.find('<') + if idx > 0: + return jt[:idx] + else: + return jt + +DEFAULTS = { + "long": 0, + "int": 0, + "short": 0, + "byte": 0, + "char": 0, + "bool": "false" + } + +class Field: + + def __init__(self, index, nd): + self.index = index + self.name = camel(1, nd["@name"]) + self.type_node = resolve_type(nd) + if self.type_node.name == "domain": + self.prim_type = resolve_type(self.type_node) + else: + self.prim_type = self.type_node + self.variable_width = num(self.prim_type["@variable-width"], 0) + self.fixed_width = num(self.prim_type["@fixed-width"], 0) + self.empty = self.variable_width == 0 and self.fixed_width == 0 and self.prim_type.name != "struct" + tname = cname(self.type_node) + if self.type_node.name == "struct": + self.read = "(%s) dec.readStruct(%s.TYPE)" % (tname, tname) + self.write = "enc.writeStruct(%s.TYPE, check(struct).%s)" % (tname, self.name) + self.coder = "Struct" + elif self.type_node.name == "domain": + self.coder = camel(0, self.prim_type["@name"]) + self.read = "%s.get(dec.read%s())" % (tname, self.coder) + self.write = "enc.write%s(check(struct).%s.getValue())" % (self.coder, self.name) + else: + self.coder = camel(0, self.type_node["@name"]) + self.read = "dec.read%s()" % self.coder + self.write = "enc.write%s(check(struct).%s)" % (self.coder, self.name) + self.type = jtype(self.type_node) + self.default = DEFAULTS.get(self.type, "null") + self.has = camel(1, "has", self.name) + self.get = camel(1, "get", self.name) + self.set = camel(1, "set", self.name) + self.clear = camel(1, "clear", self.name) + if self.type == "bool": + self.option = scream(nd["@name"]) + else: + self.option = None + + def flag_mask(self, pack): + flag = pack * 8 - 8 - (self.index/8)*8 + (self.index % 8) + return 1 << flag + + +def get_fields(nd): + fields = [] + index = 0 + for f in nd.query["field"]: + fields.append(Field(index, f)) + index += 1 + return fields + +def get_parameters(type, fields): + params = [] + options = False + for f in fields: + if f.option: + options = True + else: + params.append("%s %s" % (f.type, f.name)) + if type["segments"]: + params.append("Header header") + params.append("MemoryStream body") + if options or type.name in ("control", "command"): + params.append("Option ... _options") + return params + +def get_arguments(type, fields): + args = [] + options = False + for f in fields: + if f.option: + options = True + else: + args.append(f.name) + if type["segments"]: + args.append("header") + args.append("body") + if options or type.name in ("control", "command"): + args.append("_options") + return args + +def get_options(fields): + return [f for f in fields if f.option] + +def get_dotnetparameters(type, fields): + params = [] + options = False + for f in fields: + if f.option: + options = True + else: + params.append("%s %s" % (f.type, f.name)) + if type["segments"]: + params.append("Header header") + params.append("MemoryStream body") + if options or type.name in ("control", "command"): + params.append("params Option[] _options") + return params diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/lib/log4net/log4net.xml b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/lib/log4net/log4net.xml index f20322f340..5beb669ab0 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/lib/log4net/log4net.xml +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/lib/log4net/log4net.xml @@ -1,28655 +1,28676 @@ - - - - log4net - - - - - Appender that logs to a database. - - - - appends logging events to a table within a - database. The appender can be configured to specify the connection - string by setting the property. - The connection type (provider) can be specified by setting the - property. For more information on database connection strings for - your specific database see http://www.connectionstrings.com/. - - - Records are written into the database either using a prepared - statement or a stored procedure. The property - is set to (System.Data.CommandType.Text) to specify a prepared statement - or to (System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure) to specify a stored - procedure. - - - The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure - must be set in the property. - - - The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number - of parameters. Parameters are added using the - method. This adds a single to the - ordered list of parameters. The - type may be subclassed if required to provide database specific - functionality. The specifies - the parameter name, database type, size, and how the value should - be generated using a . - - - - An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to: - - CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] ( - [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL , - [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL , - [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL , - [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL , - [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL , - [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL - ) ON [PRIMARY] - - - - An example configuration to log to the above table: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Julian Biddle - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Lance Nehring - - - - Abstract base class implementation of that - buffers events in a fixed size buffer. - - - - This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a - number of events before logging them. For example the - buffers events and then submits the entire contents of the buffer to - the underlying database in one go. - - - Subclasses should override the - method to deliver the buffered events. - - The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic - buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using - the property. - - A is used to inspect - each event as it arrives in the appender. If the - triggers, then the current buffer is sent immediately - (see ). Otherwise the event - is stored in the buffer. For example, an evaluator can be used to - deliver the events immediately when an ERROR event arrives. - - - The buffering appender can be configured in a mode. - By default the appender is NOT lossy. When the buffer is full all - the buffered events are sent with . - If the property is set to true then the - buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving - in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer. - In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the - triggers. This can be useful behavior when you need to know about - ERROR events but not about events with a lower level, configure an - evaluator that will trigger when an ERROR event arrives, the whole - buffer will be sent which gives a history of events leading up to - the ERROR event. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Abstract base class implementation of . - - - - This class provides the code for common functionality, such - as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters. - - - Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore - they would require that the method - be called after the appenders properties have been configured. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements. - - - - Implementors should consider extending the - class which provides a default implementation of this interface. - - - Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore - they would require that the method - be called after the appenders properties have been configured. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Closes the appender and releases resources. - - - - Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, - network connections, etc. - - - It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. - - - - - - Log the logging event in Appender specific way. - - The event to log - - - This method is called to log a message into this appender. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of this appender. - - The name of the appender. - - The name uniquely identifies the appender. - - - - - Interface for appenders that support bulk logging. - - - - This interface extends the interface to - support bulk logging of objects. Appenders - should only implement this interface if they can bulk log efficiently. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way. - - The events to log - - - This method is called to log an array of events into this appender. - - - - - - Interface used to delay activate a configured object. - - - - This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all - options have been set. This is required for components which have - related options that remain ambiguous until all are set. - - - If a component implements this interface then the method - must be called by the container after its all the configured properties have been set - and before the component can be used. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties. - - - - This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all - options have been set. This is required for components which have - related options that remain ambiguous until all are set. - - - If a component implements this interface then this method must be called - after its properties have been set before the component can be used. - - - - - - Initial buffer size - - - - - Maximum buffer size before it is recycled - - - - - Default constructor - - - Empty default constructor - - - - - Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's - method. - - - - If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method - will call . - - - - - - Initialize the appender based on the options set - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Closes the appender and release resources. - - - - Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, - network connections, etc. - - - It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. - - - This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method - delegates the closing of the appender to the - method which must be overridden in the subclass. - - - - - - Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before - delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific - method. - - The event to log. - - - This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A - derived class should override the method - which is called by this method. - - - The implementation of this method is as follows: - - - - - - Checks that the severity of the - is greater than or equal to the of this - appender. - - - - Checks that the chain accepts the - . - - - - - Calls and checks that - it returns true. - - - - - If all of the above steps succeed then the - will be passed to the abstract method. - - - - - - Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before - delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific - method. - - The array of events to log. - - - This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A - derived class should override the method - which is called by this method. - - - The implementation of this method is as follows: - - - - - - Checks that the severity of the - is greater than or equal to the of this - appender. - - - - Checks that the chain accepts the - . - - - - - Calls and checks that - it returns true. - - - - - If all of the above steps succeed then the - will be passed to the method. - - - - - - Test if the logging event should we output by this appender - - the event to test - true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored - - - This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set - on this appender and also against the filters specified on this - appender. - - - The implementation of this method is as follows: - - - - - - Checks that the severity of the - is greater than or equal to the of this - appender. - - - - Checks that the chain accepts the - . - - - - - - - - - Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain. - - the filter to add to this appender - - - The Filters are organized in a linked list. - - - Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the - back of the filter chain. - - - - - - Clears the filter list for this appender. - - - - Clears the filter list for this appender. - - - - - - Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold. - - to test against. - - - If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true. - - - - true if the meets the - requirements of this appender. - - - - - Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override - this method if resources need to be released. - - - - Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, - network connections, etc. - - - It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. - - - - - - Subclasses of should implement this method - to perform actual logging. - - The event to append. - - - A subclass must implement this method to perform - logging of the . - - This method will be called by - if all the conditions listed for that method are met. - - - To restrict the logging of events in the appender - override the method. - - - - - - Append a bulk array of logging events. - - the array of logging events - - - This base class implementation calls the - method for each element in the bulk array. - - - A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should - override this method in addition to . - - - - - - Called before as a precondition. - - - - This method is called by - before the call to the abstract method. - - - This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks - made before the event is passed to the method. - - - A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to - this base class if it is overridden. - - - true if the call to should proceed. - - - - Renders the to a string. - - The event to render. - The event rendered as a string. - - - Helper method to render a to - a string. This appender must have a - set to render the to - a string. - - If there is exception data in the logging event and - the layout does not process the exception, this method - will append the exception text to the rendered string. - - - Where possible use the alternative version of this method - . - That method streams the rendering onto an existing Writer - which can give better performance if the caller already has - a open and ready for writing. - - - - - - Renders the to a string. - - The event to render. - The TextWriter to write the formatted event to - - - Helper method to render a to - a string. This appender must have a - set to render the to - a string. - - If there is exception data in the logging event and - the layout does not process the exception, this method - will append the exception text to the rendered string. - - - Use this method in preference to - where possible. If, however, the caller needs to render the event - to a string then does - provide an efficient mechanism for doing so. - - - - - - The layout of this appender. - - - See for more information. - - - - - The name of this appender. - - - See for more information. - - - - - The level threshold of this appender. - - - - There is no level threshold filtering by default. - - - See for more information. - - - - - - It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null. - - - - It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null. - - - See for more information. - - - - - - The first filter in the filter chain. - - - - Set to null initially. - - - See for more information. - - - - - - The last filter in the filter chain. - - - See for more information. - - - - - Flag indicating if this appender is closed. - - - See for more information. - - - - - The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method - - - - - StringWriter used to render events - - - - - Gets or sets the threshold of this appender. - - - The threshold of the appender. - - - - All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored - by the appender. - - - In configuration files this option is specified by setting the - value of the option to a level - string, such as "DEBUG", "INFO" and so on. - - - - - - Gets or sets the for this appender. - - The of the appender - - - The provides a default - implementation for the property. - - - - - - The filter chain. - - The head of the filter chain filter chain. - - - Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list - and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result. - - - - - - Gets or sets the for this appender. - - The layout of the appender. - - - See for more information. - - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of this appender. - - The name of the appender. - - - The name uniquely identifies the appender. - - - - - - Tests if this appender requires a to be set. - - - - In the rather exceptional case, where the appender - implementation admits a layout but can also work without it, - then the appender should return true. - - - This default implementation always returns true. - - - - true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false. - - - - - The default buffer size. - - - The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events. - This is set to 512 by default. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Protected default constructor to allow subclassing. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - the events passed through this appender must be - fixed by the time that they arrive in the derived class' SendBuffer method. - - - Protected constructor to allow subclassing. - - - The should be set if the subclass - expects the events delivered to be fixed even if the - is set to zero, i.e. when no buffering occurs. - - - - - - Flush the currently buffered events - - - - Flushes any events that have been buffered. - - - If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents - of the buffer will NOT be flushed to the appender. - - - - - - Flush the currently buffered events - - set to true to flush the buffer of lossy events - - - Flushes events that have been buffered. If is - false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode. - - - If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents - of the buffer will only be flushed if is true. - In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the - and if triggering will be output. All other buffered - events will be discarded. - - - If is true then the buffer will always - be emptied by calling this method. - - - - - - Initialize the appender based on the options set - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Close this appender instance. - - - - Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked - as not then the remaining events in - the buffer must be sent when the appender is closed. - - - - - - This method is called by the method. - - the event to log - - - Stores the in the cyclic buffer. - - - The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the - method) if one of the following conditions is met: - - - - The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is - marked as not lossy (see ) - - - An is set and - it is triggered for the - specified. - - - - Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed - (see ) to ensure that - any data referenced by the event will be valid when the buffer - is processed. - - - - - - Sends the contents of the buffer. - - The first logging event. - The buffer containing the events that need to be send. - - - The subclass must override . - - - - - - Sends the events. - - The events that need to be send. - - - The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events. - - - - - - The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events. - - - Set to by default. - - - - - The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events. - - - - - The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately. - - - The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire - buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null, which - indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator - can be set using the property. If this appender - has the ( property) set to - true then an must be set. - - - - - Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer - when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the - buffer is full. - - - If this field is set to true then an must - be set. - - - - - The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events. - - - The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should - really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders. - This field can be null, which indicates that all discarded events will - be discarded. - - - - - Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed - - - By default all fields are fixed - - - - - The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy. - - - true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false. The default is false. - - - - This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before - delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer - to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before - a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set - to false to prevent logging events - from being lost. - - If is set to true then an - must be specified. - - - - - Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the - logging events. - - - The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events. - - - - The option takes a positive integer - representing the maximum number of logging events to collect in - a cyclic buffer. When the is reached, - oldest events are deleted as new events are added to the - buffer. By default the size of the cyclic buffer is 512 events. - - - If the is set to a value less than - or equal to 1 then no buffering will occur. The logging event - will be delivered synchronously (depending on the - and properties). Otherwise the event will - be buffered. - - - - - - Gets or sets the that causes the - buffer to be sent immediately. - - - The that causes the buffer to be - sent immediately. - - - - The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this - appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will - immediately be sent (see ). - - If is set to true then an - must be specified. - - - - - Gets or sets the value of the to use. - - - The value of the to use. - - - - The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this - appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately - be sent (see ). - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data - should be fixed. - - - true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event - data, otherwise false. The default is false. - - - - Setting this property to true will cause only part of the - event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance. - - - See for more information. - - - - - - Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event - - - The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered - - - - The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values - captured before it can be buffered. See - for details. - - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class. - - - - - Initialize the appender based on the options set - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Override the parent method to close the database - - - - Closes the database command and database connection. - - - - - - Inserts the events into the database. - - The events to insert into the database. - - - Insert all the events specified in the - array into the database. - - - - - - Adds a parameter to the command. - - The parameter to add to the command. - - - Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters. - - - - - - Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified. - - The transaction that the events will be executed under. - The array of events to insert into the database. - - - The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been - configured not to use transactions. See - property for more information. - - - - - - Formats the log message into database statement text. - - The event being logged. - - This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide - more control over the format of the database statement. - - - Text that can be passed to a . - - - - - Connects to the database. - - - - - Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider. - - - - Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the - database. This method resolves the type specified in the - property. - - - Subclasses can override this method to return a different type - if necessary. - - - The of the ADO.NET provider - - - - Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters. - - - - - Flag to indicate if we are using a command object - - - - Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared - statement or stored procedure to insert into the database. - - - - - - The list of objects. - - - - The list of objects. - - - - - - The security context to use for privileged calls - - - - - The that will be used - to insert logging events into a database. - - - - - The database command. - - - - - Database connection string. - - - - - String type name of the type name. - - - - - The text of the command. - - - - - The command type. - - - - - Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database. - - - - - Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database. - - - - - Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to - the database. - - - The database connection string used to connect to the database. - - - - The connections string is specific to the connection type. - See for more information. - - - Connection string for MS Access via ODBC: - "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb" - - Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC: - "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;" - - Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB: - "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;" - - - - - Gets or sets the type name of the connection - that should be created. - - - The type name of the connection. - - - - The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use. - - - The default is to use the OLE DB provider. - - - Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value. - System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 - - Use the MS SQL Server Provider. - System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 - - Use the ODBC Provider. - Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral - This is an optional package that you can download from - http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads - search for ODBC .NET Data Provider. - - Use the Oracle Provider. - System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 - This is an optional package that you can download from - http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads - search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle. - - - - - Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events - into the database. - - - The command text used to insert logging events into the database. - - - - Either the text of the prepared statement or the - name of the stored procedure to execute to write into - the database. - - - The property determines if - this text is a prepared statement or a stored procedure. - - - - - - Gets or sets the command type to execute. - - - The command type to execute. - - - - This value may be either (System.Data.CommandType.Text) to specify - that the is a prepared statement to execute, - or (System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure) to specify that the - property is the name of a stored procedure - to execute. - - - The default value is (System.Data.CommandType.Text). - - - - - - Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database. - - - true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in - the database, otherwise false. The default value is true. - - - - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used - to insert logging events in the database. - - - When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events - into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using - an explicit transaction. - - - - - - Gets or sets the used to call the NetSend method. - - - The used to call the NetSend method. - - - - Unless a specified here for this appender - the is queried for the - security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context - of the current thread. - - - - - - Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error. - - - true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an - error has occurred, otherwise false. The default value is false, - i.e. not to try to reconnect. - - - - The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the - database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded. - - - To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this - property to true. - - - When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a - delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string. - This delay will block the calling application's thread. - Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times. - - - - - - Gets or sets the underlying . - - - The underlying . - - - creates a to insert - logging events into a database. Classes deriving from - can use this property to get or set this . Use the - underlying returned from if - you require access beyond that which provides. - - - - - Parameter type used by the . - - - - This class provides the basic database parameter properties - as defined by the interface. - - This type can be subclassed to provide database specific - functionality. The two methods that are called externally are - and . - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class. - - - - - Prepare the specified database command object. - - The command to prepare. - - - Prepares the database command object by adding - this parameter to its collection of parameters. - - - - - - Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command. - - The command containing the parameter. - The event to be rendered. - - - Renders the logging event using this parameters layout - object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object. - - - - - - The name of this parameter. - - - - - The database type for this parameter. - - - - - Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType - - - - - The precision for this parameter. - - - - - The scale for this parameter. - - - - - The size for this parameter. - - - - - The to use to render the - logging event into an object for this parameter. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of this parameter. - - - The name of this parameter. - - - - The name of this parameter. The parameter name - must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure - or prepared statement. - - - - - - Gets or sets the database type for this parameter. - - - The database type for this parameter. - - - - The database type for this parameter. This property should - be set to the database type from the - enumeration. See . - - - This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider - will attempt to infer the type from the value. - - - - - - - Gets or sets the precision for this parameter. - - - The precision for this parameter. - - - - The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value. - - - This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider - will attempt to infer the precision from the value. - - - - - - - Gets or sets the scale for this parameter. - - - The scale for this parameter. - - - - The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved. - - - This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider - will attempt to infer the scale from the value. - - - - - - - Gets or sets the size for this parameter. - - - The size for this parameter. - - - - The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column. - - - This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider - will attempt to infer the size from the value. - - - - - - - Gets or sets the to use to - render the logging event into an object for this - parameter. - - - The used to render the - logging event into an object for this parameter. - - - - The that renders the value for this - parameter. - - - The can be used to adapt - any into a - for use in the property. - - - - - - Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences. - - - - AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream - or the error output stream using a layout specified by the - user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set. - - - This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set - in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not - understand the control codes the behavior is not defined. - - - By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. - The property can be set to direct the output to the - error stream. - - - NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or - System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended. - Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender - (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired - behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application. - - - When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be - specified to map a logging level to a color. For example: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any - of the following values: - - Blue - Green - Red - White - Yellow - Purple - Cyan - - These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors. - - - The attributes can be any combination of the following: - - Brightforeground is brighter - Dimforeground is dimmer - Underscoremessage is underlined - Blinkforeground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) - Reverseforeground and background are reversed - Hiddenoutput is hidden - Strikethroughmessage has a line through it - - While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations - work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes - no sense. - - - Patrick Wagstrom - Nicko Cadell - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard output stream. - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard output stream. - - - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard error output stream. - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard error output stream. - - - - - - Ansi code to reset terminal - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The instance of the class is set up to write - to the standard output stream. - - - - - Add a mapping of level to color - - The mapping to add - - - Add a mapping to this appender. - Each mapping defines the foreground and background colours - for a level. - - - - - - This method is called by the method. - - The event to log. - - - Writes the event to the console. - - - The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. - - - - - - Initialize the options for this appender - - - - Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender. - - - - - - Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream - - - - - Mapping from level object to color value - - - - - Target is the value of the console output stream. - - - Target is the value of the console output stream. - This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". - - - - Target is the value of the console output stream. - This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - The enum of possible display attributes - - - - The following flags can be combined together to - form the ANSI color attributes. - - - - - - - text is bright - - - - - text is dim - - - - - text is underlined - - - - - text is blinking - - - Not all terminals support this attribute - - - - - text and background colors are reversed - - - - - text is hidden - - - - - text is displayed with a strikethrough - - - - - The enum of possible foreground or background color values for - use with the color mapping method - - - - The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors. - - - - - - - color is black - - - - - color is red - - - - - color is green - - - - - color is yellow - - - - - color is blue - - - - - color is magenta - - - - - color is cyan - - - - - color is white - - - - - A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and - the color it should be displayed as. - - - - Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in. - - - - - - An entry in the - - - - This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the - object. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Default protected constructor - - - - Default protected constructor - - - - - - Initialize any options defined on this entry - - - - Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options - - - - - - The level that is the key for this mapping - - - The that is the key for this mapping - - - - Get or set the that is the key for this - mapping subclass. - - - - - - Initialize the options for the object - - - - Combine the and together - and append the attributes. - - - - - - The mapped foreground color for the specified level - - - - Required property. - The mapped foreground color for the specified level - - - - - - The mapped background color for the specified level - - - - Required property. - The mapped background color for the specified level - - - - - - The color attributes for the specified level - - - - Required property. - The color attributes for the specified level - - - - - - The combined , and - suitable for setting the ansi terminal color. - - - - - A strongly-typed collection of objects. - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance. - - list to create a readonly wrapper arround - - An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only. - - - - - An empty readonly static AppenderCollection - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class - that is empty and has the default initial capacity. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class - that has the specified initial capacity. - - - The number of elements that the new AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class - that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection. - - The AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class - that contains elements copied from the specified array. - - The array whose elements are copied to the new list. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class - that contains elements copied from the specified collection. - - The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. - - - - Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors - - - - - - - Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional - array. - - The one-dimensional array to copy to. - - - - Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional - array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array to copy to. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Adds a to the end of the AppenderCollection. - - The to be added to the end of the AppenderCollection. - The index at which the value has been added. - - - - Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection. - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. - - - - Determines whether a given is in the AppenderCollection. - - The to check for. - true if is found in the AppenderCollection; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a - in the AppenderCollection. - - The to locate in the AppenderCollection. - - The zero-based index of the first occurrence of - in the entire AppenderCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. - - - - - Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the AppenderCollection. - - The to remove from the AppenderCollection. - - The specified was not found in the AppenderCollection. - - - - - Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection. - - The zero-based index of the element to remove. - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection. - - An for the entire AppenderCollection. - - - - Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection. - - The AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection. - The new of the AppenderCollection. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the current AppenderCollection. - - The array whose elements should be added to the end of the AppenderCollection. - The new of the AppenderCollection. - - - - Adds the elements of a collection to the current AppenderCollection. - - The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the AppenderCollection. - The new of the AppenderCollection. - - - - Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. - - - - - Return the collection elements as an array - - the array - - - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). - - true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. - - - - - Gets or sets the at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. - - true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. - - true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false - - - - Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain. - - - - - Supports type-safe iteration over a . - - - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. - - - true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; - false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. - - - The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - - - Type visible only to our subclasses - Used to access protected constructor - - - - - - A value - - - - - Supports simple iteration over a . - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. - - - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. - - - true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; - false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. - - - The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - - - - - - - Appends log events to the ASP.NET system. - - - - - Diagnostic information and tracing messages that you specify are appended to the output - of the page that is sent to the requesting browser. Optionally, you can view this information - from a separate trace viewer (Trace.axd) that displays trace information for every page in a - given application. - - - Trace statements are processed and displayed only when tracing is enabled. You can control - whether tracing is displayed to a page, to the trace viewer, or both. - - - The logging event is passed to the or - method depending on the level of the logging event. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace - - the event to log - - - Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace - HttpContext.Current.Trace - (). - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders. - - - - The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are - met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached - appenders. See for the - conditions that cause the buffer to be sent. - - The forwarding appender can be used to specify different - thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations - within the hierarchy. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Interface for attaching appenders to objects. - - - - Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Attaches an appender. - - The appender to add. - - - Add the specified appender. The implementation may - choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders. - - - - - - Gets an attached appender with the specified name. - - The name of the appender to get. - - The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the - specified name is found. - - - - Returns an attached appender with the specified. - If no appender with the specified name is found null will be - returned. - - - - - - Removes all attached appenders. - - - - Removes and closes all attached appenders - - - - - - Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders. - - The appender to remove. - The appender removed from the list - - - The appender removed is not closed. - If you are discarding the appender you must call - on the appender removed. - - - - - - Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. - - The name of the appender to remove. - The appender removed from the list - - - The appender removed is not closed. - If you are discarding the appender you must call - on the appender removed. - - - - - - Gets all attached appenders. - - - A collection of attached appenders. - - - - Gets a collection of attached appenders. - If there are no attached appenders the - implementation should return an empty - collection rather than null. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Closes the appender and releases resources. - - - - Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, - network connections, etc. - - - It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. - - - - - - Send the events. - - The events that need to be send. - - - Forwards the events to the attached appenders. - - - - - - Adds an to the list of appenders of this - instance. - - The to add to this appender. - - - If the specified is already in the list of - appenders, then it won't be added again. - - - - - - Looks for the appender with the specified name. - - The name of the appender to lookup. - - The appender with the specified name, or null. - - - - Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender. - - - - - - Removes all previously added appenders from this appender. - - - - This is useful when re-reading configuration information. - - - - - - Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders. - - The appender to remove. - The appender removed from the list - - The appender removed is not closed. - If you are discarding the appender you must call - on the appender removed. - - - - - Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. - - The name of the appender to remove. - The appender removed from the list - - The appender removed is not closed. - If you are discarding the appender you must call - on the appender removed. - - - - - Implementation of the interface - - - - - Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an - . - - - If no appenders can be found, then an - is returned. - - - A collection of the appenders in this appender. - - - - - Appends logging events to the console. - - - - ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream - or the error output stream using a layout specified by the - user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set. - - - By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. - The property can be set to direct the output to the - error stream. - - - NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console - not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter. - The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be - programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). - This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32 - API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the - must be used. - - - When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be - specified to map a logging level to a color. For example: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any - combination of the following values: - - Blue - Green - Red - White - Yellow - Purple - Cyan - HighIntensity - - - - Rick Hobbs - Nicko Cadell - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard output stream. - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard output stream. - - - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard error output stream. - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard error output stream. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The instance of the class is set up to write - to the standard output stream. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified layout. - - the layout to use for this appender - - The instance of the class is set up to write - to the standard output stream. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified layout. - - the layout to use for this appender - flag set to true to write to the console error stream - - When is set to true, output is written to - the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard - output stream. - - - - - Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file - - The mapping to add - - - Add a mapping to this appender. - Each mapping defines the foreground and background colors - for a level. - - - - - - This method is called by the method. - - The event to log. - - - Writes the event to the console. - - - The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. - - - - - - Initialize the options for this appender - - - - Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender. - - - - - - Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream - - - - - Mapping from level object to color value - - - - - The console output stream writer to write to - - - - This writer is not thread safe. - - - - - - Target is the value of the console output stream. - This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". - - - Target is the value of the console output stream. - This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". - - - - Target is the value of the console output stream. - This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method - - - - The following flags can be combined together to - form the colors. - - - - - - - color is blue - - - - - color is green - - - - - color is red - - - - - color is white - - - - - color is yellow - - - - - color is purple - - - - - color is cyan - - - - - color is intensified - - - - - A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and - the color it should be displayed as. - - - - Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in. - - - - - - Initialize the options for the object - - - - Combine the and together. - - - - - - The mapped foreground color for the specified level - - - - Required property. - The mapped foreground color for the specified level. - - - - - - The mapped background color for the specified level - - - - Required property. - The mapped background color for the specified level. - - - - - - The combined and suitable for - setting the console color. - - - - - Appends logging events to the console. - - - - ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream - or the error output stream using a layout specified by the - user. - - - By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. - The property can be set to direct the output to the - error stream. - - - NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or - System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended. - Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender - (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired - behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard output stream. - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard output stream. - - - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard error output stream. - - - - The to use when writing to the Console - standard error output stream. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The instance of the class is set up to write - to the standard output stream. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified layout. - - the layout to use for this appender - - The instance of the class is set up to write - to the standard output stream. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified layout. - - the layout to use for this appender - flag set to true to write to the console error stream - - When is set to true, output is written to - the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard - output stream. - - - - - This method is called by the method. - - The event to log. - - - Writes the event to the console. - - - The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. - - - - - - Target is the value of the console output stream. - This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". - - - Target is the value of the console output stream. - This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". - - - - Target is the value of the console output stream. - This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Appends log events to the system. - - - - The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners - are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the - class for details on configuring the - debug system. - - - Events are written using the - method. The event's logger name is passed as the value for the category name to the Write method. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Initializes a new instance of the . - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with a specified layout. - - The layout to use with this appender. - - - Obsolete constructor. - - - - - - Writes the logging event to the system. - - The event to log. - - - Writes the logging event to the system. - If is true then the - is called. - - - - - - Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream - will be flushed at the end of each append operation. - - - - Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is - actually written. If is set to - false, then there is a good chance that the last few - logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and - when the application crashes. - - - The default value is true. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will - flush at the end of each write. - - - The default behavior is to flush at the end of each - write. If the option is set tofalse, then the underlying - stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time. - - - Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results - in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety - trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is - skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not - be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high - price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Writes events to the system event log. - - - - The EventID of the event log entry can be - set using the EventLogEventID property () - on the . - - - There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message - - - When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be - specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example: - - - <mapping> - <level value="ERROR" /> - <eventLogEntryType value="Error" /> - </mapping> - <mapping> - <level value="DEBUG" /> - <eventLogEntryType value="Information" /> - </mapping> - - - The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value - from the enum, i.e.: - - Erroran error event - Warninga warning event - Informationan informational event - - - - Aspi Havewala - Douglas de la Torre - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Thomas Voss - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - The to use with this appender. - - - Obsolete constructor. - - - - - - Add a mapping of level to - done by the config file - - The mapping to add - - - Add a mapping to this appender. - Each mapping defines the event log entry type for a level. - - - - - - Initialize the appender based on the options set - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Create an event log source - - - Uses different API calls under NET_2_0 - - - - - This method is called by the - method. - - the event to log - - Writes the event to the system event log using the - . - - If the event has an EventID property (see ) - set then this integer will be used as the event log event id. - - - There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message - - - - - - Get the equivalent for a - - the Level to convert to an EventLogEntryType - The equivalent for a - - Because there are fewer applicable - values to use in logging levels than there are in the - this is a one way mapping. There is - a loss of information during the conversion. - - - - - The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages - are stored. - - - - - Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the - application column of the event log named by . - - - - - The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is - currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine. - - - - - Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType - - - - - The security context to use for privileged calls - - - - - The name of the log where messages will be stored. - - - The string name of the log where messages will be stored. - - - This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer - tree. The default value is to log into the Application - log, this is where most applications write their events. However - if you need a separate log for your application (or applications) - then you should set the appropriately. - This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages - from those of other applications, the - property should be used to distinguish events. This property should be - used to group together events into a single log. - - - - - - Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the - event logs when logging. - - - The string used to distinguish events from different sources. - - - Sets the event log source property. - - - - - This property is used to return the name of the computer to use - when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current - computer, denoted by a dot "." - - - The string name of the machine holding the event log that - will be logged into. - - - This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.' - i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future. - - - - - Gets or sets the used to write to the EventLog. - - - The used to write to the EventLog. - - - - The system security context used to write to the EventLog. - - - Unless a specified here for this appender - the is queried for the - security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context - of the current thread. - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and - the color it should be displayed as. - - - - Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type. - - - - - - The for this entry - - - - Required property. - The for this entry - - - - - - Appends logging events to a file. - - - - Logging events are sent to the file specified by - the property. - - - The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode - by specifying the property. - If the file path is relative it is taken as relative from - the application base directory. The file encoding can be - specified by setting the property. - - - The layout's and - values will be written each time the file is opened and closed - respectively. If the property is - then the file may contain multiple copies of the header and footer. - - - This appender will first try to open the file for writing when - is called. This will typically be during configuration. - If the file cannot be opened for writing the appender will attempt - to open the file again each time a message is logged to the appender. - If the file cannot be opened for writing when a message is logged then - the message will be discarded by this appender. - - - The supports pluggable file locking models via - the property. - The default behavior, implemented by - is to obtain an exclusive write lock on the file until this appender is closed. - The alternative model, , only holds a - write lock while the appender is writing a logging event. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Rodrigo B. de Oliveira - Douglas de la Torre - Niall Daley - - - - Sends logging events to a . - - - - An Appender that writes to a . - - - This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate - writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that - can open a to write to. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Douglas de la Torre - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and - sets the output destination to a new initialized - with the specified . - - The layout to use with this appender. - The to output to. - - - Obsolete constructor. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class and sets - the output destination to the specified . - - The layout to use with this appender - The to output to - - The must have been previously opened. - - - - Obsolete constructor. - - - - - - This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append. - - - - This method checked if an output target has been set and if a - layout has been set. - - - false if any of the preconditions fail. - - - - This method is called by the - method. - - The event to log. - - - Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists - and is writable. - - - The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. - - - - - - This method is called by the - method. - - The array of events to log. - - - This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer - before flushing the stream. - - - - - - Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed. - - - Closed appenders cannot be reused. - - - - - Writes the footer and closes the underlying . - - - - Writes the footer and closes the underlying . - - - - - - Closes the underlying . - - - - Closes the underlying . - - - - - - Clears internal references to the underlying - and other variables. - - - - Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior. - - - - - - Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. - - - - Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. - - - - - - Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. - - - - Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. - - - - - - Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer - - - - This method is called when an event is logged and the or - have not been set. This allows a subclass to - attempt to initialize the writer multiple times. - - - - - - This is the where logging events - will be written to. - - - - - Immediate flush means that the underlying - or output stream will be flushed at the end of each append operation. - - - - Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is - actually written. If is set to - false, then there is a good chance that the last few - logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application - crashes. - - - The default value is true. - - - - - - Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end - of each append operation. - - - - The default behavior is to flush at the end of each - append operation. - - - If this option is set to false, then the underlying - stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later - time. - - - - Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in - a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety - trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is - skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not - be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high - price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. - - - - - Sets the where the log output will go. - - - - The specified must be open and writable. - - - The will be closed when the appender - instance is closed. - - - Note: Logging to an unopened will fail. - - - - - - Gets or set the and the underlying - , if any, for this appender. - - - The for this appender. - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Gets or sets the where logging events - will be written to. - - - The where logging events are written. - - - - This is the where logging events - will be written to. - - - - - - Default constructor - - - - Default constructor - - - - - - Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode. - - the layout to use with this appender - the full path to the file to write to - flag to indicate if the file should be appended to - - - Obsolete constructor. - - - - - - Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified. - The file will be appended to. - - the layout to use with this appender - the full path to the file to write to - - - Obsolete constructor. - - - - - - Activate the options on the file appender. - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - This will cause the file to be opened. - - - - - - Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's . - - - - Resets the filename and the file stream. - - - - - - Called to initialize the file writer - - - - Will be called for each logged message until the file is - successfully opened. - - - - - - This method is called by the - method. - - The event to log. - - - Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists - and is writable. - - - The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. - - - - - - This method is called by the - method. - - The array of events to log. - - - Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to - the stream. - - - - - - Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. - - - - Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. - - - - - - Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. - - - - Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. - - - - - - Closes the underlying . - - - - Closes the underlying . - - - - - - Closes the previously opened file. - - - - Writes the to the file and then - closes the file. - - - - - - Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable. - - The path to the log file. Must be a fully qualified path. - If true will append to fileName. Otherwise will truncate fileName - - - Calls but guarantees not to throw an exception. - Errors are passed to the . - - - - - - Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable. - - The path to the log file. Must be a fully qualified path. - If true will append to fileName. Otherwise will truncate fileName - - - If there was already an opened file, then the previous file - is closed first. - - - This method will ensure that the directory structure - for the specified exists. - - - - - - Sets the quiet writer used for file output - - the file stream that has been opened for writing - - - This implementation of creates a - over the and passes it to the - method. - - - This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the - in some way, for example to encrypt the output - data using a System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream. - - - - - - Sets the quiet writer being used. - - the writer over the file stream that has been opened for writing - - - This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to - wrap the in some way. - - - - - - Convert a path into a fully qualified path. - - The path to convert. - The fully qualified path. - - - Converts the path specified to a fully - qualified path. If the path is relative it is - taken as relative from the application base - directory. - - - - - - Flag to indicate if we should append to the file - or overwrite the file. The default is to append. - - - - - The name of the log file. - - - - - The encoding to use for the file stream. - - - - - The security context to use for privileged calls - - - - - The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics - - - - - The locking model to use - - - - - Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to. - - - The path to the file that logging will be written to. - - - - If the path is relative it is taken as relative from - the application base directory. - - - - - - Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be - appended to or overwritten. - - - Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten. - - - - If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if - it is set to true then the file will be appended to. - - The default value is true. - - - - - Gets or sets used to write to the file. - - - The used to write to the file. - - - - The default encoding set is - which is the encoding for the system's current ANSI code page. - - - - - - Gets or sets the used to write to the file. - - - The used to write to the file. - - - - Unless a specified here for this appender - the is queried for the - security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context - of the current thread. - - - - - - Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file. - - - The used to lock the file. - - - - Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file. - - - There are two built in locking models, and . - The former locks the file from the start of logging to the end and the - later lock only for the minimal amount of time when logging each message. - - - The default locking model is the . - - - - - - Write only that uses the - to manage access to an underlying resource. - - - - - True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write. - - - - - Exception base type for log4net. - - - - This type extends . It - does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the - type of exception being thrown. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Constructor - - A message to include with the exception. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified message. - - - - - - Constructor - - A message to include with the exception. - A nested exception to include. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified message and inner exception. - - - - - - Serialization constructor - - The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with serialized data. - - - - - - Locking model base class - - - - Base class for the locking models available to the derived loggers. - - - - - - Open the output file - - The filename to use - Whether to append to the file, or overwrite - The encoding to use - - - Open the file specified and prepare for logging. - No writes will be made until is called. - Must be called before any calls to , - and . - - - - - - Close the file - - - - Close the file. No further writes will be made. - - - - - - Acquire the lock on the file - - A stream that is ready to be written to. - - - Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it. - Return a stream pointing to the file. - must be called to release the lock on the output file. - - - - - - Release the lock on the file - - - - Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the - stream until is called again. - - - - - - Gets or sets the for this LockingModel - - - The for this LockingModel - - - - The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on - behalf of. - - - The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use. - - - The value of this property will be set before is - called. - - - - - - Hold an exclusive lock on the output file - - - - Open the file once for writing and hold it open until is called. - Maintains an exclusive lock on the file during this time. - - - - - - Open the file specified and prepare for logging. - - The filename to use - Whether to append to the file, or overwrite - The encoding to use - - - Open the file specified and prepare for logging. - No writes will be made until is called. - Must be called before any calls to , - and . - - - - - - Close the file - - - - Close the file. No further writes will be made. - - - - - - Acquire the lock on the file - - A stream that is ready to be written to. - - - Does nothing. The lock is already taken - - - - - - Release the lock on the file - - - - Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed. - - - - - - Acquires the file lock for each write - - - - Opens the file once for each / cycle, - thus holding the lock for the minimal amount of time. This method of locking - is considerably slower than but allows - other processes to move/delete the log file whilst logging continues. - - - - - - Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged. - - The filename to use - Whether to append to the file, or overwrite - The encoding to use - - - Open the file specified and prepare for logging. - No writes will be made until is called. - Must be called before any calls to , - and . - - - - - - Close the file - - - - Close the file. No further writes will be made. - - - - - - Acquire the lock on the file - - A stream that is ready to be written to. - - - Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it. - Return a stream pointing to the file. - must be called to release the lock on the output file. - - - - - - Release the lock on the file - - - - Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the - stream until is called again. - - - - - - This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders. - - - - The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds - and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Closes the appender and releases resources. - - - - Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, - network connections, etc. - - - It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. - - - - - - Forward the logging event to the attached appenders - - The event to log. - - - Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders. - - - - - - Forward the logging events to the attached appenders - - The array of events to log. - - - Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders. - - - - - - Adds an to the list of appenders of this - instance. - - The to add to this appender. - - - If the specified is already in the list of - appenders, then it won't be added again. - - - - - - Looks for the appender with the specified name. - - The name of the appender to lookup. - - The appender with the specified name, or null. - - - - Get the named appender attached to this appender. - - - - - - Removes all previously added appenders from this appender. - - - - This is useful when re-reading configuration information. - - - - - - Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders. - - The appender to remove. - The appender removed from the list - - The appender removed is not closed. - If you are discarding the appender you must call - on the appender removed. - - - - - Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. - - The name of the appender to remove. - The appender removed from the list - - The appender removed is not closed. - If you are discarding the appender you must call - on the appender removed. - - - - - Implementation of the interface - - - - - Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an - . - - - If no appenders can be found, then an - is returned. - - - A collection of the appenders in this appender. - - - - - Logs events to a local syslog service. - - - - This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog, syslog, and closelog. - If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work! - - - The functions openlog, syslog, and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and - POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service. - - - This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog - daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be - able to use the to log via UDP. - - - Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity - is derived from the Level of the logging event. - The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog - values. The facilities list is predefined - and cannot be extended. - - - An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified - by setting the property. The identity (also know - as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the - identity is the application name (from ). - - - Rob Lyon - Nicko Cadell - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - This instance of the class is set up to write - to a local syslog service. - - - - - Add a mapping of level to severity - - The mapping to add - - - Adds a to this appender. - - - - - - Initialize the appender based on the options set. - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - This method is called by the method. - - The event to log. - - - Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon. - - - The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. - - - - - - Close the syslog when the appender is closed - - - - Close the syslog when the appender is closed - - - - - - Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. - - A log4net level. - A syslog severity. - - - Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. - - - - - - Generate a syslog priority. - - The syslog facility. - The syslog severity. - A syslog priority. - - - - The facility. The default facility is . - - - - - The message identity - - - - - Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the - string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the - pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message. - - - - - Mapping from level object to syslog severity - - - - - Open connection to system logger. - - - - - Generate a log message. - - - - The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar - to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported - by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the - format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format - string to "%s". - - - - - - Close descriptor used to write to system logger. - - - - - Message identity - - - - An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified - by setting the property. The identity (also know - as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the - identity is the application name (from ). - - - - - - Syslog facility - - - Set to one of the values. The list of - facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value - is . - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - syslog severities - - - - The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the - method and the - class. The severity is set on . - - - - - - system is unusable - - - - - action must be taken immediately - - - - - critical conditions - - - - - error conditions - - - - - warning conditions - - - - - normal but significant condition - - - - - informational - - - - - debug-level messages - - - - - syslog facilities - - - - The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from. - This is set on the property. - - - - - - kernel messages - - - - - random user-level messages - - - - - mail system - - - - - system daemons - - - - - security/authorization messages - - - - - messages generated internally by syslogd - - - - - line printer subsystem - - - - - network news subsystem - - - - - UUCP subsystem - - - - - clock (cron/at) daemon - - - - - security/authorization messages (private) - - - - - ftp daemon - - - - - NTP subsystem - - - - - log audit - - - - - log alert - - - - - clock daemon - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and - the syslog severity that is should be logged at. - - - - A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and - the syslog severity that is should be logged at. - - - - - - The mapped syslog severity for the specified level - - - - Required property. - The mapped syslog severity for the specified level - - - - - - Stores logging events in an array. - - - - The memory appender stores all the logging events - that are appended in an in-memory array. - - - Use the method to get - the current list of events that have been appended. - - - Use the method to clear the - current list of events. - - - Julian Biddle - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Gets the events that have been logged. - - The events that have been logged - - - Gets the events that have been logged. - - - - - - This method is called by the method. - - the event to log - - Stores the in the events list. - - - - - Clear the list of events - - - Clear the list of events - - - - - The list of events that have been appended. - - - - - Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed - - - By default all fields are fixed - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event - data should be fixed. - - - true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event - data, otherwise false. The default is false. - - - - Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event - data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance. - - - See for more information. - - - - - - Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event - - - - The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values - captured before it can be buffered. See - for details. - - - - - - Logs entries by sending network messages using the - native function. - - - - You can send messages only to names that are active - on the network. If you send the message to a user name, - that user must be logged on and running the Messenger - service to receive the message. - - - The receiver will get a top most window displaying the - messages one at a time, therefore this appender should - not be used to deliver a high volume of messages. - - - The following table lists some possible uses for this appender : - - - - - Action - Property Value(s) - - - Send a message to a user account on the local machine - - - = <name of the local machine> - - - = <user name> - - - - - Send a message to a user account on a remote machine - - - = <name of the remote machine> - - - = <user name> - - - - - Send a message to a domain user account - - - = <name of a domain controller | uninitialized> - - - = <user name> - - - - - Send a message to all the names in a workgroup or domain - - - = <workgroup name | domain name>* - - - - - Send a message from the local machine to a remote machine - - - = <name of the local machine | uninitialized> - - - = <name of the remote machine> - - - - - - - Note : security restrictions apply for sending - network messages, see - for more information. - - - - - An example configuration section to log information - using this appender from the local machine, named - LOCAL_PC, to machine OPERATOR_PC : - - - - - - - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute. - - - - - The sender of the network message. - - - - - The message alias to which the message should be sent. - - - - - The security context to use for privileged calls - - - - - Initializes the appender. - - - The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values. - - - - - Initialize the appender based on the options set. - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - The appender will be ignored if no was specified. - - - The required property was not specified. - - - - This method is called by the method. - - The event to log. - - - Sends the event using a network message. - - - - - - Sends a buffer of information to a registered message alias. - - The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute. - The message alias to which the message buffer should be sent - The originator of the message. - The message text. - The length, in bytes, of the message text. - - - The following restrictions apply for sending network messages: - - - - - Platform - Requirements - - - Windows NT - - - No special group membership is required to send a network message. - - - Admin, Accounts, Print, or Server Operator group membership is required to - successfully send a network message on a remote server. - - - - - Windows 2000 or later - - - If you send a message on a domain controller that is running Active Directory, - access is allowed or denied based on the access control list (ACL) for the securable - object. The default ACL permits only Domain Admins and Account Operators to send a network message. - - - On a member server or workstation, only Administrators and Server Operators can send a network message. - - - - - - - For more information see Security Requirements for the Network Management Functions. - - - - - If the function succeeds, the return value is zero. - - - - - - Gets or sets the sender of the message. - - - The sender of the message. - - - If this property is not specified, the message is sent from the local computer. - - - - - Gets or sets the message alias to which the message should be sent. - - - The recipient of the message. - - - This property should always be specified in order to send a message. - - - - - Gets or sets the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute. - - - DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute. - - - - For Windows NT 4.0 and earlier, the string should begin with \\. - - - If this property is not specified, the local computer is used. - - - - - - Gets or sets the used to call the NetSend method. - - - The used to call the NetSend method. - - - - Unless a specified here for this appender - the is queried for the - security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context - of the current thread. - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system. - - - - OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the - OutputDebugString system. - - - The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString - function. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Write the logging event to the output debug string API - - the event to log - - - Write the logging event to the output debug string API - - - - - - Stub for OutputDebugString native method - - the string to output - - - Stub for OutputDebugString native method - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Logs events to a remote syslog daemon. - - - - The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to - a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages - on UDP port 514. - - - The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons - do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications. - You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local - syslog service. - - - There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol. - This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html. - This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message", - i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation - this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon - implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source - hostname or IP address to any messages received. - - - Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity - is derived from the Level of the logging event. - The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog - values. The facilities list is predefined - and cannot be extended. - - - An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified - by setting the property. The identity (also know - as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the - identity is the application name (from ). - - - Rob Lyon - Nicko Cadell - - - - Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a - multicast group using an . - - - - UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order. - - - To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging - events. - - - When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding - to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the - property to specify the encoding to use. - - - - This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent - on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is - encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such. - - IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0); - UdpClient udpClient; - byte[] buffer; - string loggingEvent; - - try - { - udpClient = new UdpClient(8080); - - while(true) - { - buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint); - loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer); - Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent); - } - } - catch(Exception e) - { - Console.WriteLine(e.ToString()); - } - - - Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint - Dim udpClient as UdpClient - Dim buffer as Byte() - Dim loggingEvent as String - - Try - remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0) - udpClient = new UdpClient(8080) - - While True - buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint) - loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer) - Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent) - Wend - Catch e As Exception - Console.WriteLine(e.ToString()) - End Try - - - An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the - IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080: - - - - - - - - - - Gert Driesen - Nicko Cadell - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values. - - - - - Initialize the appender based on the options set. - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - The appender will be ignored if no was specified or - an invalid remote or local TCP port number was specified. - - - The required property was not specified. - The TCP port number assigned to or is less than or greater than . - - - - This method is called by the method. - - The event to log. - - - Sends the event using an UDP datagram. - - - Exceptions are passed to the . - - - - - - Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with - this instance. - - - - Disables the underlying and releases all managed - and unmanaged resources associated with the . - - - - - - Initializes the underlying connection. - - - - The underlying is initialized and binds to the - port number from which you intend to communicate. - - - Exceptions are passed to the . - - - - - - The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which - the logging event will be sent. - - - - - The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to - which the logging event will be sent. - - - - - The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent. - - - - - The TCP port number from which the will communicate. - - - - - The instance that will be used for sending the - logging events. - - - - - The encoding to use for the packet. - - - - - Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which - the underlying should sent the logging event. - - - The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event - will be sent. - - - - Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to - 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so - it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider - supports multicasting. - - - Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining - the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined - the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate - them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest. - - - Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below: - - - - - IP Address - Description - - - 224.0.0.1 - - - Sends a message to all system on the subnet. - - - - - 224.0.0.2 - - - Sends a message to all routers on the subnet. - - - - - 224.0.0.12 - - - The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet. - - - - - - - A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges - defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site. - - - The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative - addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically - configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside - of the local network. - - - - - - Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which - the underlying should sent the logging event. - - - An integer value in the range to - indicating the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event - will be sent. - - - The underlying will send messages to this TCP port number - on the remote host or multicast group. - - The value specified is less than or greater than . - - - - Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate. - - - An integer value in the range to - indicating the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate. - - - - The underlying will bind to this port for sending messages. - - - Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to - a local port. - - - The value specified is less than or greater than . - - - - Gets or sets used to write the packets. - - - The used to write the packets. - - - - The used to write the packets. - - - - - - Gets or sets the underlying . - - - The underlying . - - - creates a to send logging events - over a network. Classes deriving from can use this - property to get or set this . Use the underlying - returned from if you require access beyond that which - provides. - - - - - Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent. - - - The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent. - - - The method will initialize the remote endpoint - with the values of the and - properties. - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Syslog port 514 - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - This instance of the class is set up to write - to a remote syslog daemon. - - - - - Add a mapping of level to severity - - The mapping to add - - - Add a mapping to this appender. - - - - - - This method is called by the method. - - The event to log. - - - Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon. - - - The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. - - - - - - Initialize the options for this appender - - - - Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender. - - - - - - Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. - - A log4net level. - A syslog severity. - - - Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. - - - - - - Generate a syslog priority. - - The syslog facility. - The syslog severity. - A syslog priority. - - - Generate a syslog priority. - - - - - - The facility. The default facility is . - - - - - The message identity - - - - - Mapping from level object to syslog severity - - - - - Message identity - - - - An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified - by setting the property. The identity (also know - as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the - identity is the application name (from ). - - - - - - Syslog facility - - - Set to one of the values. The list of - facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value - is . - - - - - syslog severities - - - - The syslog severities. - - - - - - system is unusable - - - - - action must be taken immediately - - - - - critical conditions - - - - - error conditions - - - - - warning conditions - - - - - normal but significant condition - - - - - informational - - - - - debug-level messages - - - - - syslog facilities - - - - The syslog facilities - - - - - - kernel messages - - - - - random user-level messages - - - - - mail system - - - - - system daemons - - - - - security/authorization messages - - - - - messages generated internally by syslogd - - - - - line printer subsystem - - - - - network news subsystem - - - - - UUCP subsystem - - - - - clock (cron/at) daemon - - - - - security/authorization messages (private) - - - - - ftp daemon - - - - - NTP subsystem - - - - - log audit - - - - - log alert - - - - - clock daemon - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - reserved for local use - - - - - A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and - the syslog severity that is should be logged at. - - - - A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and - the syslog severity that is should be logged at. - - - - - - The mapped syslog severity for the specified level - - - - Required property. - The mapped syslog severity for the specified level - - - - - - Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink. - - - - This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink. - That is any object that implements the - interface. It delivers the events using .NET remoting. The - object to deliver events to is specified by setting the - appenders property. - - The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to - make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure. - - Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately. - They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that - the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a - number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will - flow thread local variables (stored in the ), - if they are marked as , across the - remoting boundary. If the server is not contactable then - the remoting infrastructure will clear the - objects from the . To prevent a logging failure from - having side effects on the calling application the remoting call must be made - from a separate thread to the one used by the application. A - thread is used for this. If no thread is available then - the events will block in the thread pool manager until a thread is available. - - Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close - this appender before all the queued events have been sent. - When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but - this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless. - - If this appender is being closed because the - event has fired it may not be possible to send all the queued events. During process - exit the runtime limits the time that a - event handler is allowed to run for. If the runtime terminates the threads before - the queued events have been sent then they will be lost. To ensure that all events - are sent the appender must be closed before the application exits. See - for details on how to shutdown - log4net programmatically. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Daniel Cazzulino - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Initialize the appender based on the options set - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink. - - - The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent - using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously. - This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting - infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the ), - if they are marked as , across the - remoting boundary. If the server is not contactable then - the remoting infrastructure will clear the - objects from the . To prevent a logging failure from - having side effects on the calling application the remoting call must be made - from a separate thread to the one used by the application. A - thread is used for this. If no thread is available then - the events will block in the thread pool manager until a thread is available. - - The events to send. - - - - Override base class close. - - - - This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are - sent asynchronously using work items. These items - will be sent once a thread pool thread is available to send them, therefore - it is possible to close the appender before all the queued events have been - sent. - - This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this - method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless. - - If the appender is being closed because the - event has fired it may not be possible to send all the queued events. During process - exit the runtime limits the time that a - event handler is allowed to run for. - - - - - A work item is being queued into the thread pool - - - - - A work item from the thread pool has completed - - - - - Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink. - - - This method is designed to be used with the . - This method expects to be passed an array of - objects in the state param. - - the logging events to send - - - - The URL of the remote sink. - - - - - The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink. - - - - - The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing - - - - - Event used to signal when there are no queued work items - - - This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this - state it is safe to close the appender. - - - - - Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept - the logging events. - - - The well-known URL of the remote sink. - - - - The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events. - The sink must implement the - interface. - - - - - - Interface used to deliver objects to a remote sink. - - - This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink - if the is to be used - to deliver logging events to the sink. - - - - - Delivers logging events to the remote sink - - Array of events to log. - - - Delivers logging events to the remote sink - - - - - - Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both. - - - - RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both - depending on the setting of the property. - When set to the log file will be rolled - once its size exceeds the . - When set to the log file will be rolled - once the date boundary specified in the property - is crossed. - When set to the log file will be - rolled once the date boundary specified in the property - is crossed, but within a date boundary the file will also be rolled - once its size exceeds the . - When set to the log file will be rolled when - the appender is configured. This effectively means that the log file can be - rolled once per program execution. - - - A of few additional optional features have been added: - - Attach date pattern for current log file - Backup number increments for newer files - Infinite number of backups by file size - - - - - - For large or infinite numbers of backup files a - greater than zero is highly recommended, otherwise all the backup files need - to be renamed each time a new backup is created. - - - When Date/Time based rolling is used setting - to will reduce the number of file renamings to few or none. - - - - - - Changing or without clearing - the log file directory of backup files will cause unexpected and unwanted side effects. - - - - - If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files - in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file. - The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling - is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but - at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed. - - - - The extends the and - has the same behavior when opening the log file. - The appender will first try to open the file for writing when - is called. This will typically be during configuration. - If the file cannot be opened for writing the appender will attempt - to open the file again each time a message is logged to the appender. - If the file cannot be opened for writing when a message is logged then - the message will be discarded by this appender. - - - When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the - file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted. - - - - - A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported. - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Aspi Havewala - Douglas de la Torre - Edward Smit - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Sets the quiet writer being used. - - - This method can be overridden by sub classes. - - the writer to set - - - - Write out a logging event. - - the event to write to file. - - - Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks - if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) - is need and then appends to the file last. - - - - - - Write out an array of logging events. - - the events to write to file. - - - Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks - if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) - is need and then appends to the file last. - - - - - - Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event - - - - Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks - if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) - is need and then appends to the file last. - - - - - - Creates and opens the file for logging. If - is false then the fully qualified name is determined and used. - - the name of the file to open - true to append to existing file - - This method will ensure that the directory structure - for the specified exists. - - - - - Get the current output file name - - the base file name - the output file name - - The output file name is based on the base fileName specified. - If is set then the output - file name is the same as the base file passed in. Otherwise - the output file depends on the date pattern, on the count - direction or both. - - - - - Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point) - - - - - Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files - that are similar to the base file name. - - - - - - - Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file - pattern. - - - - - - - Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run. - - - - - Initializes based on existing conditions at time of . - - - - Initializes based on existing conditions at time of . - The following is done - - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point) - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run. - - - - - - - Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher - to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen. - The highest count is either the first file (when count direction - is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0). - In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present. - - - - - - - Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for - 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max - count up to the highest count seen. - - - - - - - Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied. - - the date pattern to calculate the check period for - The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied - - Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the - most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point - with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern - supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day - and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be - and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected. - - - - - Initialize the appender based on the options set - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check, - scheduledFilename, and calls to initialize - the current number of backups. - - - - - - Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s). - - set to true if the file to be rolled is currently open - - - Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s). - Resets curSizeRollBackups. - If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile). - - - - - - Renames file to file . - - Name of existing file to roll. - New name for file. - - - Renames file to file . It - also checks for existence of target file and deletes if it does. - - - - - - Test if a file exists at a specified path - - the path to the file - true if the file exists - - - Test if a file exists at a specified path - - - - - - Deletes the specified file if it exists. - - The file to delete. - - - Delete a file if is exists. - The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted. - This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot - be deleted, but it still can be moved. - - - - - - Implements file roll base on file size. - - - - If the maximum number of size based backups is reached - (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest - file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection. - If countDirection < 0, then files - {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1} - are renamed to {File.2, ..., - File.curSizeRollBackups}. Moreover, File is - renamed File.1 and closed. - - - A new file is created to receive further log output. - - - If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the - File is truncated with no backup files created. - - - If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is - renamed if needed and no files are deleted. - - - - - - Implements file roll. - - the base name to rename - - - If the maximum number of size based backups is reached - (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest - file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection. - If countDirection < 0, then files - {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1} - are renamed to {File.2, ..., - File.curSizeRollBackups}. - - - If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the - File is truncated with no backup files created. - - - If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is - renamed if needed and no files are deleted. - - - This is called by to rename the files. - - - - - - Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint - - the current date - the type of roll point we are working with - the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date - - - Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method. - - - The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant - than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to - the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window - worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint. - - - - - - This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in - a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. - - - - - The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd" - meaning daily rollover. - - - - - The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to - or will be the file transferred to on roll over - (based on staticLogFileName). - - - - - The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename. - - - - - Holds date of last roll over - - - - - The type of rolling done - - - - - The default maximum file size is 10MB - - - - - There is zero backup files by default - - - - - How many sized based backups have been made so far - - - - - The rolling file count direction. - - - - - The rolling mode used in this appender. - - - - - Cache flag set if we are rolling by date. - - - - - Cache flag set if we are rolling by size. - - - - - Value indicating whether to always log to the same file. - - - - - FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly - - - - - The 1st of January 1970 in UTC - - - - - Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names - when rolling over on date. - - - The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling - over on date. - - - - Takes a string in the same format as expected by - . - - - This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over - on date. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before - the oldest is erased. - - - The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is - erased. - - - - If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file - will be truncated when it reaches . - - - If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note - that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of - files are rolled over unless is used. - - - The maximum applies to each time based group of files and - not the total. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach - before being rolled over to backup files. - - - The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being - rolled over to backup files. - - - - This property is equivalent to except - that it is required for differentiating the setter taking a - argument from the setter taking a - argument. - - - The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024). - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach - before being rolled over to backup files. - - - The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being - rolled over to backup files. - - - - This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the - suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being - expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes. - - - For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes. - - - The default maximum file size is 10MB. - - - If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically - consider using the property instead as this - allows you to set the size in bytes as a . - - - - - - Gets or sets the rolling file count direction. - - - The rolling file count direction. - - - - Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the - highest numbered file. - - - By default newer files have lower numbers ( < 0), - i.e. log.1 is most recent, log.5 is the 5th backup, etc... - - - >= 0 does the opposite i.e. - log.1 is the first backup made, log.5 is the 5th backup made, etc. - For infinite backups use >= 0 to reduce - rollover costs. - - The default file count direction is -1. - - - - - Gets or sets the rolling style. - - The rolling style. - - - The default rolling style is . - - - When set to this appender's - property is set to false, otherwise - the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling - the file each time it is opened. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to - the same file. - - - true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false. - - - - By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally - file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently - logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even - file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup). - - - This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups - much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups! - - - - - - Style of rolling to use - - - - Style of rolling to use - - - - - - Roll files once per program execution - - - - Roll files once per program execution. - Well really once each time this appender is - configured. - - - Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to - false on the RollingFileAppender, otherwise - this appender would just be a normal file appender. - - - - - - Roll files based only on the size of the file - - - - - Roll files based only on the date - - - - - Roll files based on both the size and date of the file - - - - - The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence. - - - - The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence. - - - - - - Roll the log not based on the date - - - - - Roll the log for each minute - - - - - Roll the log for each hour - - - - - Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight) - - - - - Roll the log each day (midnight) - - - - - Roll the log each week - - - - - Roll the log each month - - - - - This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the . - - - This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the . - Used primarily to allow test classes to plug themselves in so they can - supply test date/times. - - - - - Gets the current time. - - The current time. - - - Gets the current time. - - - - - - Default implementation of that returns the current time. - - - - - Gets the current time. - - The current time. - - - Gets the current time. - - - - - - Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors - or fatal errors. - - - - The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on - the value of option. The - keeps only the last - logging events in its - cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while - still delivering useful application context. - - - Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. - For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of - the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are - running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending - unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported. - - - Authentication is supported by setting the property to - either or . - If using authentication then the - and properties must also be set. - - - To set the SMTP server port use the property. The default port is 25. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Default constructor - - - - Default constructor - - - - - - Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. - - The logging events to send. - - - - Send the email message - - the body text to include in the mail - - - - Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. - - - A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. - - - - A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. - - - - - - Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender. - - - The e-mail address of the sender. - - - - The e-mail address of the sender. - - - - - - Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message. - - - The subject line of the e-mail message. - - - - The subject line of the e-mail message. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send - the e-mail messages. - - - The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the - name of the local SMTP server is used. - - - - The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the - name of the local SMTP server is used. - - - - - - Obsolete - - - Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead - - - - Obsolete property. - - - - - - The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server - - - Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. - - Valid Authentication mode values are: , - , and . - The default value is . When using - you must specify the - and to use to authenticate. - When using the Windows credentials for the current - thread, if impersonating, or the process will be used to authenticate. - - - - - - The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server - - - Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. - - A and must be specified when - is set to , - otherwise the username will be ignored. - - - - - - The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server - - - Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. - - A and must be specified when - is set to , - otherwise the password will be ignored. - - - - - - The port on which the SMTP server is listening - - - Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. - - The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default - port is 25. The Port can only be changed when running on - the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. - - - - - - Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message - - - One of the values. - - - - Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this - appender. The default priority is . - - - If you are using this appender to report errors then - you may want to set the priority to . - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Values for the property. - - - - SMTP authentication modes. - - - - - - No authentication - - - - - Basic authentication. - - - Requires a username and password to be supplied - - - - - Integrated authentication - - - Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate. - - - - - Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors - or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the - directory specified by . This allows services such - as the IIS SMTP agent to manage sending the messages. - - - - The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender, - except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify - . - - - The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on - the value of option. The - keeps only the last - logging events in its - cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while - still delivering useful application context. - - - Niall Daley - Nicko Cadell - - - - Default constructor - - - - Default constructor - - - - - - Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. - - The logging events to send. - - - Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. - - - - - - Activate the options on this appender. - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Convert a path into a fully qualified path. - - The path to convert. - The fully qualified path. - - - Converts the path specified to a fully - qualified path. If the path is relative it is - taken as relative from the application base - directory. - - - - - - The security context to use for privileged calls - - - - - Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. - - - A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. - - - - A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. - - - - - - Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender. - - - The e-mail address of the sender. - - - - The e-mail address of the sender. - - - - - - Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message. - - - The subject line of the e-mail message. - - - - The subject line of the e-mail message. - - - - - - Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. - - - - Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same - as that used by the agent sending the messages. - - - - - - Gets or sets the used to write to the pickup directory. - - - The used to write to the pickup directory. - - - - Unless a specified here for this appender - the is queried for the - security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context - of the current thread. - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages - - - - The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages - back to the client. - The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored - over a TCP/IP socket. - This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging. - - - The default is 23 (the telnet port). - - - Keith Long - Nicko Cadell - - - - Default constructor - - - - Default constructor - - - - - - Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler - - - - Closes all the outstanding connections. - - - - - - Initialize the appender based on the options set. - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - Create the socket handler and wait for connections - - - - - - Writes the logging event to each connected client. - - The event to log. - - - Writes the logging event to each connected client. - - - - - - Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections. - - - An integer value in the range to - indicating the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections. - - - - The default value is 23 (the telnet port). - - - The value specified is less than - or greater than . - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Helper class to manage connected clients - - - - The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from - clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect - asynchronously. - - - - - - Opens a new server port on - - the local port to listen on for connections - - - Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port. - - - - - - Sends a string message to each of the connected clients - - the text to send - - - Sends a string message to each of the connected clients - - - - - - Add a client to the internal clients list - - client to add - - - - Remove a client from the internal clients list - - client to remove - - - - Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket - - The result of the asynchronous operation - - - On connection adds to the list of connections - if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected - - - - - - Close all network connections - - - - Make sure we close all network connections - - - - - - Test if this handler has active connections - - - true if this handler has active connections - - - - This property will be true while this handler has - active connections, that is at least one connection that - the handler will attempt to send a message to. - - - - - - Class that represents a client connected to this handler - - - - Class that represents a client connected to this handler - - - - - - Create this for the specified - - the client's socket - - - Opens a stream writer on the socket. - - - - - - Write a string to the client - - string to send - - - Write a string to the client - - - - - - Cleanup the clients connection - - - - Close the socket connection. - - - - - - Appends log events to the system. - - - - The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners - are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the - class for details on configuring the - trace system. - - - Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string) - method. The event's logger name is passed as the value for the category name to the Write method. - - - Compact Framework
- The Compact Framework does not support the - class for any operation except Assert. When using the Compact Framework this - appender will write to the system rather than - the Trace system. This appender will therefore behave like the . - - - Douglas de la Torre - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the . - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - with a specified layout. - - The layout to use with this appender. - - - Obsolete constructor. - - - - - - Writes the logging event to the system. - - The event to log. - - - Writes the logging event to the system. - - - - - - Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream - will be flushed at the end of each append operation. - - - - Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is - actually written. If is set to - false, then there is a good chance that the last few - logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and - when the application crashes. - - - The default value is true. - - - - - Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will - flush at the end of each write. - - - The default behavior is to flush at the end of each - write. If the option is set tofalse, then the underlying - stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time. - - - Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results - in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety - trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is - skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not - be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high - price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. - - - - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - true - - - This appender requires a to be set. - - - - - - Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository. - - - - AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute. - - - An assembly's logger repository is defined by its , - however this can be overridden by an assembly loaded before the target assembly. - - - An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by - specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain. - - - This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used - as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository. - - - - An assembly's logger repository is defined by its , - however this can be overridden by an assembly loaded before the target assembly. - - - An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by - specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository. - - - This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used - as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified repository to alias to this assembly's repository. - - The repository to alias to this assemby's repository. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified repository to alias to this assembly's repository. - - - - - - Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository. - - - The repository to alias to this assemby's repository. - - - - The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified domain to alias to this assembly's repository. - - The domain to alias to this assemby's repository. - - - Obsolete. Use instead of . - - - - - - Use this class to quickly configure a . - - - - Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net. - - - Only one appender can be configured using this configurator. - The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging - events will be delivered to that appender. - - - Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore - they would require that the method - be called after the appenders properties have been configured. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - - - Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration. - - - - Initializes the log4net logging system using a - that will write to Console.Out. The log messages are - formatted using the layout object - with the - layout style. - - - - - - Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender. - - The appender to use to log all logging events. - - - Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender. - - - - - - Initializes the with a default configuration. - - The repository to configure. - - - Initializes the specified repository using a - that will write to Console.Out. The log messages are - formatted using the layout object - with the - layout style. - - - - - - Initializes the using the specified appender. - - The repository to configure. - The appender to use to log all logging events. - - - Initializes the using the specified appender. - - - - - - Base class for all log4net configuration attributes. - - - This is an abstract class that must be extended by - specific configurators. This attribute allows the - configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level - attribute. - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructor used by subclasses. - - the ordering priority for this configurator - - - The is used to order the configurator - attributes before they are invoked. Higher priority configurators are executed - before lower priority ones. - - - - - - Configures the for the specified assembly. - - The assembly that this attribute was defined on. - The repository to configure. - - - Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called - the subclass should configure the . - - - - - - Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute - - the object to compare to - see - - - Compares the priorities of the two instances. - Sorts by priority in descending order. Objects with the same priority are - randomly ordered. - - - - - - Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly. - - - - DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute. - - - Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own - logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls - the configuration of the domain. The property specifies the name - of the domain that this assembly is a part of. The - specifies the type of the repository objects to create for the domain. If - this attribute is not specified and a is not specified - then the assembly will be part of the default shared logging domain. - - - This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used - once per assembly. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly. - - - - Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified - on the assembly controls - the configuration of the repository. The property specifies the name - of the repository that this assembly is a part of. The - specifies the type of the object - to create for the assembly. If this attribute is not specified or a - is not specified then the assembly will be part of the default shared logging repository. - - - This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used - once per assembly. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Initialize a new instance of the class - with the name of the repository. - - The name of the repository. - - - Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository. - - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the logging repository. - - - The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this - assembly. - - - - This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the - same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository. - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly. - - - The type of repository to create for this assembly. - - - - The type of the repository to create for the assembly. - The type must implement the - interface. - - - This will be the type of repository created when - the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the - same repository then the repository is only created once using the - of the first assembly to call into the - repository. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute. - - - - - - Initialize a new instance of the class - with the name of the domain. - - The name of the domain. - - - Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute. - - - - - - Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree. - - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - - Configures a using an Xml tree. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Private constructor - - - - - Automatically configures the log4net system based on the - application's configuration settings. - - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - Each application has a configuration file. This has the - same name as the application with '.config' appended. - This file is XML and calling this function prompts the - configurator to look in that file for a section called - log4net that contains the configuration data. - - - - - Automatically configures the using settings - stored in the application's configuration file. - - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - Each application has a configuration file. This has the - same name as the application with '.config' appended. - This file is XML and calling this function prompts the - configurator to look in that file for a section called - log4net that contains the configuration data. - - The repository to configure. - - - - Configures log4net using a log4net element - - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element - supplied as . - - The element to parse. - - - - Configures the using the specified XML - element. - - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element - supplied as . - - The repository to configure. - The element to parse. - - - - Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. - - The XML file to load the configuration from. - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - - The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the log4net configuration data. - - - The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's - configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a - normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). - - - The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the - location is stored in the application's configuration file : - - - using log4net.Config; - using System.IO; - using System.Configuration; - - ... - - DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); - - - In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : - - - - - - - - - - - - - Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. - - A stream to load the XML configuration from. - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - - The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the log4net configuration data. - - - Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. - - - - - - Configures the using the specified configuration - file. - - The repository to configure. - The XML file to load the configuration from. - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - - The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the configuration data. - - - The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's - configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a - normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). - - - The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the - location is stored in the application's configuration file : - - - using log4net.Config; - using System.IO; - using System.Configuration; - - ... - - DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); - - - In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : - - - - - - - - - - - - - Configures the using the specified configuration - file. - - The repository to configure. - The stream to load the XML configuration from. - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - - The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the configuration data. - - - Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. - - - - - - Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes - and reloads the configuration if a change is detected. - - The XML file to load the configuration from. - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - - The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the configuration data. - - - The configuration file will be monitored using a - and depends on the behavior of that class. - - - For more information on how to configure log4net using - a separate configuration file, see . - - - - - - - Configures the using the file specified, - monitors the file for changes and reloads the configuration if a change - is detected. - - The repository to configure. - The XML file to load the configuration from. - - - DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. - - - The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the configuration data. - - - The configuration file will be monitored using a - and depends on the behavior of that class. - - - For more information on how to configure log4net using - a separate configuration file, see . - - - - - - - Assembly level attribute to configure the . - - - - AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute. - - - This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only - be used once per assembly. - - - Use this attribute to configure the - without calling one of the - methods. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Assembly level attribute to configure the . - - - - This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only - be used once per assembly. - - - Use this attribute to configure the - without calling one of the - methods. - - - If neither of the or - properties are set the configuration is loaded from the application's .config file. - If set the property takes priority over the - property. The property - specifies a path to a file to load the config from. The path is relative to the - application's base directory; . - The property is used as a postfix to the assembly file name. - The config file must be located in the application's base directory; . - For example in a console application setting the to - config has the same effect as not specifying the or - properties. - - - The property can be set to cause the - to watch the configuration file for changes. - - - - Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once. - When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration - of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the - methods is made from the assembly with the configuration - attributes. - - - If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from - different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e. - call the method directly. - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Default constructor - - - - Default constructor - - - - - - Configures the for the specified assembly. - - The assembly that this attribute was defined on. - The repository to configure. - - - Configure the repository using the . - The specified must extend the - class otherwise the will not be able to - configure it. - - - The does not extend . - - - - Attempt to load configuration from the local file system - - The assembly that this attribute was defined on. - The repository to configure. - - - - Configure the specified repository using a - - The repository to configure. - the FileInfo pointing to the config file - - - - Attempt to load configuration from a URI - - The assembly that this attribute was defined on. - The repository to configure. - - - - Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file. - - - The filename of the configuration file. - - - - If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with - the . This file path is relative to the - application base directory (). - - - The takes priority over the . - - - - - - Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file. - - - The extension of the configuration file. - - - - If specified this is the extension for the configuration file. - The path to the config file is built by using the application - base directory (), - the assembly file name and the config file extension. - - - If the is set to MyExt then - possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or - MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt. - - - The takes priority over the . - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file. - - - true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise. - - - - If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework - will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time - the file is modified. - - - The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk. - In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded - from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk - and therefore it may not be able to watch it. - - - Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI. - - - - - - Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file - - - The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section - handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns - the XML element that is the root of the section. - - - Example of registering the log4net section handler : - - - -
- - - log4net configuration XML goes here - - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Parses the configuration section. - - The configuration settings in a corresponding parent configuration section. - The configuration context when called from the ASP.NET configuration system. Otherwise, this parameter is reserved and is a null reference. - The for the log4net section. - The for the log4net section. - - - Returns the containing the configuration data, - - - - - - Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to - the repository. - - - - Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the - assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the - interface. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Interface used to create plugins. - - - - Interface used to create a plugin. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Creates the plugin object. - - the new plugin instance - - - Create and return a new plugin instance. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified type. - - The type name of plugin to create. - - - Create the attribute with the plugin type specified. - - - Where possible use the constructor that takes a . - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified type. - - The type of plugin to create. - - - Create the attribute with the plugin type specified. - - - - - - Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute. - - - - Creates the instance of the object as - specified by this attribute. - - - The plugin object. - - - - Returns a representation of the properties of this object. - - - - Overrides base class method to - return a representation of the properties of this object. - - - A representation of the properties of this object - - - - Gets or sets the type for the plugin. - - - The type for the plugin. - - - - The type for the plugin. - - - - - - Gets or sets the type name for the plugin. - - - The type name for the plugin. - - - - The type name for the plugin. - - - Where possible use the property instead. - - - - - - Assembly level attribute to configure the . - - - - This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only - be used once per assembly. - - - Use this attribute to configure the - without calling one of the - methods. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Construct provider attribute with type specified - - the type of the provider to use - - - The provider specified must subclass the - class. - - - - - - Configures the SecurityContextProvider - - The assembly that this attribute was defined on. - The repository to configure. - - - Creates a provider instance from the specified. - Sets this as the default security context provider . - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the provider to use. - - - the type of the provider to use. - - - - The provider specified must subclass the - class. - - - - - - Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree. - - - - Configures a using an Xml tree. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Private constructor - - - - - Automatically configures the log4net system based on the - application's configuration settings. - - - - Each application has a configuration file. This has the - same name as the application with '.config' appended. - This file is XML and calling this function prompts the - configurator to look in that file for a section called - log4net that contains the configuration data. - - - To use this method to configure log4net you must specify - the section - handler for the log4net configuration section. See the - for an example. - - - - - - - Automatically configures the using settings - stored in the application's configuration file. - - - - Each application has a configuration file. This has the - same name as the application with '.config' appended. - This file is XML and calling this function prompts the - configurator to look in that file for a section called - log4net that contains the configuration data. - - - To use this method to configure log4net you must specify - the section - handler for the log4net configuration section. See the - for an example. - - - The repository to configure. - - - - Configures log4net using a log4net element - - - - Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element - supplied as . - - - The element to parse. - - - - Configures the using the specified XML - element. - - - Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element - supplied as . - - The repository to configure. - The element to parse. - - - - Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. - - The XML file to load the configuration from. - - - The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the log4net configuration data. - - - The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's - configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a - normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). - - - The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the - configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify - a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will - complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example: - - -
- - - - - The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the - location is stored in the application's configuration file : - - - using log4net.Config; - using System.IO; - using System.Configuration; - - ... - - XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); - - - In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : - - - - - - - - - - - - - Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI. - - A URI to load the XML configuration from. - - - The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the log4net configuration data. - - - The must support the URI scheme specified. - - - - - - Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream. - - A stream to load the XML configuration from. - - - The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the log4net configuration data. - - - Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. - - - - - - Configures the using the specified configuration - file. - - The repository to configure. - The XML file to load the configuration from. - - - The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the configuration data. - - - The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's - configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a - normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). - - - The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the - configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify - a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will - complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example: - - -
- - - - - The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the - location is stored in the application's configuration file : - - - using log4net.Config; - using System.IO; - using System.Configuration; - - ... - - XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); - - - In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : - - - - - - - - - - - - - Configures the using the specified configuration - URI. - - The repository to configure. - A URI to load the XML configuration from. - - - The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the configuration data. - - - The must support the URI scheme specified. - - - - - - Configures the using the specified configuration - file. - - The repository to configure. - The stream to load the XML configuration from. - - - The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the configuration data. - - - Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. - - - - - - Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes - and reloads the configuration if a change is detected. - - The XML file to load the configuration from. - - - The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the configuration data. - - - The configuration file will be monitored using a - and depends on the behavior of that class. - - - For more information on how to configure log4net using - a separate configuration file, see . - - - - - - - Configures the using the file specified, - monitors the file for changes and reloads the configuration if a change - is detected. - - The repository to configure. - The XML file to load the configuration from. - - - The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain - at least one element called log4net that holds - the configuration data. - - - The configuration file will be monitored using a - and depends on the behavior of that class. - - - For more information on how to configure log4net using - a separate configuration file, see . - - - - - - - Configures the specified repository using a log4net element. - - The hierarchy to configure. - The element to parse. - - - Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element - supplied as . - - - This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods - to load the configuration from an . - - - - - - Class used to watch config files. - - - - Uses the to monitor - changes to a specified file. Because multiple change notifications - may be raised when the file is modified, a timer is used to - compress the notifications into a single event. The timer - waits for time before delivering - the event notification. If any further - change notifications arrive while the timer is waiting it - is reset and waits again for to - elapse. - - - - - - The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification - before reloading the config file. - - - - - Watch a specified config file used to configure a repository - - The repository to configure. - The configuration file to watch. - - - Watch a specified config file used to configure a repository - - - - - - Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator - - - - - Holds the repository being configured. - - - - - The timer used to compress the notification events. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - The repository to configure. - The configuration file to watch. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Event handler used by . - - The firing the event. - The argument indicates the file that caused the event to be fired. - - - This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired. - - - - - - Event handler used by . - - The firing the event. - The argument indicates the file that caused the event to be fired. - - - This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired. - - - - - - Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated. - - null - - - - The implementation of the interface suitable - for use with the compact framework - - - - This implementation is a simple - mapping between repository name and - object. - - - The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly - level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector - this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Interface used by the to select the . - - - - The uses a - to specify the policy for selecting the correct - to return to the caller. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Gets the for the specified assembly. - - The assembly to use to lookup to the - The for the assembly. - - - Gets the for the specified assembly. - - - How the association between and - is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for - this association. The results of this method must be repeatable, i.e. - when called again with the same arguments the result must be the - save value. - - - - - - Gets the named . - - The name to use to lookup to the . - The named - - Lookup a named . This is the repository created by - calling . - - - - - Creates a new repository for the assembly specified. - - The assembly to use to create the domain to associate with the . - The type of repository to create, must implement . - The repository created. - - - The created will be associated with the domain - specified such that a call to with the - same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. - - - How the association between and - is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for - this association. - - - - - - Creates a new repository with the name specified. - - The name to associate with the . - The type of repository to create, must implement . - The repository created. - - - The created will be associated with the name - specified such that a call to with the - same name will return the same repository instance. - - - - - - Test if a named repository exists - - the named repository to check - true if the repository exists - - - Test if a named repository exists. Use - to create a new repository and to retrieve - a repository. - - - - - - Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. - - - An array of the instances created by - this . - - - Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector. - - - - - - Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. - - - Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. - - - - Event raised when a new repository is created. - The event source will be this selector. The event args will - be a which - holds the newly created . - - - - - - Create a new repository selector - - the type of the repositories to create, must implement - - - Create an new compact repository selector. - The default type for repositories must be specified, - an appropriate value would be . - - - throw if is null - throw if does not implement - - - - Get the for the specified assembly - - not used - The default - - - The argument is not used. This selector does not create a - separate repository for each assembly. - - - As a named repository is not specified the default repository is - returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository. - - - - - - Get the named - - the name of the repository to lookup - The named - - - Get the named . The default - repository is log4net-default-repository. Other repositories - must be created using the . - If the named repository does not exist an exception is thrown. - - - throw if is null - throw if the does not exist - - - - Create a new repository for the assembly specified - - not used - the type of repository to create, must implement - the repository created - - - The argument is not used. This selector does not create a - separate repository for each assembly. - - - If the is null then the - default repository type specified to the constructor is used. - - - As a named repository is not specified the default repository is - returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository. - - - - - - Create a new repository for the repository specified - - the repository to associate with the - the type of repository to create, must implement . - If this param is null then the default repository type is used. - the repository created - - - The created will be associated with the repository - specified such that a call to with the - same repository specified will return the same repository instance. - - - If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown. - - - If is null then the default - repository type specified to the constructor is used. - - - throw if is null - throw if the already exists - - - - Test if a named repository exists - - the named repository to check - true if the repository exists - - - Test if a named repository exists. Use - to create a new repository and to retrieve - a repository. - - - - - - Gets a list of objects - - an array of all known objects - - - Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector. - - - - - - Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created - - The repository that has been created - - - Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent - event. - - - - - - Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. - - - Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. - - - - Event raised when a new repository is created. - The event source will be this selector. The event args will - be a which - holds the newly created . - - - - - - The default implementation of the interface. - - - - Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to - configure the hierarchy for the repository. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Creates a new repository selector. - - The type of the repositories to create, must implement - - - Create an new repository selector. - The default type for repositories must be specified, - an appropriate value would be . - - - is . - does not implement . - - - - Gets the for the specified assembly. - - The assembly use to lookup the . - - - The type of the created and the repository - to create can be overridden by specifying the - attribute on the . - - - The default values are to use the - implementation of the interface and to use the - as the name of the repository. - - - The created will be automatically configured using - any attributes defined on - the . - - - The for the assembly - is . - - - - Gets the for the specified repository. - - The repository to use to lookup the . - The for the specified repository. - - - Returns the named repository. If is null - a is thrown. If the repository - does not exist a is thrown. - - - Use to create a repository. - - - is . - does not exist. - - - - Create a new repository for the assembly specified - - the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the . - The type of repository to create, must implement . - The repository created. - - - The created will be associated with the repository - specified such that a call to with the - same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. - - - The type of the created and - the repository to create can be overridden by specifying the - attribute on the - . The default values are to use the - implementation of the - interface and to use the - as the name of the repository. - - - The created will be automatically - configured using any - attributes defined on the . - - - If a repository for the already exists - that repository will be returned. An error will not be raised and that - repository may be of a different type to that specified in . - Also the attribute on the - assembly may be used to override the repository type specified in - . - - - is . - - - - Creates a new repository for the assembly specified. - - the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the . - The type of repository to create, must implement . - The name to assign to the created repository - Set to true to read and apply the assembly attributes - The repository created. - - - The created will be associated with the repository - specified such that a call to with the - same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. - - - The type of the created and - the repository to create can be overridden by specifying the - attribute on the - . The default values are to use the - implementation of the - interface and to use the - as the name of the repository. - - - The created will be automatically - configured using any - attributes defined on the . - - - If a repository for the already exists - that repository will be returned. An error will not be raised and that - repository may be of a different type to that specified in . - Also the attribute on the - assembly may be used to override the repository type specified in - . - - - is . - - - - Creates a new repository for the specified repository. - - The repository to associate with the . - The type of repository to create, must implement . - If this param is then the default repository type is used. - The new repository. - - - The created will be associated with the repository - specified such that a call to with the - same repository specified will return the same repository instance. - - - is . - already exists. - - - - Test if a named repository exists - - the named repository to check - true if the repository exists - - - Test if a named repository exists. Use - to create a new repository and to retrieve - a repository. - - - - - - Gets a list of objects - - an array of all known objects - - - Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector. - - - - - - Aliases a repository to an existing repository. - - The repository to alias. - The repository that the repository is aliased to. - - - The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created. - The repository must not already exist. - - - When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as - the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail. - - - - is . - -or- - is . - - - - - Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created. - - The repository that has been created. - - - Raises the event. - - - - - - Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly. - - The assembly that has a . - in/out param to hold the repository name to use for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling. - in/out param to hold the type of the repository to create for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling. - is . - - - - Configures the repository using information from the assembly. - - The assembly containing - attributes which define the configuration for the repository. - The repository to configure. - - is . - -or- - is . - - - - - Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly. - - The assembly that contains the attributes. - The repository to add the plugins to. - - is . - -or- - is . - - - - - Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly. - - The assembly that contains the attributes. - The repository to alias to. - - is . - -or- - is . - - - - - Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. - - - Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. - - - - Event raised when a new repository is created. - The event source will be this selector. The event args will - be a which - holds the newly created . - - - - - - Defined error codes that can be passed to the method. - - - - Values passed to the method. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - A general error - - - - - Error while writing output - - - - - Failed to flush file - - - - - Failed to close file - - - - - Unable to open output file - - - - - No layout specified - - - - - Failed to parse address - - - - - Appenders may delegate their error handling to an . - - - - Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by - definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as - a parameter. - - The message associated with the error. - The that was thrown when the error occurred. - The error code associated with the error. - - - Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as - a parameter. - - - - - - Prints the error message passed as a parameter. - - The message associated with the error. - The that was thrown when the error occurred. - - - See . - - - - - - Prints the error message passed as a parameter. - - The message associated with the error. - - - See . - - - - - - Interface for objects that require fixing. - - - - Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it - can be taken outside the context of the appender's - method. - - - When objects that implement this interface are stored - in the context properties maps - and - are fixed - (see ) the - method will be called. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Get a portable version of this object - - the portable instance of this object - - - Get a portable instance object that represents the current - state of this object. The portable object can be stored - and logged from any thread with identical results. - - - - - - Interface that all loggers implement - - - - This interface supports logging events and testing if a level - is enabled for logging. - - - These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure - that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception - to be thrown to the caller. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers. - - The declaring type of the method that is - the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. - The level of the message to be logged. - The message object to log. - the exception to log, including its stack trace. Pass null to not log an exception. - - - Generates a logging event for the specified using - the and . - - - - - - This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used - by wrappers. - - The event being logged. - - - Logs the specified logging event through this logger. - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for a given passed as parameter. - - The level to check. - - true if this logger is enabled for level, otherwise false. - - - - Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified . - - - - - - Gets the name of the logger. - - - The name of the logger. - - - - The name of this logger - - - - - - Gets the where this - Logger instance is attached to. - - - The that this logger belongs to. - - - - Gets the where this - Logger instance is attached to. - - - - - - Base interface for all wrappers - - - - Base interface for all wrappers. - - - All wrappers must implement this interface. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Get the implementation behind this wrapper object. - - - The object that in implementing this object. - - - - The object that in implementing this - object. The Logger object may not - be the same object as this object because of logger decorators. - This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process - the log events. - - - - - - Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications - - The which created the repository. - The event args - that holds the instance that has been created. - - - Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications. - - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - A - event is raised every time a is created. - - - - - - The created - - - - - Construct instance using specified - - the that has been created - - - Construct instance using specified - - - - - - The that has been created - - - The that has been created - - - - The that has been created - - - - - - Test if an triggers an action - - - - Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide - when to perform an appender specific action. - - - The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Test if this event triggers the action - - The event to check - true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false - - - Return true if this event triggers the action - - - - - - Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system. - - - - Each has an associated . - - - Levels have a numeric that defines the relative - ordering between levels. Two Levels with the same - are deemed to be equivalent. - - - The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each - and each repository can have different levels defined. The levels are stored - in the on the repository. Levels are - looked up by name from the . - - - When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not but - the value of LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"]. The default value for this is - , but this can be changed by reconfiguring the level map. - - - Each level has a in addition to its . The - is the string that is written into the output log. By default - the display name is the same as the level name, but this can be used to alias levels - or to localize the log output. - - - Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are: - - - - . - - - . - - - . - - - . - - - . - - - . - - - . - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructor - - Integer value for this level, higher values represent more severe levels. - The string name of this level. - The display name for this level. This may be localized or otherwise different from the name - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified level name and value. - - - - - - Constructor - - Integer value for this level, higher values represent more severe levels. - The string name of this level. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified level name and value. - - - - - - Returns the representation of the current - . - - - A representation of the current . - - - - Returns the level . - - - - - - Compares levels. - - The object to compare against. - true if the objects are equal. - - - Compares the levels of instances, and - defers to base class if the target object is not a - instance. - - - - - - Returns a hash code - - A hash code for the current . - - - Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data - structures like a hash table. - - - Returns the hash code of the level . - - - - - - Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an - indication of their relative values. - - A instance or to compare with this instance. - - A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the - values compared. The return value has these meanings: - - - Value - Meaning - - - Less than zero - This instance is less than . - - - Zero - This instance is equal to . - - - Greater than zero - - This instance is greater than . - -or- - is . - - - - - - - must be an instance of - or ; otherwise, an exception is thrown. - - - is not a . - - - - Returns a value indicating whether a specified - is greater than another specified . - - A - A - - true if is greater than - ; otherwise, false. - - - - Compares two levels. - - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether a specified - is less than another specified . - - A - A - - true if is less than - ; otherwise, false. - - - - Compares two levels. - - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether a specified - is greater than or equal to another specified . - - A - A - - true if is greater than or equal to - ; otherwise, false. - - - - Compares two levels. - - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether a specified - is less than or equal to another specified . - - A - A - - true if is less than or equal to - ; otherwise, false. - - - - Compares two levels. - - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether two specified - objects have the same value. - - A or . - A or . - - true if the value of is the same as the - value of ; otherwise, false. - - - - Compares two levels. - - - - - - Returns a value indicating whether two specified - objects have different values. - - A or . - A or . - - true if the value of is different from - the value of ; otherwise, false. - - - - Compares two levels. - - - - - - Compares two specified instances. - - The first to compare. - The second to compare. - - A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the - two values compared. The return value has these meanings: - - - Value - Meaning - - - Less than zero - is less than . - - - Zero - is equal to . - - - Greater than zero - is greater than . - - - - - - Compares two levels. - - - - - - The level designates a higher level than all the rest. - - - - - The level designates very severe error events. - System unusable, emergencies. - - - - - The level designates very severe error events - that will presumably lead the application to abort. - - - - - The level designates very severe error events. - Take immediate action, alerts. - - - - - The level designates very severe error events. - Critical condition, critical. - - - - - The level designates very severe error events. - - - - - The level designates error events that might - still allow the application to continue running. - - - - - The level designates potentially harmful - situations. - - - - - The level designates informational messages - that highlight the progress of the application at the highest level. - - - - - The level designates informational messages that - highlight the progress of the application at coarse-grained level. - - - - - The level designates fine-grained informational - events that are most useful to debug an application. - - - - - The level designates fine-grained informational - events that are most useful to debug an application. - - - - - The level designates fine-grained informational - events that are most useful to debug an application. - - - - - The level designates fine-grained informational - events that are most useful to debug an application. - - - - - The level designates fine-grained informational - events that are most useful to debug an application. - - - - - The level designates fine-grained informational - events that are most useful to debug an application. - - - - - The level designates the lowest level possible. - - - - - Gets the name of this level. - - - The name of this level. - - - - Gets the name of this level. - - - - - - Gets the value of this level. - - - The value of this level. - - - - Gets the value of this level. - - - - - - Gets the display name of this level. - - - The display name of this level. - - - - Gets the display name of this level. - - - - - - A strongly-typed collection of objects. - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance. - - list to create a readonly wrapper arround - - A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class - that is empty and has the default initial capacity. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class - that has the specified initial capacity. - - - The number of elements that the new LevelCollection is initially capable of storing. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class - that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection. - - The LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class - that contains elements copied from the specified array. - - The array whose elements are copied to the new list. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class - that contains elements copied from the specified collection. - - The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. - - - - Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors - - - - - - Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional - array. - - The one-dimensional array to copy to. - - - - Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional - array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array to copy to. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Adds a to the end of the LevelCollection. - - The to be added to the end of the LevelCollection. - The index at which the value has been added. - - - - Removes all elements from the LevelCollection. - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. - - - - Determines whether a given is in the LevelCollection. - - The to check for. - true if is found in the LevelCollection; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a - in the LevelCollection. - - The to locate in the LevelCollection. - - The zero-based index of the first occurrence of - in the entire LevelCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. - - - - - Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the LevelCollection. - - The to remove from the LevelCollection. - - The specified was not found in the LevelCollection. - - - - - Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection. - - The zero-based index of the element to remove. - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection. - - An for the entire LevelCollection. - - - - Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection. - - The LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection. - The new of the LevelCollection. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the current LevelCollection. - - The array whose elements should be added to the end of the LevelCollection. - The new of the LevelCollection. - - - - Adds the elements of a collection to the current LevelCollection. - - The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the LevelCollection. - The new of the LevelCollection. - - - - Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. - - - - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). - - true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. - - - - - Gets or sets the at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. - - true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. - - true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false - - - - Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain. - - - - - Supports type-safe iteration over a . - - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. - - - true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; - false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. - - - The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - - - Type visible only to our subclasses - Used to access protected constructor - - - - - A value - - - - - Supports simple iteration over a . - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. - - - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. - - - true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; - false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. - - - The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - - - An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level - - - - This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event - passed to - is equal to or greater than the - level. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - The threshold for triggering - - - - - Create a new evaluator using the threshold. - - - - Create a new evaluator using the threshold. - - - This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event - passed to - is equal to or greater than the - level. - - - - - - Create a new evaluator using the specified threshold. - - the threshold to trigger at - - - Create a new evaluator using the specified threshold. - - - This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event - passed to - is equal to or greater than the - level. - - - - - - Is this the triggering event? - - The event to check - This method returns true, if the event level - is equal or higher than the . - Otherwise it returns false - - - This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event - passed to - is equal to or greater than the - level. - - - - - - the threshold to trigger at - - - The that will cause this evaluator to trigger - - - - This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event - passed to - is equal to or greater than the - level. - - - - - - Mapping between string name and Level object - - - - Mapping between string name and object. - This mapping is held separately for each . - The level name is case insensitive. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Mapping from level name to Level object. The - level name is case insensitive - - - - - Construct the level map - - - - Construct the level map. - - - - - - Clear the internal maps of all levels - - - - Clear the internal maps of all levels - - - - - - Create a new Level and add it to the map - - the string to display for the Level - the level value to give to the Level - - - Create a new Level and add it to the map - - - - - - - Create a new Level and add it to the map - - the string to display for the Level - the level value to give to the Level - the display name to give to the Level - - - Create a new Level and add it to the map - - - - - - Add a Level to the map - - the Level to add - - - Add a Level to the map - - - - - - Lookup a named level from the map - - the name of the level to lookup is taken from this level. - If the level is not set on the map then this level is added - the level in the map with the name specified - - - Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken - from the property of the - argument. - - - If no level with the specified name is found then the - argument is added to the level map - and returned. - - - - - - Lookup a by name - - The name of the Level to lookup - a Level from the map with the name specified - - - Returns the from the - map with the name specified. If the no level is - found then null is returned. - - - - - - Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects. - - all possible levels as a list of Level objects - - - Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects. - - - - - - The internal representation of caller location information. - - - - This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate - a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack. - - - The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the - .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not - available on that framework. - - - The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds: - - - "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations. - By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The - debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column - information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace - might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations - that occur during optimization." - - - This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may - not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - When location information is not available the constant - NA is returned. Current value of this string - constant is ?. - - - - - Constructor - - The declaring type of the method that is - the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class based on the current thread. - - - - - - Constructor - - The fully qualified class name. - The method name. - The file name. - The line number of the method within the file. - - - Initializes a new instance of the - class with the specified data. - - - - - - Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging - request. - - - The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging - request. - - - - Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging - request. - - - - - - Gets the file name of the caller. - - - The file name of the caller. - - - - Gets the file name of the caller. - - - - - - Gets the line number of the caller. - - - The line number of the caller. - - - - Gets the line number of the caller. - - - - - - Gets the method name of the caller. - - - The method name of the caller. - - - - Gets the method name of the caller. - - - - - - Gets all available caller information - - - All available caller information, in the format - fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line) - - - - Gets all available caller information, in the format - fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line) - - - - - - Static manager that controls the creation of repositories - - - - Static manager that controls the creation of repositories - - - This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g. ) - to provide access to the objects. - - - This manager also holds the that is used to - lookup and create repositories. The selector can be set either programmatically using - the property, or by setting the log4net.RepositorySelector - AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the - selector to use. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used. - - - - Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used. - - - - - - Hook the shutdown event - - - - On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the - AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload> events. - These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits. - - - - - - Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain - - - - This needs to be in a separate method because the events make - a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because - this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot - catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the - caller. - - - - - - Return the default instance. - - the repository to lookup in - Return the default instance - - - Gets the for the repository specified - by the argument. - - - - - - Returns the default instance. - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - The default instance. - - - - Return the default instance. - - the repository to lookup in - Return the default instance - - - Gets the for the repository specified - by the argument. - - - - - - Returns the default instance. - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - The default instance. - - - Returns the default instance. - - - - - - Returns the named logger if it exists. - - The repository to lookup in. - The fully qualified logger name to look for. - - The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the - specified repository. - - - - If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it - returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns - null. - - - - - - Returns the named logger if it exists. - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - The fully qualified logger name to look for. - - The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the - specified assembly's repository. - - - - If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it - returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns - null. - - - - - - Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository. - - The repository to lookup in. - All the defined loggers. - - - The root logger is not included in the returned array. - - - - - - Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository. - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - All the defined loggers. - - - The root logger is not included in the returned array. - - - - - - Retrieves or creates a named logger. - - The repository to lookup in. - The name of the logger to retrieve. - The logger with the name specified. - - - Retrieves a logger named as the - parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the - existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is - created. - - - By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit - it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of - log4net. - - - - - - Retrieves or creates a named logger. - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - The name of the logger to retrieve. - The logger with the name specified. - - - Retrieves a logger named as the - parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the - existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is - created. - - - By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit - it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of - log4net. - - - - - - Shorthand for . - - The repository to lookup in. - The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. - The logger with the name specified. - - - Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. - - - - - - Shorthand for . - - the assembly to use to lookup the repository - The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. - The logger with the name specified. - - - Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. - - - - - - Shuts down the log4net system. - - - - Calling this method will safely close and remove all - appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the - default repositories. - - - Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. - Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. - - - The shutdown method is careful to close nested - appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows - configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger - and again to a nested appender. - - - - - - Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. - - The repository to shutdown. - - - Calling this method will safely close and remove all - appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the - repository for the specified. - - - Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. - Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. - - - The shutdown method is careful to close nested - appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows - configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger - and again to a nested appender. - - - - - - Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - - - Calling this method will safely close and remove all - appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the - repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using - the specified. - - - Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. - Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. - - - The shutdown method is careful to close nested - appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows - configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger - and again to a nested appender. - - - - - - Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. - - The repository to reset. - - - Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their - defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets - the level of all non-root loggers to null, - sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level - of the root logger to . Moreover, - message disabling is set its default "off" value. - - - - - - Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository to reset. - - - Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their - defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets - the level of all non-root loggers to null, - sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level - of the root logger to . Moreover, - message disabling is set its default "off" value. - - - - - - Creates a repository with the specified name. - - The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. - The created for the repository. - - - CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. - - - Creates the default type of which is a - object. - - - The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. - An will be thrown if the repository already exists. - - - The specified repository already exists. - - - - Creates a repository with the specified name. - - The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. - The created for the repository. - - - Creates the default type of which is a - object. - - - The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. - An will be thrown if the repository already exists. - - - The specified repository already exists. - - - - Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. - - The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. - A that implements - and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act - as the for the repository specified. - The created for the repository. - - - CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. - - - The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. - An Exception will be thrown if the repository already exists. - - - The specified repository already exists. - - - - Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. - - The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. - A that implements - and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act - as the for the repository specified. - The created for the repository. - - - The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. - An Exception will be thrown if the repository already exists. - - - The specified repository already exists. - - - - Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. - - The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. - A that implements - and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act - as the for the repository specified. - The created for the repository. - - - CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. - - - The created will be associated with the repository - specified such that a call to with the - same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. - - - - - - Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. - - The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. - A that implements - and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act - as the for the repository specified. - The created for the repository. - - - The created will be associated with the repository - specified such that a call to with the - same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. - - - - - - Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. - - An array of all the known objects. - - - Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. - - - - - - Internal method to get pertinent version info. - - A string of version info. - - - - Called when the event fires - - the that is exiting - null - - - Called when the event fires. - - - When the event is triggered the log4net system is . - - - - - - Called when the event fires - - the that is exiting - null - - - Called when the event fires. - - - When the event is triggered the log4net system is . - - - - - - Initialize the default repository selector - - - - - Gets or sets the repository selector used by the . - - - The repository selector used by the . - - - - The repository selector () is used by - the to create and select repositories - (). - - - The caller to supplies either a string name - or an assembly (if not supplied the assembly is inferred using - ). - - - This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository. - - - For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector; - for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default - repository. - - - - - - Implementation of the interface. - - - - This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger. - - The logger to wrap. - - - Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger. - - - - - - The logger that this object is wrapping - - - - - Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object. - - - The object that this object is implementing. - - - - The Logger object may not be the same object as this object - because of logger decorators. - - - This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process - the log events. - - - - - - Portable data structure used by - - - - Portable data structure used by - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - The logger name. - - - - The logger name. - - - - - - Level of logging event. - - - - Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable - because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it - cannot be declared final either. - - - - - - The application supplied message. - - - - The application supplied message of logging event. - - - - - - The name of thread - - - - The name of thread in which this logging event was generated - - - - - - The time the event was logged - - - - The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer. - - - - - - Location information for the caller. - - - - Location information for the caller. - - - - - - String representation of the user - - - - String representation of the user's windows name, - like DOMAIN\username - - - - - - String representation of the identity. - - - - String representation of the current thread's principal identity. - - - - - - The string representation of the exception - - - - The string representation of the exception - - - - - - String representation of the AppDomain. - - - - String representation of the AppDomain. - - - - - - Additional event specific properties - - - - A logger or an appender may attach additional - properties to specific events. These properties - have a string key and an object value. - - - - - - Flags passed to the property - - - - Flags passed to the property - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Fix the MDC - - - - - Fix the NDC - - - - - Fix the rendered message - - - - - Fix the thread name - - - - - Fix the callers location information - - - CAUTION: Very slow to generate - - - - - Fix the callers windows user name - - - CAUTION: Slow to generate - - - - - Fix the domain friendly name - - - - - Fix the callers principal name - - - CAUTION: May be slow to generate - - - - - Fix the exception text - - - - - Fix the event properties - - - - - No fields fixed - - - - - All fields fixed - - - - - Partial fields fixed - - - - This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed: - - - - - - - - - - - - - The internal representation of logging events. - - - - When an affirmative decision is made to log then a - instance is created. This instance - is passed around to the different log4net components. - - - This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net. - - - Some of the values in instances of - are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the - time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent - at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed - at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling - . There is a performance penalty - for incurred by calling but it - is essential to maintaining data consistency. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Douglas de la Torre - Daniel Cazzulino - - - - The key into the Properties map for the host name value. - - - - - The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value. - - - - - The key into the Properties map for the user name value. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - from the supplied parameters. - - The declaring type of the method that is - the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. - The repository this event is logged in. - The name of the logger of this event. - The level of this event. - The message of this event. - The exception for this event. - - - Except , and , - all fields of LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call - to cache all data locally - to prevent inconsistencies. - - This method is called by the log4net framework - to create a logging event. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - using specific data. - - The declaring type of the method that is - the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. - The repository this event is logged in. - Data used to initialize the logging event. - The fields in the struct that have already been fixed. - - - This constructor is provided to allow a - to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can - be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. - - - Use the method to obtain an - instance of the class. - - - The parameter should be used to specify which fields in the - struct have been preset. Fields not specified in the - will be captured from the environment if requested or fixed. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - using specific data. - - The declaring type of the method that is - the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. - The repository this event is logged in. - Data used to initialize the logging event. - - - This constructor is provided to allow a - to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can - be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. - - - Use the method to obtain an - instance of the class. - - - This constructor sets this objects flags to , - this assumes that all the data relating to this event is passed in via the - parameter and no other data should be captured from the environment. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - using specific data. - - Data used to initialize the logging event. - - - This constructor is provided to allow a - to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can - be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. - - - Use the method to obtain an - instance of the class. - - - This constructor sets this objects flags to , - this assumes that all the data relating to this event is passed in via the - parameter and no other data should be captured from the environment. - - - - - - Serialization constructor - - The that holds the serialized object data. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with serialized data. - - - - - - Ensure that the repository is set. - - the value for the repository - - - - Write the rendered message to a TextWriter - - the writer to write the message to - - - Unlike the property this method - does store the message data in the internal cache. Therefore - if called only once this method should be faster than the - property, however if the message is - to be accessed multiple times then the property will be more efficient. - - - - - - Serializes this object into the provided. - - The to populate with data. - The destination for this serialization. - - - The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized. - - - The method must be called during the - method call if this event - is to be used outside that method. - - - - - - Gets the portable data for this . - - The for this event. - - - A new can be constructed using a - instance. - - - Does a fix of the data - in the logging event before returning the event data. - - - - - - Gets the portable data for this . - - The set of data to ensure is fixed in the LoggingEventData - The for this event. - - - A new can be constructed using a - instance. - - - - - - Returns this event's exception's rendered using the - . - - - This event's exception's rendered using the . - - - - Obsolete. Use instead. - - - - - - Returns this event's exception's rendered using the - . - - - This event's exception's rendered using the . - - - - Returns this event's exception's rendered using the - . - - - - - - Fix instance fields that hold volatile data. - - - - Some of the values in instances of - are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the - time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent - at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed - at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling - . There is a performance penalty - incurred by calling but it - is essential to maintaining data consistency. - - - Calling is equivalent to - calling passing the parameter - false. - - - See for more - information. - - - - - - Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data. - - Set to true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix. - - - Some of the values in instances of - are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the - time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent - at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed - at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling - . There is a performance penalty - for incurred by calling but it - is essential to maintaining data consistency. - - - The param controls the data that - is fixed. Some of the data that can be fixed takes a long time to - generate, therefore if you do not require those settings to be fixed - they can be ignored by setting the param - to true. This setting will ignore the - and settings. - - - Set to false to ensure that all - settings are fixed. - - - - - - Fix the fields specified by the parameter - - the fields to fix - - - Only fields specified in the will be fixed. - Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed. - It is not possible to 'unfix' a field. - - - - - - Lookup a composite property in this event - - the key for the property to lookup - the value for the property - - - This event has composite properties that combine together properties from - several different contexts in the following order: - - - this events properties - - This event has that can be set. These - properties are specific to this event only. - - - - the thread properties - - The that are set on the current - thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. - - - - the global properties - - The that are set globally. These - properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. - - - - - - - - - Get all the composite properties in this event - - the containing all the properties - - - See for details of the composite properties - stored by the event. - - - This method returns a single containing all the - properties defined for this event. - - - - - - The internal logging event data. - - - - - The internal logging event data. - - - - - The internal logging event data. - - - - - The fully qualified Type of the calling - logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method). - - - - - The application supplied message of logging event. - - - - - The exception that was thrown. - - - This is not serialized. The string representation - is serialized instead. - - - - - The repository that generated the logging event - - - This is not serialized. - - - - - The fix state for this event - - - These flags indicate which fields have been fixed. - Not serialized. - - - - - Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed) - - - This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler - changes in the caching strategy. - - - - - Gets the time when the current process started. - - - This is the time when this process started. - - - - The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer. - - - Tries to get the start time for the current process. - Failing that it returns the time of the first call to - this property. - - - Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the - same process without the process terminating and therefore - without the process start time being reset. - - - - - - Gets the of the logging event. - - - The of the logging event. - - - - Gets the of the logging event. - - - - - - Gets the time of the logging event. - - - The time of the logging event. - - - - The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer. - - - - - - Gets the name of the logger that logged the event. - - - The name of the logger that logged the event. - - - - Gets the name of the logger that logged the event. - - - - - - Gets the location information for this logging event. - - - The location information for this logging event. - - - - The collected information is cached for future use. - - - See the class for more information on - supported frameworks and the different behavior in Debug and - Release builds. - - - - - - Gets the message object used to initialize this event. - - - The message object used to initialize this event. - - - - Gets the message object used to initialize this event. - Note that this event may not have a valid message object. - If the event is serialized the message object will not - be transferred. To get the text of the message the - property must be used - not this property. - - - If there is no defined message object for this event then - null will be returned. - - - - - - Gets the exception object used to initialize this event. - - - The exception object used to initialize this event. - - - - Gets the exception object used to initialize this event. - Note that this event may not have a valid exception object. - If the event is serialized the exception object will not - be transferred. To get the text of the exception the - method must be used - not this property. - - - If there is no defined exception object for this event then - null will be returned. - - - - - - The that this event was created in. - - - - The that this event was created in. - - - - - - Gets the message, rendered through the . - - - The message rendered through the . - - - - The collected information is cached for future use. - - - - - - Gets the name of the current thread. - - - The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when - the name is not available. - - - - The collected information is cached for future use. - - - - - - Gets the name of the current user. - - - The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the - underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the - current user. - - - - Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of - the current windows user. - - - To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of - the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant. - Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render - the string. - - - However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to - return different objects every time, so the current implementation - doesn't do this type of caching. - - - Timing for these operations: - - - - Method - Results - - - WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() - 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds - - - WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name - 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds - - - - This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the - value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since - this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds. - - - - - - Gets the identity of the current thread principal. - - - The string name of the identity of the current thread principal. - - - - Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get - the name of the current thread principal. - - - - - - Gets the AppDomain friendly name. - - - The AppDomain friendly name. - - - - Gets the AppDomain friendly name. - - - - - - Additional event specific properties. - - - Additional event specific properties. - - - - A logger or an appender may attach additional - properties to specific events. These properties - have a string key and an object value. - - - This property is for events that have been added directly to - this event. The aggregate properties (which include these - event properties) can be retrieved using - and . - - - Once the properties have been fixed this property - returns the combined cached properties. This ensures that updates to - this property are always reflected in the underlying storage. When - returning the combined properties there may be more keys in the - Dictionary than expected. - - - - - - The fixed fields in this event - - - The set of fields that are fixed in this event - - - - Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed. - It is not possible to 'unfix' a field. - - - - - - Implementation of wrapper interface. - - - - This implementation of the interface - forwards to the held by the base class. - - - This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following - levels: - - - - DEBUG - - The and methods log messages - at the DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the - repositories . The default value - for this level is . The - property tests if this level is enabled for logging. - - - - INFO - - The and methods log messages - at the INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the - repositories . The default value - for this level is . The - property tests if this level is enabled for logging. - - - - WARN - - The and methods log messages - at the WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the - repositories . The default value - for this level is . The - property tests if this level is enabled for logging. - - - - ERROR - - The and methods log messages - at the ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the - repositories . The default value - for this level is . The - property tests if this level is enabled for logging. - - - - FATAL - - The and methods log messages - at the FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the - repositories . The default value - for this level is . The - property tests if this level is enabled for logging. - - - - - The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by - configuring the for the repository. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into - the log4net framework. - - - - Use the to obtain logger instances - that implement this interface. The - static method is used to get logger instances. - - - This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also - has properties for determining if those logging levels are - enabled in the current configuration. - - - This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation - specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual - implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to - do things differently. - - - Simple example of logging messages - - ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); - - log.Info("Application Start"); - log.Debug("This is a debug message"); - - if (log.IsDebugEnabled) - { - log.Debug("This is another debug message"); - } - - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - Log a message object with the level. - - Log a message object with the level. - - The message object to log. - - - This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG - enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the - level. If this logger is - DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object - (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate - . It then - proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger - and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of - the additivity flag. - - WARNING Note that passing an - to this method will print the name of the - but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the - form instead. - - - - - - - - Log a message object with the level including - the stack trace of the passed - as a parameter. - - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - See the form for more detailed information. - - - - - - - Log a formatted string with the level. - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - Log a message object with the level. - - Logs a message object with the level. - - - - This method first checks if this logger is INFO - enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the - level. If this logger is - INFO enabled, then it converts the message object - (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate - . It then - proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger - and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the - additivity flag. - - WARNING Note that passing an - to this method will print the name of the - but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the - form instead. - - - The message object to log. - - - - - - Logs a message object with the INFO level including - the stack trace of the passed - as a parameter. - - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - See the form for more detailed information. - - - - - - - Log a formatted message string with the level. - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - Log a message object with the level. - - Log a message object with the level. - - - - This method first checks if this logger is WARN - enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the - level. If this logger is - WARN enabled, then it converts the message object - (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate - . It then - proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger - and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the - additivity flag. - - WARNING Note that passing an - to this method will print the name of the - but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the - form instead. - - - The message object to log. - - - - - - Log a message object with the level including - the stack trace of the passed - as a parameter. - - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - See the form for more detailed information. - - - - - - - Log a formatted message string with the level. - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - Log a message object with the level. - - Logs a message object with the level. - - The message object to log. - - - This method first checks if this logger is ERROR - enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the - level. If this logger is - ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object - (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate - . It then - proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger - and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the - additivity flag. - - WARNING Note that passing an - to this method will print the name of the - but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the - form instead. - - - - - - - - Log a message object with the level including - the stack trace of the passed - as a parameter. - - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - See the form for more detailed information. - - - - - - - Log a formatted message string with the level. - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - Log a message object with the level. - - Log a message object with the level. - - - - This method first checks if this logger is FATAL - enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the - level. If this logger is - FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object - (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate - . It then - proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger - and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the - additivity flag. - - WARNING Note that passing an - to this method will print the name of the - but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the - form instead. - - - The message object to log. - - - - - - Log a message object with the level including - the stack trace of the passed - as a parameter. - - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - See the form for more detailed information. - - - - - - - Log a formatted message string with the level. - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the level. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See - for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. - - - true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. - - - - This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of - disabled log debug statements. - - For some ILog interface log, when you write: - - log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); - - - You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in - this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not. - - - If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write: - - - if (log.IsDebugEnabled) - { - log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); - } - - - This way you will not incur the cost of parameter - construction if debugging is disabled for log. On - the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you - will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug - enabled twice. Once in and once in - the . This is an insignificant overhead - since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it - takes to actually log. This is the preferred style of logging. - - Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug - enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this: - - - private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled; - - - Then when you come to log you can write: - - - if (isDebugEnabled) - { - log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); - } - - - This way the debug enabled state is only queried once - when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly - variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant - and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler. - - - Of course if you use a static readonly variable to - hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot - change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging - that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute - speed or runtime flexibility. - - - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. - - - true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. - - - For more information see . - - - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. - - - true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. - - - For more information see . - - - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. - - - true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. - - - For more information see . - - - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. - - - true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. - - - For more information see . - - - - - - - - Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger. - - The logger to wrap. - - - Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger. - - - - - - Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes - - the repository holding the levels - - - Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes - - - - - - Logs a message object with the DEBUG level. - - The message object to log. - - - This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG - enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the - DEBUG level. If this logger is - DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object - (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate - . It then - proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger - and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the - additivity flag. - - - WARNING Note that passing an - to this method will print the name of the - but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the - form instead. - - - - - - Logs a message object with the DEBUG level - - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including - the stack trace of the passed - as a parameter. - - - See the form for more detailed information. - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a message object with the INFO level. - - The message object to log. - - - This method first checks if this logger is INFO - enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the - INFO level. If this logger is - INFO enabled, then it converts the message object - (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate - . It then - proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger - and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of - the additivity flag. - - - WARNING Note that passing an - to this method will print the name of the - but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the - form instead. - - - - - - Logs a message object with the INFO level. - - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - Logs a message object with the INFO level including - the stack trace of the - passed as a parameter. - - - See the form for more detailed information. - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a message object with the WARN level. - - the message object to log - - - This method first checks if this logger is WARN - enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the - WARN level. If this logger is - WARN enabled, then it converts the message object - (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate - . It then - proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and - also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the - additivity flag. - - - WARNING Note that passing an to this - method will print the name of the but no - stack trace. To print a stack trace use the - form instead. - - - - - - Logs a message object with the WARN level - - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - Logs a message object with the WARN level including - the stack trace of the - passed as a parameter. - - - See the form for more detailed information. - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a message object with the ERROR level. - - The message object to log. - - - This method first checks if this logger is ERROR - enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the - ERROR level. If this logger is - ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object - (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate - . It then - proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and - also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the - additivity flag. - - - WARNING Note that passing an to this - method will print the name of the but no - stack trace. To print a stack trace use the - form instead. - - - - - - Logs a message object with the ERROR level - - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - Logs a message object with the ERROR level including - the stack trace of the - passed as a parameter. - - - See the form for more detailed information. - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a message object with the FATAL level. - - The message object to log. - - - This method first checks if this logger is FATAL - enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the - FATAL level. If this logger is - FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object - (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate - . It then - proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and - also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the - additivity flag. - - - WARNING Note that passing an to this - method will print the name of the but no - stack trace. To print a stack trace use the - form instead. - - - - - - Logs a message object with the FATAL level - - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - Logs a message object with the FATAL level including - the stack trace of the - passed as a parameter. - - - See the form for more detailed information. - - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. - - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object to format - An Object to format - An Object to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - The string is formatted using the - format provider. To specify a localized provider use the - method. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information - A String containing zero or more format items - An Object array containing zero or more objects to format - - - The message is formatted using the method. See - String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior - of the formatting. - - - This method does not take an object to include in the - log event. To pass an use one of the - methods instead. - - - - - - Event handler for the event - - the repository - Empty - - - - The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass. - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG - level. - - - true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events, - false otherwise. - - - - This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of - disabled log debug statements. - - - For some log Logger object, when you write: - - - log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); - - - You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in - this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not. - - - If you are worried about speed, then you should write: - - - if (log.IsDebugEnabled()) - { - log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); - } - - - This way you will not incur the cost of parameter - construction if debugging is disabled for log. On - the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you - will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug - enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in - the Debug. This is an insignificant overhead - since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it - takes to actually log. - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level. - - - true if this logger is enabled for INFO events, - false otherwise. - - - - See for more information and examples - of using this method. - - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level. - - - true if this logger is enabled for WARN events, - false otherwise. - - - - See for more information and examples - of using this method. - - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level. - - - true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events, - false otherwise. - - - - See for more information and examples of using this method. - - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level. - - - true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events, - false otherwise. - - - - See for more information and examples of using this method. - - - - - - - A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources - - - - A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources - for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate - a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Impersonate this SecurityContext - - State supplied by the caller - An instance that will - revoke the impersonation of this SecurityContext, or null - - - Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current - thread should now be made in the security context provided - by this object. When the result - method is called the security - context of the thread should be reverted to the state it was in - before was called. - - - - - - The providers default instances. - - - - A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system - resources uses a to provide the elevated - privileges required. If the object has - been not been explicitly provided to the component then the component - will request one from this . - - - By default the is - an instance of which returns only - objects. This is a reasonable default - where the privileges required are not know by the system. - - - This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the - and overriding the method to return - the desired objects. The default provider - can be replaced by programmatically setting the value of the - property. - - - An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute - This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the - log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute". The attribute takes - the type to use as the as an argument. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - The default provider - - - - - Protected default constructor to allow subclassing - - - - Protected default constructor to allow subclassing - - - - - - Create a SecurityContext for a consumer - - The consumer requesting the SecurityContext - An impersonation context - - - The default implementation is to return a . - - - Subclasses should override this method to provide their own - behavior. - - - - - - Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider - - - The default SecurityContextProvider - - - - The default provider is used by configured components that - require a and have not had one - given to them. - - - By default this is an instance of - that returns objects. - - - The default provider can be set programmatically by setting - the value of this property to a sub class of - that has the desired behavior. - - - - - - Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. - - The logger to wrap in a wrapper. - - - Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate - is called from the - method to construct the wrapper for the specified logger. - - - The delegate to use is supplied to the - constructor. - - - - - - Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects. - - - - This class maintains a mapping between objects and - objects. Use the method to - lookup the for the specified . - - - New wrapper instances are created by the - method. The default behavior is for this method to delegate construction - of the wrapper to the delegate supplied - to the constructor. This allows specialization of the behavior without - requiring subclassing of this type. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the - - The handler to use to create the wrapper objects. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified handler to create the wrapper objects. - - - - - - Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger. - - The wrapper object for the specified logger - - - If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null. - - - Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and - returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then - the virtual method is - called. - - - - - - Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger. - - The logger to wrap in a wrapper. - The wrapper object for the logger. - - - This implementation uses the - passed to the constructor to create the wrapper. This method - can be overridden in a subclass. - - - - - - Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received. - - The that is shutting down - - - This method is called when a that this - is holding loggers for has signaled its shutdown - event . The default - behavior of this method is to release the references to the loggers - and their wrappers generated for this repository. - - - - - - Event handler for repository shutdown event. - - The sender of the event. - The event args. - - - - Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings - - - - - The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects. - - - - - Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events. - - - - - Gets the map of logger repositories. - - - Map of logger repositories. - - - - Gets the hashtable that is keyed on . The - values are hashtables keyed on with the - value being the corresponding . - - - - - - Formats a as "HH:mm:ss,fff". - - - - Formats a in the format "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459". - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Render a as a string. - - - - Interface to abstract the rendering of a - instance into a string. - - - The method is used to render the - date to a text writer. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Formats the specified date as a string. - - The date to format. - The writer to write to. - - - Format the as a string and write it - to the provided. - - - - - - String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE. - - - - - String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE. - - - - - String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601. - - - - - Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss". - - The date to render into a string. - The string builder to write to. - - - Subclasses should override this method to render the date - into a string using a precision up to the second. This method - will be called at most once per second and the result will be - reused if it is needed again during the same second. - - - - - - Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff". - - The date to render into a string. - The writer to write to. - - - Uses the method to generate the - time string up to the seconds and then appends the current - milliseconds. The results from are - cached and is called at most once - per second. - - - Sub classes should override - rather than . - - - - - - Last stored time with precision up to the second. - - - - - Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted - as a string. - - - - - Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted - as a string. - - - - - Formats a as "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" - - - - Formats a in the format - "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, - "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Angelika Schnagl - - - - Default constructor. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Formats the date without the milliseconds part - - The date to format. - The string builder to write to. - - - Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss" - for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37". - - - The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section. - This method will only be called at most once per second. - - - - - - The format info for the invariant culture. - - - - - Formats the as "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff". - - - - Formats the specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff". - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Default constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Formats the date without the milliseconds part - - The date to format. - The string builder to write to. - - - Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss". - - - The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section. - This method will only be called at most once per second. - - - - - - Formats the using the method. - - - - Formats the using the method. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructor - - The format string. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified format string. - - - The format string must be compatible with the options - that can be supplied to . - - - - - - Formats the date using . - - The date to convert to a string. - The writer to write to. - - - Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call - the method to format the date. - - - - - - The format string used to format the . - - - - The format string must be compatible with the options - that can be supplied to . - - - - - - This filter drops all . - - - - You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to - switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise" - filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise" - behavior. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering - - - - Users should extend this class to implement customized logging - event filtering. Note that and - , the parent class of all standard - appenders, have built-in filtering rules. It is suggested that you - first use and understand the built-in rules before rushing to write - your own custom filters. - - - This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be - organized in a linear chain. The - method of each filter is called sequentially, in the order of their - addition to the chain. - - - The method must return one - of the integer constants , - or . - - - If the value is returned, then the log event is dropped - immediately without consulting with the remaining filters. - - - If the value is returned, then the next filter - in the chain is consulted. If there are no more filters in the - chain, then the log event is logged. Thus, in the presence of no - filters, the default behavior is to log all logging events. - - - If the value is returned, then the log - event is logged without consulting the remaining filters. - - - The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the - Linux ipchains. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering - - - - Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging - event filtering. Note that and - , the parent class of all standard - appenders, have built-in filtering rules. It is suggested that you - first use and understand the built-in rules before rushing to write - your own custom filters. - - - This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be - organized in a linear chain. The - method of each filter is called sequentially, in the order of their - addition to the chain. - - - The method must return one - of the integer constants , - or . - - - If the value is returned, then the log event is dropped - immediately without consulting with the remaining filters. - - - If the value is returned, then the next filter - in the chain is consulted. If there are no more filters in the - chain, then the log event is logged. Thus, in the presence of no - filters, the default behavior is to log all logging events. - - - If the value is returned, then the log - event is logged without consulting the remaining filters. - - - The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the - Linux ipchains. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender. - - The LoggingEvent to decide upon - The decision of the filter - - - If the decision is , then the event will be - dropped. If the decision is , then the next - filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then - the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in - the chain. - - - - - - Property to get and set the next filter - - - The next filter in the chain - - - - Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in - the chain to be accessed. - - - - - - Points to the next filter in the filter chain. - - - - See for more information. - - - - - - Initialize the filter with the options set - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - Typically filter's options become active immediately on set, - however this method must still be called. - - - - - - Decide if the should be logged through an appender. - - The to decide upon - The decision of the filter - - - If the decision is , then the event will be - dropped. If the decision is , then the next - filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then - the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in - the chain. - - - This method is marked abstract and must be implemented - in a subclass. - - - - - - Property to get and set the next filter - - - The next filter in the chain - - - - Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in - the chain to be accessed. - - - - - - Default constructor - - - - - Always returns the integer constant - - the LoggingEvent to filter - Always returns - - - Ignores the event being logged and just returns - . This can be used to change the default filter - chain behavior from to . This filter - should only be used as the last filter in the chain - as any further filters will be ignored! - - - - - - The return result from - - - - The return result from - - - - - - The log event must be dropped immediately without - consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain. - - - - - This filter is neutral with respect to the log event. - The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision. - - - - - The log event must be logged immediately without - consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain. - - - - - This is a very simple filter based on matching. - - - - The filter admits two options and - . If there is an exact match between the value - of the option and the of the - , then the method returns in - case the option value is set - to true, if it is false then - is returned. If the does not match then - the result will be . - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - flag to indicate if the filter should on a match - - - - - the to match against - - - - - Default constructor - - - - - Tests if the of the logging event matches that of the filter - - the event to filter - see remarks - - - If the of the event matches the level of the - filter then the result of the function depends on the - value of . If it is true then - the function will return , it it is false then it - will return . If the does not match then - the result will be . - - - - - - when matching - - - - The property is a flag that determines - the behavior when a matching is found. If the - flag is set to true then the filter will the - logging event, otherwise it will the event. - - - The default is true i.e. to the event. - - - - - - The that the filter will match - - - - The level that this filter will attempt to match against the - level. If a match is found then - the result depends on the value of . - - - - - - This is a simple filter based on matching. - - - - The filter admits three options and - that determine the range of priorities that are matched, and - . If there is a match between the range - of priorities and the of the , then the - method returns in case the - option value is set to true, if it is false - then is returned. If there is no match, is returned. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a - - - - - the minimum value to match - - - - - the maximum value to match - - - - - Default constructor - - - - - Check if the event should be logged. - - the logging event to check - see remarks - - - If the of the logging event is outside the range - matched by this filter then - is returned. If the is matched then the value of - is checked. If it is true then - is returned, otherwise - is returned. - - - - - - when matching and - - - - The property is a flag that determines - the behavior when a matching is found. If the - flag is set to true then the filter will the - logging event, otherwise it will the event. - - - The default is true i.e. to the event. - - - - - - Set the minimum matched - - - - The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the - level. If a match is found then - the result depends on the value of . - - - - - - Sets the maximum matched - - - - The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the - level. If a match is found then - the result depends on the value of . - - - - - - Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name. - - - - The works very similar to the . It admits two - options and . If the - of the starts - with the value of the option, then the - method returns in - case the option value is set to true, - if it is false then is returned. - - - Daniel Cazzulino - - - - Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match - - - - - The logger name string to substring match against the event - - - - - Default constructor - - - - - Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged - - the event being logged - see remarks - - - The rendered message is matched against the . - If the equals the beginning of - the incoming () - then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs - this function will return - allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then - the value of is checked. If it is - true then is returned otherwise - is returned. - - - - - - when matching - - - - The property is a flag that determines - the behavior when a matching is found. If the - flag is set to true then the filter will the - logging event, otherwise it will the event. - - - The default is true i.e. to the event. - - - - - - The that the filter will match - - - - This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in - the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the - logger name (using ). The match is - case sensitive. If a match is found then - the result depends on the value of . - - - - - - Simple filter to match a keyed string in the - - - - Simple filter to match a keyed string in the - - - As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the - should be used instead. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Simple filter to match a string an event property - - - - Simple filter to match a string in the value for a - specific event property - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message - - - - Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match - - - - - The string to substring match against the message - - - - - A string regex to match - - - - - A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch) - - - - - Default constructor - - - - - Initialize and precompile the Regex if required - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged - - the event being logged - see remarks - - - The rendered message is matched against the . - If the occurs as a substring within - the message then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs - this function will return - allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then - the value of is checked. If it is - true then is returned otherwise - is returned. - - - - - - when matching or - - - - The property is a flag that determines - the behavior when a matching is found. If the - flag is set to true then the filter will the - logging event, otherwise it will the event. - - - The default is true i.e. to the event. - - - - - - Sets the static string to match - - - - The string that will be substring matched against - the rendered message. If the message contains this - string then the filter will match. If a match is found then - the result depends on the value of . - - - One of or - must be specified. - - - - - - Sets the regular expression to match - - - - The regular expression pattern that will be matched against - the rendered message. If the message matches this - pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then - the result depends on the value of . - - - One of or - must be specified. - - - - - - The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties - - - - - Default constructor - - - - - Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged - - the event being logged - see remarks - - - The event property for the is matched against - the . - If the occurs as a substring within - the property value then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs - this function will return - allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then - the value of is checked. If it is - true then is returned otherwise - is returned. - - - - - - The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against. - - - - The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the - . The match will be performed against - the value of this property if it exists. - - - - - - Simple filter to match a string in the - - - - Simple filter to match a string in the - - - As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the - properties collections the should - be used instead. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Default constructor - - - - Sets the to "NDC". - - - - - - Write the event appdomain name to the output - - - - Writes the to the output writer. - - - Daniel Cazzulino - Nicko Cadell - - - - Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that - derived classes need. - - - Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to - individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for - converting a logging event in a converter specific manner. - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that - derived classes need. - - - - Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to - individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for - converting a logging event in a converter specific manner. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initial buffer size - - - - - Maximum buffer size before it is recycled - - - - - Protected constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer. - - that will receive the formatted result. - The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. - - - Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to - convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way. - - - - - - Set the next pattern converter in the chains - - the pattern converter that should follow this converter in the chain - the next converter - - - The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class). - Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in. - - - - - - Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting - - that will receive the formatted result. - The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. - - - This method calls to allow the subclass to perform - appropriate conversion of the pattern converter. If formatting options have - been specified via the then this method will - apply those formattings before writing the output. - - - - - - Fast space padding method. - - to which the spaces will be appended. - The number of spaces to be padded. - - - Fast space padding method. - - - - - - The option string to the converter - - - - - Write an dictionary to a - - the writer to write to - a to use for object conversion - the value to write to the writer - - - Writes the to a writer in the form: - - - {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3} - - - If the specified - is not null then it is used to render the key and value to text, otherwise - the object's ToString method is called. - - - - - - Write an object to a - - the writer to write to - a to use for object conversion - the value to write to the writer - - - Writes the Object to a writer. If the specified - is not null then it is used to render the object to text, otherwise - the object's ToString method is called. - - - - - - Get the next pattern converter in the chain - - - the next pattern converter in the chain - - - - Get the next pattern converter in the chain - - - - - - Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter - - - The formatting info for this converter - - - - Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter - - - - - - Gets or sets the option value for this converter - - - The option for this converter - - - - Gets or sets the option value for this converter - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to - convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. - - that will receive the formatted result. - The on which the pattern converter should be executed. - - - - Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to - convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. - - that will receive the formatted result. - The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. - - - - Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions - - - false if this converter handles exceptions - - - - - Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception - - false if this converter handles the logging event exception - - - If this converter handles the exception object contained within - , then this property should be set to - false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception - object, then the property should be set to true. - - - Set this value to override a this default setting. The default - value is true, this converter does not handle the exception. - - - - - - Write the event appdomain name to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Writes the to the output . - - - - - - Date pattern converter, uses a to format - the date of a . - - - - Render the to the writer as a string. - - - The value of the determines - the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed: - - - Option value - Output - - - ISO8601 - - Uses the formatter. - Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern. - - - - DATE - - Uses the formatter. - Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". - - - - ABSOLUTE - - Uses the formatter. - Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459". - - - - other - - Any other pattern string uses the formatter. - This formatter passes the pattern string to the - method. - For details on valid patterns see - DateTimeFormatInfo Class. - - - - - - The is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone. - To output the time in Universal time see . - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - The used to render the date to a string - - - - The used to render the date to a string - - - - - - Initialize the converter pattern based on the property. - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Convert the pattern into the rendered message - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Pass the to the - for it to render it to the writer. - - - The passed is in the local time zone. - - - - - - Write the exception text to the output - - - - If an exception object is stored in the logging event - it will be rendered into the pattern output with a - trailing newline. - - - If there is no exception then nothing will be output - and no trailing newline will be appended. - It is typical to put a newline before the exception - and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Default constructor - - - - - Write the exception text to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - If an exception object is stored in the logging event - it will be rendered into the pattern output with a - trailing newline. - - - If there is no exception then nothing will be output - and no trailing newline will be appended. - It is typical to put a newline before the exception - and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. - - - - - - Writes the caller location file name to the output - - - - Writes the value of the for - the event to the output writer. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the caller location file name to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Writes the value of the for - the to the output . - - - - - - Write the caller location info to the output - - - - Writes the to the output writer. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the caller location info to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Writes the to the output writer. - - - - - - Writes the event identity to the output - - - - Writes the value of the to - the output writer. - - - Daniel Cazzulino - Nicko Cadell - - - - Writes the event identity to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Writes the value of the - to - the output . - - - - - - Write the event level to the output - - - - Writes the display name of the event - to the writer. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the event level to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Writes the of the - to the . - - - - - - Write the caller location line number to the output - - - - Writes the value of the for - the event to the output writer. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the caller location line number to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Writes the value of the for - the to the output . - - - - - - Converter for logger name - - - - Outputs the of the event. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings - - - - This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string - to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side. - This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified. - - - Subclasses should override the method to - return the fully qualified string. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Initialize the converter - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Get the fully qualified string data - - the event being logged - the fully qualified name - - - Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the - precision is applied to it. - - - Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string. - - - - - - Convert the pattern to the rendered message - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - Render the to the precision - specified by the property. - - - - - Gets the fully qualified name of the logger - - the event being logged - The fully qualified logger name - - - Returns the of the . - - - - - - Writes the event message to the output - - - - Uses the method - to write out the event message. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Writes the event message to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Uses the method - to write out the event message. - - - - - - Write the method name to the output - - - - Writes the caller location to - the output. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the method name to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Writes the caller location to - the output. - - - - - - Converter to include event NDC - - - - Outputs the value of the event property named NDC. - - - The should be used instead. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the event NDC to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties - this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property. - - - The should be used instead. - - - - - - Property pattern converter - - - - Writes out the value of a named property. The property name - should be set in the - property. - - - If the is set to null - then all the properties are written as key value pairs. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the property value to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Writes out the value of a named property. The property name - should be set in the - property. - - - If the is set to null - then all the properties are written as key value pairs. - - - - - - Converter to output the relative time of the event - - - - Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the relative time to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds. - That is the number of milliseconds between the event - and the . - - - - - - Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects - - start time (in the current local time zone) - end time (in the current local time zone) - the time difference in milliseconds - - - - Converter to include event thread name - - - - Writes the to the output. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the ThreadName to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Writes the to the . - - - - - - Pattern converter for the class name - - - - Outputs the of the event. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Gets the fully qualified name of the class - - the event being logged - The fully qualified type name for the caller location - - - Returns the of the . - - - - - - Converter to include event user name - - Douglas de la Torre - Nicko Cadell - - - - Convert the pattern to the rendered message - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - - Write the TimeStamp to the output - - - - Date pattern converter, uses a to format - the date of a . - - - Uses a to format the - in Universal time. - - - See the for details on the date pattern syntax. - - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the TimeStamp to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - the event being logged - - - Pass the to the - for it to render it to the writer. - - - The passed is in the local time zone, this is converted - to Universal time before it is rendered. - - - - - - - A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event - - - - A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event. - - - This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple - layouts (e.g. ). - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format. - - - - This is the base implementation of the - interface. Most layout objects should extend this class. - - - - - - Subclasses must implement the - method. - - - Subclasses should set the in their default - constructor. - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Interface implemented by layout objects - - - - An object is used to format a - as text. The method is called by an - appender to transform the into a string. - - - The layout can also supply and - text that is appender before any events and after all the events respectively. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Implement this method to create your own layout format. - - The TextWriter to write the formatted event to - The event to format - - - This method is called by an appender to format - the as text and output to a writer. - - - If the caller does not have a and prefers the - event to be formatted as a then the following - code can be used to format the event into a . - - - StringWriter writer = new StringWriter(); - Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent); - string formattedEvent = writer.ToString(); - - - - - - The content type output by this layout. - - The content type - - - The content type output by this layout. - - - This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain". - - - - - - The header for the layout format. - - the layout header - - - The Header text will be appended before any logging events - are formatted and appended. - - - - - - The footer for the layout format. - - the layout footer - - - The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events - have been formatted and appended. - - - - - - Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions - - false if this layout handles exceptions - - - If this layout handles the exception object contained within - , then the layout should return - false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception - object, then the layout should return true. - - - - - - The header text - - - - See for more information. - - - - - - The footer text - - - - See for more information. - - - - - - Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions - - - - false if this layout handles exceptions - - - - - - Empty default constructor - - - - Empty default constructor - - - - - - Activate component options - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - This method must be implemented by the subclass. - - - - - - Implement this method to create your own layout format. - - The TextWriter to write the formatted event to - The event to format - - - This method is called by an appender to format - the as text. - - - - - - The content type output by this layout. - - The content type is "text/plain" - - - The content type output by this layout. - - - This base class uses the value "text/plain". - To change this value a subclass must override this - property. - - - - - - The header for the layout format. - - the layout header - - - The Header text will be appended before any logging events - are formatted and appended. - - - - - - The footer for the layout format. - - the layout footer - - - The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events - have been formatted and appended. - - - - - - Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions - - false if this layout handles exceptions - - - If this layout handles the exception object contained within - , then the layout should return - false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception - object, then the layout should return true. - - - Set this value to override a this default setting. The default - value is true, this layout does not handle the exception. - - - - - - Default constructor - - - - Constructs a ExceptionLayout - - - - - - Activate component options - - - - Part of the component activation - framework. - - - This method does nothing as options become effective immediately. - - - - - - Gets the exception text from the logging event - - The TextWriter to write the formatted event to - the event being logged - - - Write the exception string to the . - The exception string is retrieved from . - - - - - - Interface for raw layout objects - - - - Interface used to format a - to an object. - - - This interface should not be confused with the - interface. This interface is used in - only certain specialized situations where a raw object is - required rather than a formatted string. The - is not generally useful than this interface. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Implement this method to create your own layout format. - - The event to format - returns the formatted event - - - Implement this method to create your own layout format. - - - - - - Adapts any to a - - - - Where an is required this adapter - allows a to be specified. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - The layout to adapt - - - - - Construct a new adapter - - the layout to adapt - - - Create the adapter for the specified . - - - - - - Format the logging event as an object. - - The event to format - returns the formatted event - - - Format the logging event as an object. - - - Uses the object supplied to - the constructor to perform the formatting. - - - - - - A flexible layout configurable with pattern string. - - - - The goal of this class is to a - as a string. The results - depend on the conversion pattern. - - - The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion - pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is - composed of literal text and format control expressions called - conversion specifiers. - - - You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion - pattern. - - - Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is - followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion - pattern name. The conversion pattern name specifies the type of - data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format - modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and - right justification. The following is a simple example. - - - Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume - that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the - statements - - - ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp)); - log.Debug("Message 1"); - log.Warn("Message 2"); - - would yield the output - - DEBUG [main]: Message 1 - WARN [main]: Message 2 - - - Note that there is no explicit separator between text and - conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached - the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion - character. In the example above the conversion specifier - %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left - justified to a width of five characters. - - - The recognized conversion pattern names are: - - - - Conversion Pattern Name - Effect - - - a - Equivalent to appdomain - - - appdomain - - Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the - logging event was generated. - - - - c - Equivalent to logger - - - C - Equivalent to type - - - class - Equivalent to type - - - d - Equivalent to date - - - date - - - Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone. - To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern. - The date conversion - specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed - between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or - %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is - given then ISO8601 format is - assumed (). - - - The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the - time pattern string of the . - - - For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date - formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings - "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying - , - and respectively - . For example, - %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}. - - - These dedicated date formatters perform significantly - better than . - - - - - exception - - - Used to output the exception passed in with the log message. - - - If an exception object is stored in the logging event - it will be rendered into the pattern output with a - trailing newline. - If there is no exception then nothing will be output - and no trailing newline will be appended. - It is typical to put a newline before the exception - and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. - - - - - F - Equivalent to file - - - file - - - Used to output the file name where the logging request was - issued. - - - WARNING Generating caller location information is - extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed - is not an issue. - - - See the note below on the availability of caller location information. - - - - - identity - - - Used to output the user name for the currently active user - (Principal.Identity.Name). - - - WARNING Generating caller information is - extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed - is not an issue. - - - - - l - Equivalent to location - - - L - Equivalent to line - - - location - - - Used to output location information of the caller which generated - the logging event. - - - The location information depends on the CLI implementation but - usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling - method followed by the callers source the file name and line - number between parentheses. - - - The location information can be very useful. However, its - generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided - unless execution speed is not an issue. - - - See the note below on the availability of caller location information. - - - - - level - - - Used to output the level of the logging event. - - - - - line - - - Used to output the line number from where the logging request - was issued. - - - WARNING Generating caller location information is - extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed - is not an issue. - - - See the note below on the availability of caller location information. - - - - - logger - - - Used to output the logger of the logging event. The - logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by - precision specifier, that is a decimal constant in - brackets. - - - If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding - number of right most components of the logger name will be - printed. By default the logger name is printed in full. - - - For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern - %logger{2} will output "b.c". - - - - - m - Equivalent to message - - - M - Equivalent to method - - - message - - - Used to output the application supplied message associated with - the logging event. - - - - - mdc - - - The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the - combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility - but is equivalent to property. - - - - - method - - - Used to output the method name where the logging request was - issued. - - - WARNING Generating caller location information is - extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed - is not an issue. - - - See the note below on the availability of caller location information. - - - - - n - Equivalent to newline - - - newline - - - Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or - characters. - - - This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using - non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n". - Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator. - - - - - ndc - - - Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated - with the thread that generated the logging event. - - - - - p - Equivalent to level - - - P - Equivalent to property - - - properties - Equivalent to property - - - property - - - Used to output the an event specific property. The key to - lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the - pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value - from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value - that is to be included in the log must be specified separately. - Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default - the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on - which the event was originally logged. - - - If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their - values are printed in a comma separated list. - - - The properties of an event are combined from a number of different - contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched. - - - - the event properties - - The event has that can be set. These - properties are specific to this event only. - - - - the thread properties - - The that are set on the current - thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. - - - - the global properties - - The that are set globally. These - properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. - - - - - - - - r - Equivalent to timestamp - - - t - Equivalent to thread - - - timestamp - - - Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start - of the application until the creation of the logging event. - - - - - thread - - - Used to output the name of the thread that generated the - logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available. - - - - - type - - - Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller - issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier - can be optionally followed by precision specifier, that - is a decimal constant in brackets. - - - If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding - number of right most components of the class name will be - printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form. - - - For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the - pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout". - - - WARNING Generating the caller class information is - slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is - not an issue. - - - See the note below on the availability of caller location information. - - - - - u - Equivalent to identity - - - username - - - Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently - active user. - - - WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is - extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed - is not an issue. - - - - - utcdate - - - Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time. - The date conversion - specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed - between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or - %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is - given then ISO8601 format is - assumed (). - - - The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the - time pattern string of the . - - - For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date - formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings - "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying - , - and respectively - . For example, - %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}. - - - These dedicated date formatters perform significantly - better than . - - - - - w - Equivalent to username - - - x - Equivalent to ndc - - - X - Equivalent to mdc - - - % - - - The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign. - - - - - - The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the - longer more descriptive pattern names. - - - By default the relevant information is output as is. However, - with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the - minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification. - - - The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign - and the conversion pattern name. - - - The first optional format modifier is the left justification - flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the - optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal - constant that represents the minimum number of characters to - output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on - either the left or the right until the minimum width is - reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you - can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The - padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the - minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the - data. The value is never truncated. - - - This behavior can be changed using the maximum field - width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a - decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum - field, then the extra characters are removed from the - beginning of the data item and not from the end. For - example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is - ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item - are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C - where truncation is done from the end. - - - Below are various format modifier examples for the logger - conversion specifier. - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Format modifierleft justifyminimum widthmaximum widthcomment
%20loggerfalse20none - - Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20 - characters long. - -
%-20loggertrue20none - - Right pad with spaces if the logger - name is less than 20 characters long. - -
%.30loggerNAnone30 - - Truncate from the beginning if the logger - name is longer than 30 characters. - -
%20.30loggerfalse2030 - - Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20 - characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters, - then truncate from the beginning. - -
%-20.30loggertrue2030 - - Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20 - characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters, - then truncate from the beginning. - -
-
- - Note about caller location information.
- The following patterns %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M - all generate caller location information. - Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate - a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack. - - - - The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the - .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not - available on that framework. - - - - - The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds: - - - "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations. - By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The - debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column - information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace - might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations - that occur during optimization." - - - This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may - not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build. - - - - Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific - instance using the method. - - - - This is a more detailed pattern. - %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline - - - A similar pattern except that the relative time is - right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if - less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger - name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if - longer. - %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Douglas de la Torre - Daniel Cazzulino - - - - Default pattern string for log output. - - - - Default pattern string for log output. - Currently set to the string "%message%newline" - which just prints the application supplied message. - - - - - - A detailed conversion pattern - - - - A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context. - Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline. - - - - - - Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types. - - - - This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map - - - - - - the pattern - - - - - the head of the pattern converter chain - - - - - patterns defined on this PatternLayout only - - - - - Initialize the global registry - - - - Defines the builtin global rules. - - - - - - Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern - - - - The default pattern just produces the application supplied message. - - - Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method - . If you override this method be - aware that it will be called before your is called constructor. - - - As per the contract the - method must be called after the properties on this object have been - configured. - - - - - - Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern - - the pattern to use - - - Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method - . If you override this method be - aware that it will be called before your is called constructor. - - - When using this constructor the method - need not be called. This may not be the case when using a subclass. - - - - - - Create the pattern parser instance - - the pattern to parse - The that will format the event - - - Creates the used to parse the conversion string. Sets the - global and instance rules on the . - - - - - - Initialize layout options - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern. - - the event being logged - The TextWriter to write the formatted event to - - - Parse the using the patter format - specified in the property. - - - - - - Add a converter to this PatternLayout - - the converter info - - - This version of the method is used by the configurator. - Programmatic users should use the alternative method. - - - - - - Add a converter to this PatternLayout - - the name of the conversion pattern for this converter - the type of the converter - - - Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This - converter will be used in the formatting of the event. - This method must be called before . - - - The specified must extend the - type. - - - - - - The pattern formatting string - - - - The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which - controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and - conversion specifiers. - - - - - - Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types - - - - Pattern converter info class used during configuration to - pass to the - method. - - - - - - default constructor - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern - - - - The name of the pattern in the format string - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the converter - - - - The value specified must extend the - type. - - - - - - Type converter for the interface - - - - Used to convert objects to the interface. - Supports converting from the interface to - the interface using the . - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Interface supported by type converters - - - - This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types - to a single target type. See . - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object - - the type to convert - true if the conversion is possible - - - Test if the can be converted to the - type supported by this converter. - - - - - - Convert the source object to the type supported by this object - - the object to convert - the converted object - - - Converts the to the type supported - by this converter. - - - - - - Can the sourceType be converted to an - - the source to be to be converted - true if the source type can be converted to - - - Test if the can be converted to a - . Only is supported - as the . - - - - - - Convert the value to a object - - the value to convert - the object - - - Convert the object to a - object. If the object - is a then the - is used to adapt between the two interfaces, otherwise an - exception is thrown. - - - - - - Extract the value of a property from the - - - - Extract the value of a property from the - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Constructs a RawPropertyLayout - - - - - Lookup the property for - - The event to format - returns property value - - - Looks up and returns the object value of the property - named . If there is no property defined - with than name then null will be returned. - - - - - - The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection. - - - Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection - - - - String name of the property to lookup in the . - - - - - - Extract the date from the - - - - Extract the date from the - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout - - - - - Gets the as a . - - The event to format - returns the time stamp - - - Gets the as a . - - - The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp - in universal time use . - - - - - - Extract the date from the - - - - Extract the date from the - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout - - - - - Gets the as a . - - The event to format - returns the time stamp - - - Gets the as a . - - - The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp - in local time use . - - - - - - A very simple layout - - - - SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement, - followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example, - - DEBUG - Hello world - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructs a SimpleLayout - - - - - Initialize layout options - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Produces a simple formatted output. - - the event being logged - The TextWriter to write the formatted event to - - - Formats the event as the level of the even, - followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The - output is terminated by a newline. - - - - - - Layout that formats the log events as XML elements. - - - - The output of the consists of a series of - log4net:event elements. It does not output a complete well-formed XML - file. The output is designed to be included as an external entity - in a separate file to form a correct XML file. - - - For example, if abc is the name of the file where - the output goes, then a well-formed XML file would - be: - - - <?xml version="1.0" ?> - - <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]> - - <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2> - &data; - </log4net:events> - - - This approach enforces the independence of the - and the appender where it is embedded. - - - The version attribute helps components to correctly - interpret output generated by . The value of - this attribute should be "1.2" for release 1.2 and later. - - - Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be - configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag. - When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential - that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data - will become invalid XML. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Layout that formats the log events as XML elements. - - - - This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation - to conform to a specific schema. - - - Deriving classes must implement the method. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Protected constructor to support subclasses - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with no location info. - - - - - - Protected constructor to support subclasses - - - - The parameter determines whether - location information will be output by the layout. If - is set to true, then the - file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log - statement will be output. - - - If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender - then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that - appender as well. - - - - - - Initialize layout options - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Produces a formatted string. - - The event being logged. - The TextWriter to write the formatted event to - - - Format the and write it to the . - - - This method creates an that writes to the - . The is passed - to the method. Subclasses should override the - method rather than this method. - - - - - - Does the actual writing of the XML. - - The writer to use to output the event to. - The event to write. - - - Subclasses should override this method to format - the as XML. - - - - - - Flag to indicate if location information should be included in - the XML events. - - - - - Writer adapter that ignores Close - - - - - The string to replace invalid chars with - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in - the XML events. - - - true if location information should be included in the XML - events; otherwise, false. - - - - If is set to true, then the file - name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log - statement will be output. - - - If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender - then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that - appender as well. - - - - - - The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with. - - - Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the - string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it - to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more - details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets - Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names - and the property values. - - - - - - - Gets the content type output by this layout. - - - As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml". - - - - As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml". - - - - - - Constructs an XmlLayout - - - - - Constructs an XmlLayout. - - - - The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By - default, it is set to false which means there will be no location - information output by this layout. If the the option is set to - true, then the file name and line number of the statement - at the origin of the log statement will be output. - - - If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender - then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that - appender as well. - - - - - - Initialize layout options - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - Builds a cache of the element names - - - - - - Does the actual writing of the XML. - - The writer to use to output the event to. - The event to write. - - - Override the base class method - to write the to the . - - - - - - The prefix to use for all generated element names - - - - - The prefix to use for all element names - - - - The default prefix is log4net. Set this property - to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string - then no prefix will be written. - - - - - - Set whether or not to base64 encode the message. - - - - By default the log message will be written as text to the xml - output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary - data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be - base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement - (see ) will not be performed - on the log message. - - - - - - Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values. - - - - By default the properties will be written as text to the xml - output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain - binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties - will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement - (see ) will not be performed - on the property values. - - - - - - Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema - - - - Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - The 1st of January 1970 in UTC - - - - - Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j - - - - - Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j. - - - - The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By - default, it is set to false which means there will be no location - information output by this layout. If the the option is set to - true, then the file name and line number of the statement - at the origin of the log statement will be output. - - - If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender - then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that - appender as well. - - - - - - Actually do the writing of the xml - - the writer to use - the event to write - - - Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema. - - - - - - The version of the log4j schema to use. - - - - Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported. - - - - - - The default object Renderer. - - - - The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings. - - - See the method for details of the output. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings - - - - Certain types require special case conversion to - string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer. - Object renderers implement the - interface. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Render the object to a string - - The map used to lookup renderers - The object to render - The writer to render to - - - Render the object to a - string. - - - The parameter is - provided to lookup and render other objects. This is - very useful where contains - nested objects of unknown type. The - method can be used to render these objects. - - - - - - Default constructor - - - - Default constructor - - - - - - Render the object to a string - - The map used to lookup renderers - The object to render - The writer to render to - - - Render the object to a string. - - - The parameter is - provided to lookup and render other objects. This is - very useful where contains - nested objects of unknown type. The - method can be used to render these objects. - - - The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows: - - - - Value - Rendered String - - - null - - "(null)" - - - - - - - For a one dimensional array this is the - array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma - separated list of the elements (using the appropriate - renderer), followed by a close brace. - - - For example: int[] {1, 2, 3}. - - - If the array is not one dimensional the - Array.ToString() is returned. - - - - - , & - - - Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma - separated list of the elements (using the appropriate - renderer), followed by a close brace. - - - For example: {a, b, c}. - - - All collection classes that implement its subclasses, - or generic equivalents all implement the interface. - - - - - - - - Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate - renderer). - - - For example: key=value. - - - - - other - - Object.ToString() - - - - - - - - Render the array argument into a string - - The map used to lookup renderers - the array to render - The writer to render to - - - For a one dimensional array this is the - array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma - separated list of the elements (using the appropriate - renderer), followed by a close brace. For example: - int[] {1, 2, 3}. - - - If the array is not one dimensional the - Array.ToString() is returned. - - - - - - Render the enumerator argument into a string - - The map used to lookup renderers - the enumerator to render - The writer to render to - - - Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma - separated list of the elements (using the appropriate - renderer), followed by a close brace. For example: - {a, b, c}. - - - - - - Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string - - The map used to lookup renderers - the DictionaryEntry to render - The writer to render to - - - Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate - renderer). For example: key=value. - - - - - - Map class objects to an . - - - - Maintains a mapping between types that require special - rendering and the that - is used to render them. - - - The method is used to render an - object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Default Constructor - - - - Default constructor. - - - - - - Render using the appropriate renderer. - - the object to render to a string - the object rendered as a string - - - This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string. - The alternative method - should be used when streaming output to a . - - - - - - Render using the appropriate renderer. - - the object to render to a string - The writer to render to - - - Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the - parameter. This is accomplished by calling the - method. Once a renderer is found, it is - applied on the object and the result is returned - as a . - - - - - - Gets the renderer for the specified object type - - the object to lookup the renderer for - the renderer for - - - Gets the renderer for the specified object type. - - - Syntactic sugar method that calls - with the type of the object parameter. - - - - - - Gets the renderer for the specified type - - the type to lookup the renderer for - the renderer for the specified type - - - Returns the renderer for the specified type. - If no specific renderer has been defined the - will be returned. - - - - - - Internal function to recursively search interfaces - - the type to lookup the renderer for - the renderer for the specified type - - - - Clear the map of renderers - - - - Clear the custom renderers defined by using - . The - cannot be removed. - - - - - - Register an for . - - the type that will be rendered by - the renderer for - - - Register an object renderer for a specific source type. - This renderer will be returned from a call to - specifying the same as an argument. - - - - - - Get the default renderer instance - - the default renderer - - - Get the default renderer - - - - - - Interface implemented by logger repository plugins. - - - - Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated - with a . - The held by the - property is used to store the plugins for a repository. - - - The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to - attach plugins to repositories created using configuration - attributes. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Attaches the plugin to the specified . - - The that this plugin should be attached to. - - - A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. - - - This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. - - - - - - Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. - - - - This method is called to notify the plugin that - it should stop operating and should detach from - the repository. - - - - - - Gets the name of the plugin. - - - The name of the plugin. - - - - Plugins are stored in the - keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a - repository must be a unique name. - - - - - - A strongly-typed collection of objects. - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance. - - list to create a readonly wrapper arround - - A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class - that is empty and has the default initial capacity. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class - that has the specified initial capacity. - - - The number of elements that the new PluginCollection is initially capable of storing. - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class - that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection. - - The PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class - that contains elements copied from the specified array. - - The array whose elements are copied to the new list. - - - - Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class - that contains elements copied from the specified collection. - - The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. - - - - Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors - - - - - - - Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional - array. - - The one-dimensional array to copy to. - - - - Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional - array, starting at the specified index of the target array. - - The one-dimensional array to copy to. - The zero-based index in at which copying begins. - - - - Adds a to the end of the PluginCollection. - - The to be added to the end of the PluginCollection. - The index at which the value has been added. - - - - Removes all elements from the PluginCollection. - - - - - Creates a shallow copy of the . - - A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. - - - - Determines whether a given is in the PluginCollection. - - The to check for. - true if is found in the PluginCollection; otherwise, false. - - - - Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a - in the PluginCollection. - - The to locate in the PluginCollection. - - The zero-based index of the first occurrence of - in the entire PluginCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. - - - - - Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index. - - The zero-based index at which should be inserted. - The to insert. - - is less than zero - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the PluginCollection. - - The to remove from the PluginCollection. - - The specified was not found in the PluginCollection. - - - - - Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection. - - The zero-based index of the element to remove. - - is less than zero. - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection. - - An for the entire PluginCollection. - - - - Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection. - - The PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection. - The new of the PluginCollection. - - - - Adds the elements of a array to the current PluginCollection. - - The array whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. - The new of the PluginCollection. - - - - Adds the elements of a collection to the current PluginCollection. - - The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. - The new of the PluginCollection. - - - - Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. - - - - - is less than zero. - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - is less than zero. - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection. - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). - - true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. - - - An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. - - - - - Gets or sets the at the specified index. - - - The at the specified index. - - The zero-based index of the element to get or set. - - is less than zero. - -or- - is equal to or greater than . - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. - - true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. - - true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. - - - - Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain. - - - The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain. - - - - - Supports type-safe iteration over a . - - - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. - - - true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; - false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. - - - The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - - - Type visible only to our subclasses - Used to access protected constructor - - - - - - A value - - - - - Supports simple iteration over a . - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. - - - - - - Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. - - - true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; - false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. - - - The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. - - - - - Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. - - - - - Gets the current element in the collection. - - - The current element in the collection. - - - - - - - - Map of repository plugins. - - - - This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are - attached to a repository. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructor - - The repository that the plugins should be attached to. - - - Initialize a new instance of the class with a - repository that the plugins should be attached to. - - - - - - Adds a to the map. - - The to add to the map. - - - The will be attached to the repository when added. - - - If there already exists a plugin with the same name - attached to the repository then the old plugin will - be and replaced with - the new plugin. - - - - - - Removes a from the map. - - The to remove from the map. - - - Remove a specific plugin from this map. - - - - - - Gets a by name. - - The name of the to lookup. - - The from the map with the name specified, or - null if no plugin is found. - - - - Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null - will be returned. - - - - - - Gets all possible plugins as a list of objects. - - All possible plugins as a list of objects. - - - Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map. - - - - - - Base implementation of - - - - Default abstract implementation of the - interface. This base class can be used by implementors - of the interface. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructor - - the name of the plugin - - Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name. - - - - - Attaches this plugin to a . - - The that this plugin should be attached to. - - - A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. - - - This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. - - - - - - Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. - - - - This method is called to notify the plugin that - it should stop operating and should detach from - the repository. - - - - - - The name of this plugin. - - - - - The repository this plugin is attached to. - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the plugin. - - - The name of the plugin. - - - - Plugins are stored in the - keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a - repository must be a unique name. - - - The name of the plugin must not change one the - plugin has been attached to a repository. - - - - - - The repository for this plugin - - - The that this plugin is attached to. - - - - Gets or sets the that this plugin is - attached to. - - - - - - Plugin that listens for events from the - - - - This plugin publishes an instance of - on a specified . This listens for logging events delivered from - a remote . - - - When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository - as if it had been raised locally. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Default constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - The property must be set. - - - - - - Construct with sink Uri. - - The name to publish the sink under in the remoting infrastructure. - See for more details. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with specified name. - - - - - - Attaches this plugin to a . - - The that this plugin should be attached to. - - - A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. - - - This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. - - - - - - Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. - - - - When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging - sink is disconnected. - - - - - - Gets or sets the URI of this sink. - - - The URI of this sink. - - - - This is the name under which the object is marshaled. - - - - - - - Delivers objects to a remote sink. - - - - Internal class used to listen for logging events - and deliver them to the local repository. - - - - - - Constructor - - The repository to log to. - - - Initializes a new instance of the for the - specified . - - - - - - Logs the events to the repository. - - The events to log. - - - The events passed are logged to the - - - - - - Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime - policy for this instance. - - null to indicate that this instance should live forever. - - - Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime - policy for this instance. This object should live forever - therefore this implementation returns null. - - - - - - The underlying that events should - be logged to. - - - - - Default implementation of - - - - This default implementation of the - interface is used to create the default subclass - of the object. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Interface abstracts creation of instances - - - - This interface is used by the to - create new objects. - - - The method is called - to create a named . - - - Implement this interface to create new subclasses of . - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Create a new instance - - The name of the . - The instance for the specified name. - - - Create a new instance with the - specified name. - - - Called by the to create - new named instances. - - - If the is null then the root logger - must be returned. - - - - - - Default constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Create a new instance - - The name of the . - The instance for the specified name. - - - Create a new instance with the - specified name. - - - Called by the to create - new named instances. - - - If the is null then the root logger - must be returned. - - - - - - Default internal subclass of - - - - This subclass has no additional behavior over the - class but does allow instances - to be created. - - - - - - Implementation of used by - - - - Internal class used to provide implementation of - interface. Applications should use to get - logger instances. - - - This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the - distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their - evaluation. The organizes the - instances into a rooted tree hierarchy. - - - The class is abstract. Only concrete subclasses of - can be created. The - is used to create instances of this type for the . - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Aspi Havewala - Douglas de la Torre - - - - This constructor created a new instance and - sets its name. - - The name of the . - - - This constructor is protected and designed to be used by - a subclass that is not abstract. - - - Loggers are constructed by - objects. See for the default - logger creator. - - - - - - Add to the list of appenders of this - Logger instance. - - An appender to add to this logger - - - Add to the list of appenders of this - Logger instance. - - - If is already in the list of - appenders, then it won't be added again. - - - - - - Look for the appender named as name - - The name of the appender to lookup - The appender with the name specified, or null. - - - Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found. - - - - - - Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance. - - - - Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance. - - - This is useful when re-reading configuration information. - - - - - - Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. - - The appender to remove - The appender removed from the list - - - Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. - The appender removed is not closed. - If you are discarding the appender you must call - on the appender removed. - - - - - - Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. - - The name of the appender to remove - The appender removed from the list - - - Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. - The appender removed is not closed. - If you are discarding the appender you must call - on the appender removed. - - - - - - This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers. - - The declaring type of the method that is - the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. - The level of the message to be logged. - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - Generate a logging event for the specified using - the and . - - - This method must not throw any exception to the caller. - - - - - - This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used - by wrappers. - - The event being logged. - - - Logs the specified logging event through this logger. - - - This method must not throw any exception to the caller. - - - - - - Checks if this logger is enabled for a given passed as parameter. - - The level to check. - - true if this logger is enabled for level, otherwise false. - - - - Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified . - - - This method must not throw any exception to the caller. - - - - - - Deliver the to the attached appenders. - - The event to log. - - - Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at - this. If no appenders could be found, emit a - warning. - - - This method calls all the appenders inherited from the - hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not - to log the particular log request. - - - - - - Closes all attached appenders implementing the interface. - - - - Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown. - - - - - - This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers - - The level of the message to be logged. - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - Generate a logging event for the specified using - the . - - - - - - Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks. - - The declaring type of the method that is - the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. - The level of the message to be logged. - The message object to log. - The exception to log, including its stack trace. - - - Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached - appenders. - - - - - - Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks. - - The event being logged. - - - Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders. - - - - - - The fully qualified type of the Logger class. - - - - - The name of this logger. - - - - - The assigned level of this logger. - - - - The level variable need not be - assigned a value in which case it is inherited - form the hierarchy. - - - - - - The parent of this logger. - - - - The parent of this logger. - All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger. - - - - - - Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in. - - - - Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in. - The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored - here. - - - - - - Helper implementation of the interface - - - - - Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders - - - - Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit - the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is - set to false then the appenders found in the - ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children - of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children - have their additivity flag set to false too. See - the user manual for more details. - - - - - - Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl - - - - - Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy. - - - The parent logger in the hierarchy. - - - - Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy. - The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked. - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders. - - - true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders. - - - - Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit - the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is - set to false then the appenders found in the - ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children - of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children - have their additivity flag set to false too. See - the user manual for more details. - - - - - - Gets the effective level for this logger. - - The nearest level in the logger hierarchy. - - - Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a - non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the - root logger. - - The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as - quickly as possible. - - - - - Gets or sets the where this - Logger instance is attached to. - - The hierarchy that this logger belongs to. - - - This logger must be attached to a single . - - - - - - Gets or sets the assigned , if any, for this Logger. - - - The of this logger. - - - - The assigned can be null. - - - - - - Get the appenders contained in this logger as an - . - - A collection of the appenders in this logger - - - Get the appenders contained in this logger as an - . If no appenders - can be found, then a is returned. - - - - - - Gets the logger name. - - - The name of the logger. - - - - The name of this logger - - - - - - Gets the where this - Logger instance is attached to. - - - The that this logger belongs to. - - - - Gets the where this - Logger instance is attached to. - - - - - - Construct a new Logger - - the name of the logger - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified name. - - - - - - Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications. - - The in which the has been created. - The event args that hold the instance that has been created. - - - Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications. - - - - - - Provides data for the event. - - - - A event is raised every time a - is created. - - - - - - The created - - - - - Constructor - - The that has been created. - - - Initializes a new instance of the event argument - class,with the specified . - - - - - - Gets the that has been created. - - - The that has been created. - - - - The that has been created. - - - - - - Hierarchical organization of loggers - - - - The casual user should not have to deal with this class - directly. - - - This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and - also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the - interface. - - - The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the - method. The hierarchy is such that children - link to their parent but parents do not have any references to their - children. Moreover, loggers can be instantiated in any order, in - particular descendant before ancestor. - - - In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor, - then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself - to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add - themselves to the previously created provision node. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Base implementation of - - - - Default abstract implementation of the interface. - - - Skeleton implementation of the interface. - All types can extend this type. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Interface implemented by logger repositories. - - - - This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g. - . - - - This interface is used by the - to obtain interfaces. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return - its reference, otherwise returns null. - - The name of the logger to lookup - The Logger object with the name specified - - - If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise - null is returned. - - - - - - Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array. - - All the defined loggers - - - Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array. - - - - - - Returns a named logger instance - - The name of the logger to retrieve - The logger object with the name specified - - - Returns a named logger instance. - - - If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be - returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and - then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. - - - - - Shutdown the repository - - - Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove - all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. - - - Some appenders need to be closed before the - application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be - lost. - - - The method is careful to close nested - appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows - configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger - and again to a nested appender. - - - - - - Reset the repositories configuration to a default state - - - - Reset all values contained in this instance to their - default state. - - - Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. - - - This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will - block all logging until it is completed. - - - - - - Log the through this repository. - - the event to log - - - This method should not normally be used to log. - The interface should be used - for routine logging. This interface can be obtained - using the method. - - - The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and - that logger is then responsible for logging the event. - - - - - - Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. - - All the Appenders - - - Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. - - - - - - The name of the repository - - - The name of the repository - - - - The name of the repository. - - - - - - RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. - - - RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. - - - - RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. - - - The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and - objects. - - - - - - The plugin map for this repository. - - - The plugin map for this repository. - - - - The plugin map holds the instances - that have been attached to this repository. - - - - - - Get the level map for the Repository. - - - - Get the level map for the Repository. - - - The level map defines the mappings between - level names and objects in - this repository. - - - - - - The threshold for all events in this repository - - - The threshold for all events in this repository - - - - The threshold for all events in this repository. - - - - - - Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. - - - Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. - - - - Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. - - - - - - Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. - - - Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. - - - - Event raised when the repository has been shutdown. - - - - - - Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. - - - Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. - - - - Event raised when the repository's configuration has been - reset to default. - - - - - - Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. - - - Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. - - - - Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed. - - - - - - Repository specific properties - - - Repository specific properties - - - - These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis. - - - - - - Default Constructor - - - - Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties. - - - - - - Construct the repository using specific properties - - the properties to set for this repository - - - Initializes the repository with specified properties. - - - - - - Test if logger exists - - The name of the logger to lookup - The Logger object with the name specified - - - Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return - its reference, otherwise returns null. - - - - - - Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository - - All the defined loggers - - - Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array. - - - - - - Return a new logger instance - - The name of the logger to retrieve - The logger object with the name specified - - - Return a new logger instance. - - - If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be - returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and - then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. - - - - - - Shutdown the repository - - - - Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass. - This base class implementation notifies the - listeners and all attached plugins of the shutdown event. - - - - - - Reset the repositories configuration to a default state - - - - Reset all values contained in this instance to their - default state. - - - Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. - - - This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will - block all logging until it is completed. - - - - - - Log the logEvent through this repository. - - the event to log - - - This method should not normally be used to log. - The interface should be used - for routine logging. This interface can be obtained - using the method. - - - The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and - that logger is then responsible for logging the event. - - - - - - Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. - - All the Appenders - - - Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. - - - - - - Adds an object renderer for a specific class. - - The type that will be rendered by the renderer supplied. - The object renderer used to render the object. - - - Adds an object renderer for a specific class. - - - - - - Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down - - Empty EventArgs - - - Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down. - - - - - - Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset - - Empty EventArgs - - - Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset. - - - - - - Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed - - Empty EventArgs - - - Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed. - - - - - - Raise a configuration changed event on this repository - - EventArgs.Empty - - - Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should - raise this event notification to notify listeners. - - - - - - The name of the repository - - - The string name of the repository - - - - The name of this repository. The name is - used to store and lookup the repositories - stored by the . - - - - - - The threshold for all events in this repository - - - The threshold for all events in this repository - - - - The threshold for all events in this repository - - - - - - RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. - - - RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. - - - - RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. - - - The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and - objects. - - - - - - The plugin map for this repository. - - - The plugin map for this repository. - - - - The plugin map holds the instances - that have been attached to this repository. - - - - - - Get the level map for the Repository. - - - - Get the level map for the Repository. - - - The level map defines the mappings between - level names and objects in - this repository. - - - - - - Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. - - - Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. - - - - Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. - - - - - - Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. - - - Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. - - - - Event raised when the repository has been shutdown. - - - - - - Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. - - - Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. - - - - Event raised when the repository's configuration has been - reset to default. - - - - - - Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. - - - Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. - - - - Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed. - - - - - - Repository specific properties - - - Repository specific properties - - - These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis - - - - - Basic Configurator interface for repositories - - - - Interface used by basic configurator to configure a - with a default . - - - A should implement this interface to support - configuration by the . - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initialize the repository using the specified appender - - the appender to use to log all logging events - - - Configure the repository to route all logging events to the - specified appender. - - - - - - Configure repository using XML - - - - Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a . - - - A should implement this interface to support - configuration by the . - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initialize the repository using the specified config - - the element containing the root of the config - - - The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by - the implementation. - - - - - - Default constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Construct with properties - - The properties to pass to this repository. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Construct with a logger factory - - The factory to use to create new logger instances. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified . - - - - - - Construct with properties and a logger factory - - The properties to pass to this repository. - The factory to use to create new logger instances. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified . - - - - - - Test if a logger exists - - The name of the logger to lookup - The Logger object with the name specified - - - Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return - its reference, otherwise returns null. - - - - - - Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array - - All the defined loggers - - - Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array. - The root logger is not included in the returned - enumeration. - - - - - - Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using - the default factory. - - - - Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using - the default factory. - - - If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be - returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and - then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. - - - The name of the logger to retrieve - The logger object with the name specified - - - - Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove - all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. - - - - Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove - all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. - - - Some appenders need to be closed before the - application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be - lost. - - - The Shutdown method is careful to close nested - appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows - configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger - and again to a nested appender. - - - - - - Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default. - - - - Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their - default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets - the level of all non-root loggers to null, - sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level - of the root logger to . Moreover, - message disabling is set its default "off" value. - - - Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. - - - This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will - block all logging until it is completed. - - - - - - Log the logEvent through this hierarchy. - - the event to log - - - This method should not normally be used to log. - The interface should be used - for routine logging. This interface can be obtained - using the method. - - - The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and - that logger is then responsible for logging the event. - - - - - - Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured - - An array containing all the currently configured appenders - - - Returns all the instances that are currently configured. - All the loggers are searched for appenders. The appenders may also be containers - for appenders and these are also searched for additional loggers. - - - The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates. - - - - - - Collect the appenders from an . - The appender may also be a container. - - - - - - - Collect the appenders from an container - - - - - - - Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender - - the appender to use to log all logging events - - - - Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender - - the appender to use to log all logging events - - - This method provides the same functionality as the - method implemented - on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses. - - - - - - Initialize the log4net system using the specified config - - the element containing the root of the config - - - - Initialize the log4net system using the specified config - - the element containing the root of the config - - - This method provides the same functionality as the - method implemented - on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses. - - - - - - Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified . - - The level to check against. - - true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise. - - - - If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will - always return true. - - - This method will return true if this repository is - disabled for level object passed as parameter and - false otherwise. - - - See also the property. - - - - - - Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable - - - - This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal - hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the - logger hierarchy. - - - You should really know what you are doing before - invoking this method. - - - - - - Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using - . - - The name of the logger to retrieve - The factory that will make the new logger instance - The logger object with the name specified - - - If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be - returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the - parameter and linked with its existing - ancestors as well as children. - - - - - - Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners - - The newly created logger - - Raises the logger creation event. - - - - - Updates all the parents of the specified logger - - The logger to update the parents for - - - This method loops through all the potential parents of - . There 3 possible cases: - - - - No entry for the potential parent of exists - - We create a ProvisionNode for this potential - parent and insert in that provision node. - - - - The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent. - - The entry is 's nearest existing parent. We - update 's parent field with this entry. We also break from - he loop because updating our parent's parent is our parent's - responsibility. - - - - The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent. - - We add to the list of children for this - potential parent. - - - - - - - - Replace a with a in the hierarchy. - - - - - - We update the links for all the children that placed themselves - in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a - reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the - children in 'pn'. - - - We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'. - - - If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of - 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'. - - - Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set - c's parent field to log. - - - - - - Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument - - the level values - - - Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument - - - Supports setting levels via the configuration file. - - - - - - Set a Property using the values in the argument - - the property value - - - Set a Property using the values in the argument. - - - Supports setting property values via the configuration file. - - - - - - Event used to notify that a logger has been created. - - - - Event raised when a logger is created. - - - - - - Has no appender warning been emitted - - - - Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning - about not having an appender warning. - - - - - - Get the root of this hierarchy - - - - Get the root of this hierarchy. - - - - - - Gets or sets the default instance. - - The default - - - The logger factory is used to create logger instances. - - - - - - A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level - - - - A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level - - - - - - Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info - - string info about this object - - - - Value of the level - - - - If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked - up for the current level with the same name. - - - - - - Name of the level - - - The name of the level - - - - The name of the level. - - - - - - Display name for the level - - - The display name of the level - - - - The display name of the level. - - - - - - A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file - - - - A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file - - - - - - Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info - - string info about this object - - - - Property Key - - - Property Key - - - - Property Key. - - - - - - Property Value - - - Property Value - - - - Property Value. - - - - - - Used internally to accelerate hash table searches. - - - - Internal class used to improve performance of - string keyed hashtables. - - - The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse. - The string is stored as an interned value. - When comparing two objects for equality - the reference equality of the interned strings is compared. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Construct key with string name - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified name. - - - Stores the hashcode of the string and interns - the string key to optimize comparisons. - - - The Compact Framework 1.0 the - method does not work. On the Compact Framework - the string keys are not interned nor are they - compared by reference. - - - The name of the logger. - - - - Returns a hash code for the current instance. - - A hash code for the current instance. - - - Returns the cached hashcode. - - - - - - Determines whether two instances - are equal. - - The to compare with the current . - - true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false. - - - - Compares the references of the interned strings. - - - - - - Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified - - - - instances are used in the - when there is no specified - for that node. - - - A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of - a logger that does not exist. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Create a new provision node with child node - - A child logger to add to this node. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified child logger. - - - - - - The sits at the root of the logger hierarchy tree. - - - - The is a regular except - that it provides several guarantees. - - - First, it cannot be assigned a null - level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the - property always returns the value of the - level field without walking the hierarchy. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Construct a - - The level to assign to the root logger. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified logging level. - - - The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root - logger cannot be retrieved by name. - - - - - - Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy. - - The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy. - - - Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level - must not be null this property just returns the - value of . - - - - - - Gets or sets the assigned for the root logger. - - - The of the root logger. - - - - Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference - may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here. - - - - - - Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM. - - - - Configures a using an XML DOM. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Construct the configurator for a hierarchy - - The hierarchy to build. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified . - - - - - - Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements. - - The root element to parse. - - - Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements. - - - - - - Parse appenders by IDREF. - - The appender ref element. - The instance of the appender that the ref refers to. - - - Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return - the appender. - - - - - - Parses an appender element. - - The appender element. - The appender instance or null when parsing failed. - - - Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return - the appender instance. - - - - - - Parses a logger element. - - The logger element. - - - Parse an XML element that represents a logger. - - - - - - Parses the root logger element. - - The root element. - - - Parse an XML element that represents the root logger. - - - - - - Parses the children of a logger element. - - The category element. - The logger instance. - Flag to indicate if the logger is the root logger. - - - Parse the child elements of a <logger> element. - - - - - - Parses an object renderer. - - The renderer element. - - - Parse an XML element that represents a renderer. - - - - - - Parses a level element. - - The level element. - The logger object to set the level on. - Flag to indicate if the logger is the root logger. - - - Parse an XML element that represents a level. - - - - - - Sets a parameter on an object. - - The parameter element. - The object to set the parameter on. - - The parameter name must correspond to a writable property - on the object. The value of the parameter is a string, - therefore this function will attempt to set a string - property first. If unable to set a string property it - will inspect the property and its argument type. It will - attempt to call a static method called Parse on the - type of the property. This method will take a single - string argument and return a value that can be used to - set the property. - - - - - Test if an element has no attributes or child elements - - the element to inspect - true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise - - - - Test if a is constructible with Activator.CreateInstance. - - the type to inspect - true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise - - - - Look for a method on the that matches the supplied - - the type that has the method - the name of the method - the method info found - - - The method must be a public instance method on the . - The method must be named or "Add" followed by . - The method must take a single parameter. - - - - - - Converts a string value to a target type. - - The type of object to convert the string to. - The string value to use as the value of the object. - - - An object of type with value or - null when the conversion could not be performed. - - - - - - Creates an object as specified in XML. - - The XML element that contains the definition of the object. - The object type to use if not explicitly specified. - The type that the returned object must be or must inherit from. - The object or null - - - Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration - data. - - - The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not - specified then the is used - as the type. However the type is specified it must support the - type. - - - - - - key: appenderName, value: appender. - - - - - The Hierarchy being configured. - - - - - Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications - - The that is shutting down. - Empty event args - - - Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications. - - - - - - Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications - - The that has had its configuration reset. - Empty event args - - - Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications. - - - - - - Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes. - - The that has had its configuration changed. - Empty event arguments. - - - Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes. - - - - - - Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output - - - - Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output - - the writer to write to - null, state is not set - - - Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output . - - - - - - Write the current date to the output - - - - Date pattern converter, uses a to format - the current date and time to the writer as a string. - - - The value of the determines - the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed: - - - Option value - Output - - - ISO8601 - - Uses the formatter. - Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern. - - - - DATE - - Uses the formatter. - Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". - - - - ABSOLUTE - - Uses the formatter. - Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459". - - - - other - - Any other pattern string uses the formatter. - This formatter passes the pattern string to the - method. - For details on valid patterns see - DateTimeFormatInfo Class. - - - - - - The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone. - To output the time in Universal time see . - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - The used to render the date to a string - - - - The used to render the date to a string - - - - - - Initialize the converter options - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Write the current date to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - null, state is not set - - - Pass the current date and time to the - for it to render it to the writer. - - - The date and time passed is in the local time zone. - - - - - - Write an environment variable to the output - - - - Write an environment variable to the output writer. - The value of the determines - the name of the variable to output. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write an environment variable to the output - - the writer to write to - null, state is not set - - - Writes the environment variable to the output . - The name of the environment variable to output must be set - using the - property. - - - - - - Write the current thread identity to the output - - - - Write the current thread identity to the output writer - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the current thread identity to the output - - the writer to write to - null, state is not set - - - Writes the current thread identity to the output . - - - - - - Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern - - - - Writes the literal string value specified in the - property to - the output. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Set the next converter in the chain - - The next pattern converter in the chain - The next pattern converter - - - Special case the building of the pattern converter chain - for instances. Two adjacent - literals in the pattern can be represented by a single combined - pattern converter. This implementation detects when a - is added to the chain - after this converter and combines its value with this converter's - literal value. - - - - - - Write the literal to the output - - the writer to write to - null, not set - - - Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo - because we have a literal instead. - - - Writes the value of - to the output . - - - - - - Convert this pattern into the rendered message - - that will receive the formatted result. - null, not set - - - This method is not used. - - - - - - Writes a newline to the output - - - - Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output. - This behavior can be overridden by setting the : - - - - Option Value - Output - - - DOS - DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n" - - - UNIX - UNIX line terminator "\n" - - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Initialize the converter - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Write the current process ID to the output - - - - Write the current process ID to the output writer - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the current process ID to the output - - the writer to write to - null, state is not set - - - Write the current process ID to the output . - - - - - - Property pattern converter - - - - This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties. - The thread properties take priority over global properties. - See for details of the - thread properties. See for - details of the global properties. - - - If the is specified then that will be used to - lookup a single property. If no is specified - then all properties will be dumped as a list of key value pairs. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the property value to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - null, state is not set - - - Writes out the value of a named property. The property name - should be set in the - property. - - - If the is set to null - then all the properties are written as key value pairs. - - - - - - A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters - - - - The converter generates a string of random characters. By default - the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the - to the string value of the length required. - - - The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters - and numbers only. - - - The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Shared random number generator - - - - - Length of random string to generate. Default length 4. - - - - - Initialize the converter options - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Write a randoim string to the output - - the writer to write to - null, state is not set - - - Write a randoim string to the output . - - - - - - Write the current threads username to the output - - - - Write the current threads username to the output writer - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the current threads username to the output - - the writer to write to - null, state is not set - - - Write the current threads username to the output . - - - - - - Write the UTC date time to the output - - - - Date pattern converter, uses a to format - the current date and time in Universal time. - - - See the for details on the date pattern syntax. - - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Write the current date and time to the output - - that will receive the formatted result. - null, state is not set - - - Pass the current date and time to the - for it to render it to the writer. - - - The date is in Universal time when it is rendered. - - - - - - - Type converter for Boolean. - - - - Supports conversion from string to bool type. - - - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object - - the type to convert - true if the conversion is possible - - - Returns true if the is - the type. - - - - - - Convert the source object to the type supported by this object - - the object to convert - the converted object - - - Uses the method to convert the - argument to a . - - - - The object cannot be converted to the - target type. To check for this condition use the - method. - - - - - Exception base type for conversion errors. - - - - This type extends . It - does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the - type of exception being thrown. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Constructor - - A message to include with the exception. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified message. - - - - - - Constructor - - A message to include with the exception. - A nested exception to include. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified message and inner exception. - - - - - - Serialization constructor - - The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with serialized data. - - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - The conversion destination type. - The value to convert. - An instance of the . - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - The conversion destination type. - The value to convert. - A nested exception to include. - An instance of the . - - - Creates a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Register of type converters for specific types. - - - - Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between - types. - - - Use the and - methods to register new converters. - The and methods - lookup appropriate converters to use. - - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Private constructor - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - Static constructor. - - - - This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters. - - - - - - Adds a converter for a specific type. - - The type being converted to. - The type converter to use to convert to the destination type. - - - Adds a converter instance for a specific type. - - - - - - Adds a converter for a specific type. - - The type being converted to. - The type of the type converter to use to convert to the destination type. - - - Adds a converter for a specific type. - - - - - - Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. - - The type being converted from. - The type being converted to. - - The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null - if no type converter is found. - - - - Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. - - - - - - Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. - - The type being converted to. - - The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null - if no type converter is found. - - - - Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. - - - - - - Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the - destination type. - - The type being converted to. - - The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null - if no type converter is found. - - - - - Creates the instance of the type converter. - - The type of the type converter. - - The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null - if no type converter is found. - - - - The type specified for the type converter must implement - the or interfaces - and must have a public default (no argument) constructor. - - - - - - Mapping from to type converter. - - - - - Supports conversion from string to type. - - - - Supports conversion from string to type. - - - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object - - the type to convert - true if the conversion is possible - - - Returns true if the is - the type. - - - - - - Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. - - the object to convert to an encoding - the encoding - - - Uses the method to - convert the argument to an . - - - - The object cannot be converted to the - target type. To check for this condition use the - method. - - - - - Interface supported by type converters - - - - This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types. - See . - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type - - A Type that represents the type you want to convert to - true if the conversion is possible - - - Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the - . - - - - - - Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments - - the object to convert - The Type to convert the value parameter to - the converted object - - - Converts the (which must be of the type supported - by this converter) to the specified.. - - - - - - Supports conversion from string to type. - - - - Supports conversion from string to type. - - - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object - - the type to convert - true if the conversion is possible - - - Returns true if the is - the type. - - - - - - Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. - - the object to convert to an IPAddress - the IPAddress - - - Uses the method to convert the - argument to an . - If that fails then the string is resolved as a DNS hostname. - - - - The object cannot be converted to the - target type. To check for this condition use the - method. - - - - - Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets) - - - - - Supports conversion from string to type. - - - - Supports conversion from string to type. - - - The string is used as the - of the . - - - - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object - - the type to convert - true if the conversion is possible - - - Returns true if the is - the type. - - - - - - Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. - - the object to convert to a PatternLayout - the PatternLayout - - - Creates and returns a new using - the as the - . - - - - The object cannot be converted to the - target type. To check for this condition use the - method. - - - - - Convert between string and - - - - Supports conversion from string to type, - and from a type to a string. - - - The string is used as the - of the . - - - - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object - - A that represents the type you want to convert to - true if the conversion is possible - - - Returns true if the is - assignable from a type. - - - - - - Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments - - the object to convert - The Type to convert the value parameter to - the converted object - - - Uses the method to convert the - argument to a . - - - - The object cannot be converted to the - . To check for this condition use the - method. - - - - - Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object - - the type to convert - true if the conversion is possible - - - Returns true if the is - the type. - - - - - - Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. - - the object to convert to a PatternString - the PatternString - - - Creates and returns a new using - the as the - . - - - - The object cannot be converted to the - target type. To check for this condition use the - method. - - - - - Supports conversion from string to type. - - - - Supports conversion from string to type. - - - - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object - - the type to convert - true if the conversion is possible - - - Returns true if the is - the type. - - - - - - Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. - - the object to convert to a Type - the Type - - - Uses the method to convert the - argument to a . - Additional effort is made to locate partially specified types - by searching the loaded assemblies. - - - - The object cannot be converted to the - target type. To check for this condition use the - method. - - - - - Attribute used to associate a type converter - - - - Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter - to use with the associated type. - - - To associate a type converter with a target type apply a - TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the - type of the type converter on the attribute. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - The string type name of the type converter - - - - - Default constructor - - - - Default constructor - - - - - - Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name - - The string type name of the type converter - - - The type specified must implement the - or the interfaces. - - - - - - Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type - - The type of the type converter - - - The type specified must implement the - or the interfaces. - - - - - - The string type name of the type converter - - - The string type name of the type converter - - - - The type specified must implement the - or the interfaces. - - - - - - A straightforward implementation of the interface. - - - - This is the default implementation of the - interface. Implementors of the interface - should aggregate an instance of this type. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Append on on all attached appenders. - - The event being logged. - The number of appenders called. - - - Calls the method on all - attached appenders. - - - - - - Append on on all attached appenders. - - The array of events being logged. - The number of appenders called. - - - Calls the method on all - attached appenders. - - - - - - Calls the DoAppende method on the with - the objects supplied. - - The appender - The events - - - If the supports the - interface then the will be passed - through using that interface. Otherwise the - objects in the array will be passed one at a time. - - - - - - Attaches an appender. - - The appender to add. - - - If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again. - - - - - - Gets an attached appender with the specified name. - - The name of the appender to get. - - The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the - specified name is found. - - - - Lookup an attached appender by name. - - - - - - Removes all attached appenders. - - - - Removes and closes all attached appenders - - - - - - Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders. - - The appender to remove. - The appender removed from the list - - - The appender removed is not closed. - If you are discarding the appender you must call - on the appender removed. - - - - - - Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. - - The name of the appender to remove. - The appender removed from the list - - - The appender removed is not closed. - If you are discarding the appender you must call - on the appender removed. - - - - - - List of appenders - - - - - Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList - - - - - Gets all attached appenders. - - - A collection of attached appenders, or null if there - are no attached appenders. - - - - The read only collection of all currently attached appenders. - - - - - - This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together. - - - - Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of - collections. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection - - the properties to add - - - Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added - later. - - - - - - Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary - - the flattened dictionary - - - Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary - containing the resultant values for the keys. - - - - - - Gets the value of a property - - - The value for the property with the specified key - - - - Looks up the value for the specified. - The collections are searched - in the order in which they were added to this collection. The value - returned is the value held by the first collection that contains - the specified key. - - - If none of the collections contain the specified key then - null is returned. - - - - - - Base class for Context Properties implementations - - - - This class defines a basic property get set accessor - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Gets or sets the value of a property - - - The value for the property with the specified key - - - - Gets or sets the value of a property - - - - - - Subclass of that maintains a count of - the number of bytes written. - - - - This writer counts the number of bytes written. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - that does not leak exceptions - - - - does not throw exceptions when things go wrong. - Instead, it delegates error handling to its . - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Adapter that extends and forwards all - messages to an instance of . - - - - Adapter that extends and forwards all - messages to an instance of . - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - The writer to forward messages to - - - - - Create an instance of that forwards all - messages to a . - - The to forward to - - - Create an instance of that forwards all - messages to a . - - - - - - Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer - - - - - - - - - Dispose this writer - - flag indicating if we are being disposed - - - Dispose this writer - - - - - - Flushes any buffered output - - - - Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written - to the underlying device - - - - - - Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter - - the value to write to the TextWriter - - - Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter - - - - - - Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter - - the data buffer - the start index - the number of characters to write - - - Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter - - - - - - Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter - - the value to write to the TextWriter - - - Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter - - - - - - Gets or sets the underlying . - - - The underlying . - - - - Gets or sets the underlying . - - - - - - The Encoding in which the output is written - - - The - - - - The Encoding in which the output is written - - - - - - Gets an object that controls formatting - - - The format provider - - - - Gets an object that controls formatting - - - - - - Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter - - - The line terminator to use - - - - Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter - - - - - - Constructor - - the writer to actually write to - the error handler to report error to - - - Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler - - - - - - Writes a character to the underlying writer - - the char to write - - - Writes a character to the underlying writer - - - - - - Writes a buffer to the underlying writer - - the buffer to write - the start index to write from - the number of characters to write - - - Writes a buffer to the underlying writer - - - - - - Writes a string to the output. - - The string data to write to the output. - - - Writes a string to the output. - - - - - - Closes the underlying output writer. - - - - Closes the underlying output writer. - - - - - - The error handler instance to pass all errors to - - - - - Flag to indicate if this writer is closed - - - - - Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to. - - - The error handler that all errors are passed to. - - - - Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to. - - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed. - - - true if this writer is closed, otherwise false. - - - - Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed. - - - - - - Constructor - - The to actually write to. - The to report errors to. - - - Creates a new instance of the class - with the specified and . - - - - - - Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written. - - the char to write - - - Overrides implementation of . Counts - the number of bytes written. - - - - - - Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written. - - the buffer to write - the start index to write from - the number of characters to write - - - Overrides implementation of . Counts - the number of bytes written. - - - - - - Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written. - - The string data to write to the output. - - - Overrides implementation of . Counts - the number of bytes written. - - - - - - Total number of bytes written. - - - - - Gets or sets the total number of bytes written. - - - The total number of bytes written. - - - - Gets or sets the total number of bytes written. - - - - - - A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events. - - - - An array backed fixed size leaky bucket. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructor - - The maximum number of logging events in the buffer. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified maximum number of buffered logging events. - - - The argument is not a positive integer. - - - - Appends a to the buffer. - - The event to append to the buffer. - The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null. - - - Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then - null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped - to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned. - - - - - - Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer. - - The oldest logging event in the buffer - - - Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it - from the buffer. - - - - - - Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array. - - An array of all the logging events in the buffer. - - - Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer. - - - - - - Clear the buffer - - - - Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost. - - - - - - Gets the th oldest event currently in the buffer. - - The th oldest event currently in the buffer. - - - If is outside the range 0 to the number of events - currently in the buffer, then null is returned. - - - - - - Gets the maximum size of the buffer. - - The maximum size of the buffer. - - - Gets the maximum size of the buffer - - - - - - Gets the number of logging events in the buffer. - - The number of logging events in the buffer. - - - This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to - (inclusive). - - - - - - An always empty . - - - - A singleton implementation of the - interface that always represents an empty collection. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. - - - - - - Copies the elements of the to an - , starting at a particular Array index. - - The one-dimensional - that is the destination of the elements copied from - . The Array must have zero-based - indexing. - The zero-based index in array at which - copying begins. - - - As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array. - - - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. - - - An that can be used to - iterate through the collection. - - - - As the collection is empty a is returned. - - - - - - The singleton instance of the empty collection. - - - - - Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection. - - The singleton instance of the empty collection. - - - Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection. - - - - - - Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe). - - - true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. - - - - For the this property is always true. - - - - - - Gets the number of elements contained in the . - - - The number of elements contained in the . - - - - As the collection is empty the is always 0. - - - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . - - - An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . - - - - As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also - the object. - - - - - - An always empty . - - - - A singleton implementation of the - interface that always represents an empty collection. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. - - - - - - Copies the elements of the to an - , starting at a particular Array index. - - The one-dimensional - that is the destination of the elements copied from - . The Array must have zero-based - indexing. - The zero-based index in array at which - copying begins. - - - As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array. - - - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. - - - An that can be used to - iterate through the collection. - - - - As the collection is empty a is returned. - - - - - - Adds an element with the provided key and value to the - . - - The to use as the key of the element to add. - The to use as the value of the element to add. - - - As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A - is thrown if this method is called. - - - This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. - - - - Removes all elements from the . - - - - As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A - is thrown if this method is called. - - - This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. - - - - Determines whether the contains an element - with the specified key. - - The key to locate in the . - false - - - As the collection is empty the method always returns false. - - - - - - Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. - - - An that can be used to - iterate through the collection. - - - - As the collection is empty a is returned. - - - - - - Removes the element with the specified key from the . - - The key of the element to remove. - - - As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A - is thrown if this method is called. - - - This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. - - - - The singleton instance of the empty dictionary. - - - - - Gets the singleton instance of the . - - The singleton instance of the . - - - Gets the singleton instance of the . - - - - - - Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe). - - - true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. - - - - For the this property is always true. - - - - - - Gets the number of elements contained in the - - - The number of elements contained in the . - - - - As the collection is empty the is always 0. - - - - - - Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . - - - An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . - - - - As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also - the object. - - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size. - - true - - - As the collection is empty always returns true. - - - - - - Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only. - - true - - - As the collection is empty always returns true. - - - - - - Gets an containing the keys of the . - - An containing the keys of the . - - - As the collection is empty a is returned. - - - - - - Gets an containing the values of the . - - An containing the values of the . - - - As the collection is empty a is returned. - - - - - - Gets or sets the element with the specified key. - - The key of the element to get or set. - null - - - As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored. - If the index getter is called then null is returned. - A is thrown if the setter is called. - - - This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. - - - - Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers - in conversion modifiers. - - - - Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by - the . This is used by the - objects when rendering the output. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Defaut Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified parameters. - - - - - - Gets or sets the minimum value. - - - The minimum value. - - - - Gets or sets the minimum value. - - - - - - Gets or sets the maximum value. - - - The maximum value. - - - - Gets or sets the maximum value. - - - - - - Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled - or not. - - - A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not. - - - - Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not. - - - - - - Implementation of Properties collection for the - - - - This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both - storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied. - - - This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently - and are modified infrequently. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - The read only copy of the properties. - - - - This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from - reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads. - - - - - - Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance - - - - - Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Remove a property from the global context - - the key for the entry to remove - - - Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared - with reading a value. - - - - - - Clear the global context properties - - - - - Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties - - the current global context properties - - - This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class - stores a readonly copy of the properties. - - - - - - Gets or sets the value of a property - - - The value for the property with the specified key - - - - Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value. - When the value is written a new read only copy of - the properties is created. - - - - - - Manages a mapping from levels to - - - - Manages an ordered mapping from instances - to subclasses. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Default constructor - - - - Initialise a new instance of . - - - - - - Add a to this mapping - - the entry to add - - - If a has previously been added - for the same then that entry will be - overwritten. - - - - - - Lookup the mapping for the specified level - - the level to lookup - the for the level or null if no mapping found - - - Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest - mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the - specified. - - - If no mapping could be found then null is returned. - - - - - - Initialize options - - - - Caches the sorted list of in an array - - - - - - Implementation of Properties collection for the - - - - Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread. - The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own . - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Remove a property - - the key for the entry to remove - - - Remove the value for the specified from the context. - - - - - - Clear all the context properties - - - - Clear all the context properties - - - - - - Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread. - - create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if is does not exist - the properties for this thread - - - The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the - caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the - caller must clone the collection before doings so. - - - - - - Gets or sets the value of a property - - - The value for the property with the specified key - - - - Get or set the property value for the specified. - - - - - - Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly. - - - - Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is - sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is - doing. - - - All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream - whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output - stream. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - - - Static constructor that initializes logging by reading - settings from the application configuration file. - - - - The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting - controls internal debugging. This setting should be set - to true to enable debugging. - - - The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting - suppresses all internal logging including error messages. - This setting should be set to true to enable message - suppression. - - - - - - Writes log4net internal debug messages to the - standard output stream. - - The message to log. - - - All internal debug messages are prepended with - the string "log4net: ". - - - - - - Writes log4net internal debug messages to the - standard output stream. - - The message to log. - An exception to log. - - - All internal debug messages are prepended with - the string "log4net: ". - - - - - - Writes log4net internal warning messages to the - standard error stream. - - The message to log. - - - All internal warning messages are prepended with - the string "log4net:WARN ". - - - - - - Writes log4net internal warning messages to the - standard error stream. - - The message to log. - An exception to log. - - - All internal warning messages are prepended with - the string "log4net:WARN ". - - - - - - Writes log4net internal error messages to the - standard error stream. - - The message to log. - - - All internal error messages are prepended with - the string "log4net:ERROR ". - - - - - - Writes log4net internal error messages to the - standard error stream. - - The message to log. - An exception to log. - - - All internal debug messages are prepended with - the string "log4net:ERROR ". - - - - - - Writes output to the standard output stream. - - The message to log. - - - Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace. - Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported - on the Compact Framework. - - - If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then - the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only - an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains. - - - - - - Writes output to the standard error stream. - - The message to log. - - - Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace. - Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported - on the Compact Framework. - - - If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then - the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only - an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains. - - - - - - Default debug level - - - - - In quietMode not even errors generate any output. - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging - is enabled or disabled. - - - true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise - false. - - - - When set to true, internal debug level logging will be - displayed. - - - This value can be set by setting the application setting - log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration - file. - - - The default value is false, i.e. debugging is - disabled. - - - - - The following example enables internal debugging using the - application configuration file : - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output - from internal logging, not even for errors. - - - true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal - logging, otherwise false. - - - - When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be - suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged. - This option overrides the setting and - disables all debug also. - - This value can be set by setting the application setting - log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file. - - - The default value is false, i.e. internal logging is not - disabled. - - - - The following example disables internal logging using the - application configuration file : - - - - - - - - - - - - Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output. - - - true if Debug is enabled - - - - Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output. - - - - - - Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output. - - - true if Warn is enabled - - - - Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output. - - - - - - Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output. - - - true if Error is enabled - - - - Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output. - - - - - - Represents a native error code and message. - - - - Represents a Win32 platform native error. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Create an instance of the class with the specified - error number and message. - - The number of the native error. - The message of the native error. - - - Create an instance of the class with the specified - error number and message. - - - - - - Create a new instance of the class for the last Windows error. - - - An instance of the class for the last windows error. - - - - The message for the error number is lookup up using the - native Win32 FormatMessage function. - - - - - - Create a new instance of the class. - - the error number for the native error - - An instance of the class for the specified - error number. - - - - The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the - native Win32 FormatMessage function. - - - - - - Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier. - - Message identifier for the requested message. - - The message corresponding with the specified message identifier. - - - - The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s) - using the native FormatMessage function. - - - - - - Return error information string - - error information string - - - Return error information string - - - - - - Formats a message string. - - Formatting options, and how to interpret the parameter. - Location of the message definition. - Message identifier for the requested message. - Language identifier for the requested message. - If includes FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, the function allocates a buffer using the LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in . - If the FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER flag is not set, this parameter specifies the maximum number of TCHARs that can be stored in the output buffer. If FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER is set, this parameter specifies the minimum number of TCHARs to allocate for an output buffer. - Pointer to an array of values that are used as insert values in the formatted message. - - - The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a - buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an - already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message - table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition - in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier. - The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded - insert sequences if requested. - - - To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message. - - - - - If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output - buffer, excluding the terminating null character. - - - If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, - call . - - - - - - Gets the number of the native error. - - - The number of the native error. - - - - Gets the number of the native error. - - - - - - Gets the message of the native error. - - - The message of the native error. - - - - - Gets the message of the native error. - - - - - An always empty . - - - - A singleton implementation of the over a collection - that is empty and not modifiable. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. - - - - - - Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance. - - false as the cannot advance. - - - As the enumerator is over an empty collection its - value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore - will always return false. - - - - - - Resets the enumerator back to the start. - - - - As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing. - - - - - - The singleton instance of the . - - - - - Gets the singleton instance of the . - - The singleton instance of the . - - - Gets the singleton instance of the . - - - - - - Gets the current object from the enumerator. - - - Throws an because the - never has a current value. - - - - As the enumerator is over an empty collection its - value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore - will throw an . - - - The collection is empty and - cannot be positioned over a valid location. - - - - Gets the current key from the enumerator. - - - Throws an exception because the - never has a current value. - - - - As the enumerator is over an empty collection its - value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore - will throw an . - - - The collection is empty and - cannot be positioned over a valid location. - - - - Gets the current value from the enumerator. - - The current value from the enumerator. - - Throws an because the - never has a current value. - - - - As the enumerator is over an empty collection its - value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore - will throw an . - - - The collection is empty and - cannot be positioned over a valid location. - - - - Gets the current entry from the enumerator. - - - Throws an because the - never has a current entry. - - - - As the enumerator is over an empty collection its - value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore - will throw an . - - - The collection is empty and - cannot be positioned over a valid location. - - - - An always empty . - - - - A singleton implementation of the over a collection - that is empty and not modifiable. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. - - - - - - Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance - - false as the cannot advance. - - - As the enumerator is over an empty collection its - value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore - will always return false. - - - - - - Resets the enumerator back to the start. - - - - As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing. - - - - - - The singleton instance of the . - - - - - Get the singleton instance of the . - - The singleton instance of the . - - - Gets the singleton instance of the . - - - - - - Gets the current object from the enumerator. - - - Throws an because the - never has a current value. - - - - As the enumerator is over an empty collection its - value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore - will throw an . - - - The collection is empty and - cannot be positioned over a valid location. - - - - A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required - - - - The is a no-op implementation of the - base class. It is used where a - is required but one has not been provided. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Singleton instance of - - - - Singleton instance of - - - - - - Private constructor - - - - Private constructor for singleton pattern. - - - - - - Impersonate this SecurityContext - - State supplied by the caller - null - - - No impersonation is done and null is always returned. - - - - - - Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists - of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and - ignoring all subsequent errors. - - - - The error message is printed on the standard error output stream. - - - This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application - from being flooded with error messages when logging fails. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Default Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Constructor - - The prefix to use for each message. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified prefix. - - - - - - Log an Error - - The error message. - The exception. - The internal error code. - - - Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard - error output stream. - - - - - - Log an Error - - The error message. - The exception. - - - Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard - error output stream. - - - - - - Log an error - - The error message. - - - Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard - error output stream. - - - - - - Flag to indicate if it is the first error - - - - - String to prefix each message with - - - - - Is error logging enabled - - - - Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the - first error delivered to the . - - - - - - A convenience class to convert property values to specific types. - - - - Utility functions for converting types and parsing values. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - - - Converts a string to a value. - - String to convert. - The default value. - The value of . - - - If is "true", then true is returned. - If is "false", then false is returned. - Otherwise, is returned. - - - - - - Parses a file size into a number. - - String to parse. - The default value. - The value of . - - - Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a - long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier. - - - is returned when - cannot be converted to a value. - - - - - - Converts a string to an object. - - The target type to convert to. - The string to convert to an object. - - The object converted from a string or null when the - conversion failed. - - - - Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try - to convert the string value into the specified target type. - - - - - - Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type. - - The type to convert from. - The type to convert to. - true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type. - - Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type. - - - - - - - Converts an object to the target type. - - The object to convert to the target type. - The type to convert to. - The converted object. - - - Converts an object to the target type. - - - - - - Instantiates an object given a class name. - - The fully qualified class name of the object to instantiate. - The class to which the new object should belong. - The object to return in case of non-fulfillment. - - An instance of the or - if the object could not be instantiated. - - - - Checks that the is a subclass of - . If that test fails or the object could - not be instantiated, then is returned. - - - - - - Performs variable substitution in string from the - values of keys found in . - - The string on which variable substitution is performed. - The dictionary to use to lookup variables. - The result of the substitutions. - - - The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and }. - - - For example, if props contains key=value, then the call - - - - string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}."); - - - - will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.". - - - If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution - defaults to an empty string. - - - For example, if system properties contains no value for the key - "nonExistentKey", then the call - - - - string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]"); - - - - will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []". - - - An Exception is thrown if contains a start - delimiter "${" which is not balanced by a stop delimiter "}". - - - - - - Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or - more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object. - - The type to convert to. - The enum string value. - If true, ignore case; otherwise, regard case. - An object of type whose value is represented by . - - - - Most of the work of the class - is delegated to the PatternParser class. - - - - The PatternParser processes a pattern string and - returns a chain of objects. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Constructor - - The pattern to parse. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified pattern string. - - - - - - Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters. - - The head of a chain of pattern converters. - - - Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters. - - - - - - Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps - - the list of all the converter names - - - Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps - - - - - - Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches - - the pattern to parse - the converter names to match in the pattern - - - The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones. - - - - - - Process a parsed literal - - the literal text - - - - Process a parsed converter pattern - - the name of the converter - the optional option for the converter - the formatting info for the converter - - - - Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter - to the chain. - - The pattern converter to add. - - - - The first pattern converter in the chain - - - - - the last pattern converter in the chain - - - - - The pattern - - - - - Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types - - - - This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map. - - - - - - Get the converter registry used by this parser - - - The converter registry used by this parser - - - - Get the converter registry used by this parser - - - - - - Sort strings by length - - - - that orders strings by string length. - The longest strings are placed first - - - - - - This class implements a patterned string. - - - - This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded - when the string is formatted. - - - This class functions similarly to the - in that it accepts a pattern and renders it to a string. Unlike the - however the PatternString - does not render the properties of a specific but - of the process in general. - - - The recognized conversion pattern names are: - - - - Conversion Pattern Name - Effect - - - appdomain - - - Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain. - - - - - date - - - Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone. - To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern. - The date conversion - specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed - between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or - %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is - given then ISO8601 format is - assumed (). - - - The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the - time pattern string of the . - - - For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date - formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings - "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying - , - and respectively - . For example, - %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}. - - - These dedicated date formatters perform significantly - better than . - - - - - env - - - Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to - lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the - pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value - of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable. - - - The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework. - - - - - identity - - - Used to output the user name for the currently active user - (Principal.Identity.Name). - - - - - newline - - - Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or - characters. - - - This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using - non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n". - Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator. - - - - - processid - - - Used to output the system process ID for the current process. - - - - - property - - - Used to output a specific context property. The key to - lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the - pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value - from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value - that is to be included in the log must be specified separately. - Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default - the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on - which the event was originally logged. - - - If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their - values are printed in a comma separated list. - - - The properties of an event are combined from a number of different - contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched. - - - - the thread properties - - The that are set on the current - thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. - - - - the global properties - - The that are set globally. These - properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. - - - - - - - random - - - Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of - uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long. - The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the - pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string. - - - - - username - - - Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently - active user. - - - - - utcdate - - - Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time. - The date conversion - specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed - between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or - %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is - given then ISO8601 format is - assumed (). - - - The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the - time pattern string of the . - - - For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date - formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings - "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying - , - and respectively - . For example, - %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}. - - - These dedicated date formatters perform significantly - better than . - - - - - % - - - The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign. - - - - - - Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific - instance using or - . - - - See the for details on the - format modifiers supported by the patterns. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types. - - - - - the pattern - - - - - the head of the pattern converter chain - - - - - patterns defined on this PatternString only - - - - - Initialize the global registry - - - - - Default constructor - - - - Initialize a new instance of - - - - - - Constructs a PatternString - - The pattern to use with this PatternString - - - Initialize a new instance of with the pattern specified. - - - - - - Initialize object options - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - - - - Create the used to parse the pattern - - the pattern to parse - The - - - Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses - may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize - custom conversion pattern name. - - - - - - Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern. - - The TextWriter to write the formatted event to - - - Format the pattern to the . - - - - - - Format the pattern as a string - - the pattern formatted as a string - - - Format the pattern to a string. - - - - - - Add a converter to this PatternString - - the converter info - - - This version of the method is used by the configurator. - Programmatic users should use the alternative method. - - - - - - Add a converter to this PatternString - - the name of the conversion pattern for this converter - the type of the converter - - - Add a converter to this PatternString - - - - - - Gets or sets the pattern formatting string - - - The pattern formatting string - - - - The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which - controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and - conversion specifiers. - - - - - - Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types - - - - Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types - - - - - - default constructor - - - - - Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern - - - The name of the conversion pattern - - - - Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern - - - - - - Gets or sets the type of the converter - - - The type of the converter - - - - Gets or sets the type of the converter - - - - - - String keyed object map. - - - - While this collection is serializable only member - objects that are serializable will - be serialized along with this collection. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - String keyed object map that is read only. - - - - This collection is readonly and cannot be modified. - - - While this collection is serializable only member - objects that are serializable will - be serialized along with this collection. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - The Hashtable used to store the properties data - - - - - Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Copy Constructor - - properties to copy - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Deserialization constructor - - The that holds the serialized object data. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with serialized data. - - - - - - Gets the key names. - - An array of all the keys. - - - Gets the key names. - - - - - - Test if the dictionary contains a specified key - - the key to look for - true if the dictionary contains the specified key - - - Test if the dictionary contains a specified key - - - - - - Serializes this object into the provided. - - The to populate with data. - The destination for this serialization. - - - Serializes this object into the provided. - - - - - - See - - - - - See - - - - - - See - - - - - - - Remove all properties from the properties collection - - - - - See - - - - - - - See - - - - - - - See - - - - - Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key. - - - The value of the property with the specified key. - - The key of the property to get or set. - - - The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable. - If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if - a serialization operation is performed. - - - - - - The hashtable used to store the properties - - - The internal collection used to store the properties - - - - The hashtable used to store the properties - - - - - - See - - - - - See - - - - - See - - - - - See - - - - - See - - - - - See - - - - - The number of properties in this collection - - - - - See - - - - - Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Constructor - - properties to copy - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with serialized data. - - The that holds the serialized object data. - The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. - - - Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private. - - - - - - Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary - - the key for the entry to remove - - - Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary - - - - - - See - - an enumerator - - - Returns a over the contest of this collection. - - - - - - See - - the key to remove - - - Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary - - - - - - See - - the key to lookup in the collection - true if the collection contains the specified key - - - Test if this collection contains a specified key. - - - - - - Remove all properties from the properties collection - - - - Remove all properties from the properties collection - - - - - - See - - the key - the value to store for the key - - - Store a value for the specified . - - - Thrown if the is not a string - - - - See - - - - - - - See - - - - - Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key. - - - The value of the property with the specified key. - - The key of the property to get or set. - - - The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable. - If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if - a serialization operation is performed. - - - - - - See - - - false - - - - This collection is modifiable. This property always - returns false. - - - - - - See - - - The value for the key specified. - - - - Get or set a value for the specified . - - - Thrown if the is not a string - - - - See - - - - - See - - - - - See - - - - - See - - - - - See - - - - - A that ignores the message - - - - This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary - to protect a writer from being closed by a client. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Constructor - - the writer to actually write to - - - Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer - - - - - - Attach this instance to a different underlying - - the writer to attach to - - - Attach this instance to a different underlying - - - - - - Does not close the underlying output writer. - - - - Does not close the underlying output writer. - This method does nothing. - - - - - - Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers - - - - ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource. - At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for - multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a - situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a - ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple - one-at-a-time lock, such as . - - - If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock - implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore - the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Acquires a reader lock - - - - blocks if a different thread has the writer - lock, or if at least one thread is waiting for the writer lock. - - - - - - Decrements the lock count - - - - decrements the lock count. When the count - reaches zero, the lock is released. - - - - - - Acquires the writer lock - - - - This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock. - - - - - - Decrements the lock count on the writer lock - - - - ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count. - When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released. - - - - - - A that can be and reused - - - - A that can be and reused. - This uses a single buffer for string operations. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Create an instance of - - the format provider to use - - - Create an instance of - - - - - - Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer - - flag - - - Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer - - - - - - Reset this string writer so that it can be reused. - - the maximum buffer capacity before it is trimmed - the default size to make the buffer - - - Reset this string writer so that it can be reused. - The internal buffers are cleared and reset. - - - - - - Utility class for system specific information. - - - - Utility class of static methods for system specific information. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - Alexey Solofnenko - - - - Private constructor to prevent instances. - - - - Only static methods are exposed from this type. - - - - - - Initialize default values for private static fields. - - - - Only static methods are exposed from this type. - - - - - - Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly. - - The assembly to get the location for. - The location of the assembly. - - - This method does not guarantee to return the correct path - to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to - where the assembly was loaded from. - - - - - - Gets the fully qualified name of the , including - the name of the assembly from which the was - loaded. - - The to get the fully qualified name for. - The fully qualified name for the . - - - This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property, - but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as - the full .NET runtime. - - - - - - Gets the short name of the . - - The to get the name for. - The short name of the . - - - The short name of the assembly is the - without the version, culture, or public key. i.e. it is just the - assembly's file name without the extension. - - - Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that - is not available on the Compact Framework. - - - Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do - the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get - the of the assembly so we - start from there and strip out just the assembly name. - - - - - - Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension. - - The to get the file name for. - The file name of the assembly. - - - Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension. - - - - - - Loads the type specified in the type string. - - A sibling type to use to load the type. - The name of the type to load. - Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. - true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false - The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. - - - If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in - the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using - . - - - If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly - containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly - then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type. - - - - - - Loads the type specified in the type string. - - The name of the type to load. - Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. - true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false - The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. - - - If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in - the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using - . - - - If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the - assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found - in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type. - - - - - - Loads the type specified in the type string. - - An assembly to load the type from. - The name of the type to load. - Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. - true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false - The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. - - - If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in - the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using - . - - - If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified - assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies - will be searched for the type. - - - - - - Generate a new guid - - A new Guid - - - Generate a new guid - - - - - - Create an - - The name of the parameter that caused the exception - The value of the argument that causes this exception - The message that describes the error - the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object - - - Create a new instance of the class - with a specified error message, the parameter name, and the value - of the argument. - - - The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the - type. This method provides an - implementation that works for all platforms. - - - - - - Parse a string into an value - - the string to parse - out param where the parsed value is placed - true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer - - - Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot - be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. - - - - - - Parse a string into an value - - the string to parse - out param where the parsed value is placed - true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer - - - Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot - be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. - - - - - - Lookup an application setting - - the application settings key to lookup - the value for the key, or null - - - Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework - - - - - - Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path. - - The path to convert. - The fully qualified path. - - - Converts the path specified to a fully - qualified path. If the path is relative it is - taken as relative from the application base - directory. - - - The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported. - - - - - - Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity. - - A new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity - - - The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer. - - - - - - Gets an empty array of types. - - - - The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on - the .NET Compact Framework 1.0. - - - - - - Cache the host name for the current machine - - - - - Cache the application friendly name - - - - - Text to output when a null is encountered. - - - - - Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested. - - - - - Start time for the current process. - - - - - Gets the system dependent line terminator. - - - The system dependent line terminator. - - - - Gets the system dependent line terminator. - - - - - - Gets the base directory for this . - - The base directory path for the current . - - - Gets the base directory for this . - - - The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI. - - - - - - Gets the path to the configuration file for the current . - - The path to the configuration file for the current . - - - The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration - file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for - the configuration file name. - - - The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI. - - - - - - Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current . - - The path to the entry assembly. - - - Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current . - - - - - - Gets the ID of the current thread. - - The ID of the current thread. - - - On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method - is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the - operating system ID for the thread. - - - On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the - operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method - GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file - and cannot be called. - - - On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this - gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may - change if the runtime is using fibers. - - - - - - Get the host name or machine name for the current machine - - - The hostname or machine name - - - - Get the host name or machine name for the current machine - - - The host name () or - the machine name (Environment.MachineName) for - the current machine, or if neither of these are available - then NOT AVAILABLE is returned. - - - - - - Get this application's friendly name - - - The friendly name of this application as a string - - - - If available the name of the application is retrieved from - the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName. - - - Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used. - - - - - - Get the start time for the current process. - - - - This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the - AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime - this is not the start time for the current process. - - - The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its - startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for - the actual start time. - - - Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the - same process without the process terminating, however this start time - will be set per AppDomain. - - - - - - Text to output when a null is encountered. - - - - Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while - outputting a string representation of an item. - - - The default value is (null). This value can be overridden by specifying - a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's - .config file. - - - - - - Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested. - - - - Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested. - - - The default value is NOT AVAILABLE. This value can be overridden by specifying - a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's - .config file. - - - - - - Utility class that represents a format string. - - - - Utility class that represents a format string. - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Initialise the - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing zero or more format items. - An array containing zero or more objects to format. - - - - Format the string and arguments - - the formatted string - - - - Replaces the format item in a specified with the text equivalent - of the value of a corresponding instance in a specified array. - A specified parameter supplies culture-specific formatting information. - - An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. - A containing zero or more format items. - An array containing zero or more objects to format. - - A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the - equivalent of the corresponding instances of in args. - - - - This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the - exception and arguments are returned in the result string. - - - - - - Process an error during StringFormat - - - - - Dump the contents of an array into a string builder - - - - - Dump an object to a string - - - - - Implementation of Properties collection for the - - - - Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread. - The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own . - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary. - - - - - Internal constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Remove a property - - the key for the entry to remove - - - Remove a property - - - - - - Clear all properties - - - - Clear all properties - - - - - - Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread. - - create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if is does not exist - the properties for this thread - - - The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the - caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the - caller must clone the collection before doing so. - - - - - - Gets or sets the value of a property - - - The value for the property with the specified key - - - - Gets or sets the value of a property - - - - - - Implementation of Stack for the - - - - Implementation of Stack for the - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - The stack store. - - - - - Internal constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. - - - - Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. - Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after - a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly. - You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call - the method of the - returned from even in exceptional circumstances, - for example by using the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) - syntax. - - - - - - Removes the top context from this stack. - - The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack. - - - Remove the top context from this stack, and return - it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an - empty string (not ) is returned. - - - - - - Pushes a new context message into this stack. - - The new context message. - - An that can be used to clean up the context stack. - - - - Pushes a new context onto this stack. An - is returned that can be used to clean up this stack. This - can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the - context. - - - Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. - - using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) - { - log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message"); - } - - - - - - Gets the current context information for this stack. - - The current context information. - - - - Gets the current context information for this stack. - - Gets the current context information - - - Gets the current context information for this stack. - - - - - - Get a portable version of this object - - the portable instance of this object - - - Get a cross thread portable version of this object - - - - - - The number of messages in the stack - - - The current number of messages in the stack - - - - The current number of messages in the stack. That is - the number of times has been called - minus the number of times has been called. - - - - - - Gets and sets the internal stack used by this - - The internal storage stack - - - This property is provided only to support backward compatability - of the . Tytpically the internal stack should not - be modified. - - - - - - Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack. - - - - Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack. - - - - - - Constructor - - The message for this context. - The parent context in the chain. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class - with the specified message and parent context. - - - - - - Get the message. - - The message. - - - Get the message. - - - - - - Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. - - - The full text of the context down to the root level. - - - - Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. - - - - - - Struct returned from the method. - - - - This struct implements the and is designed to be used - with the pattern to remove the stack frame at the end of the scope. - - - - - - The ThreadContextStack internal stack - - - - - The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed - - - - - Constructor - - The internal stack used by the ThreadContextStack. - The depth to return the stack to when this object is disposed. - - - Initializes a new instance of the class with - the specified stack and return depth. - - - - - - Returns the stack to the correct depth. - - - - Returns the stack to the correct depth. - - - - - - Implementation of Stacks collection for the - - - - Implementation of Stacks collection for the - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Internal constructor - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - - - Gets the named thread context stack - - - The named stack - - - - Gets the named thread context stack - - - - - - Utility class for transforming strings. - - - - Utility class for transforming strings. - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - - - Write a string to an - - the writer to write to - the string to write - The string to replace non XML compliant chars with - - - The test is escaped either using XML escape entities - or using CDATA sections. - - - - - - Replace invalid XML characters in text string - - the XML text input string - the string to use in place of invalid characters - A string that does not contain invalid XML characters. - - - Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for - details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets. - - - This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string - with the mask string specified. - - - - - - Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text - - the text to search - the substring to find - the number of times the substring occurs in the text - - - The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself. - - - - - - Impersonate a Windows Account - - - - This impersonates a Windows account. - - - How the impersonation is done depends on the value of . - This allows the context to either impersonate a set of user credentials specified - using username, domain name and password or to revert to the process credentials. - - - - - - Default constructor - - - - Default constructor - - - - - - Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set. - - - - This is part of the delayed object - activation scheme. The method must - be called on this object after the configuration properties have - been set. Until is called this - object is in an undefined state and must not be used. - - - If any of the configuration properties are modified then - must be called again. - - - The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and - capture a primary token for impersonation. - - - The required , - or properties were not specified. - - - - Impersonate the Windows account specified by the and properties. - - caller provided state - - An instance that will revoke the impersonation of this SecurityContext - - - - Depending on the property either - impersonate a user using credentials supplied or revert - to the process credentials. - - - - - - Create a given the userName, domainName and password. - - the user name - the domain name - the password - the for the account specified - - - Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This - token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity. - - - - - - Gets or sets the impersonation mode for this security context - - - The impersonation mode for this security context - - - - Impersonate either a user with user credentials or - revert this thread to the credentials of the process. - The value is one of the - enum. - - - The default value is - - - When the mode is set to - the user's credentials are established using the - , and - values. - - - When the mode is set to - no other properties need to be set. If the calling thread is - impersonating then it will be reverted back to the process credentials. - - - - - - Gets or sets the Windows username for this security context - - - The Windows username for this security context - - - - This property must be set if - is set to (the default setting). - - - - - - Gets or sets the Windows domain name for this security context - - - The Windows domain name for this security context - - - - The default value for is the local machine name - taken from the property. - - - This property must be set if - is set to (the default setting). - - - - - - Sets the password for the Windows account specified by the and properties. - - - The password for the Windows account specified by the and properties. - - - - This property must be set if - is set to (the default setting). - - - - - - The impersonation modes for the - - - - See the property for - details. - - - - - - Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied - - - - - Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process - - - - - Adds to - - - - Helper class to expose the - through the interface. - - - - - - Constructor - - the impersonation context being wrapped - - - Constructor - - - - - - Revert the impersonation - - - - Revert the impersonation - - - - - - The log4net Global Context. - - - - The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging - information to be stored. - - - The global context has a properties map and these properties can - be included in the output of log messages. The - supports selecting and outputing these properties. - - - By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of - the current machine. - - - - - GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName; - - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Private Constructor. - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - - The global context properties instance - - - - - The global properties map. - - - The global properties map. - - - - The global properties map. - - - - - - The log4net Logical Thread Context. - - - - The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for specific debugging - information to be stored. - The LogicalThreadContext properties override any or - properties with the same name. - - - The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack. - The properties and stack can - be included in the output of log messages. The - supports selecting and outputting these properties. - - - The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context. - This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log - output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved - when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. - - - The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per basis. - - - Example of using the thread context properties to store a username. - - LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName; - log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'"); - - - Example of how to push a message into the context stack - - using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message")) - { - log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'"); - - } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped - - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Private Constructor. - - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - - - The thread context properties instance - - - - - The thread context stacks instance - - - - - The thread properties map - - - The thread properties map - - - - The LogicalThreadContext properties override any - or properties with the same name. - - - - - - The thread stacks - - - stack map - - - - The logical thread stacks. - - - - - - This class is used by client applications to request logger instances. - - - - This class has static methods that are used by a client to request - a logger instance. The method is - used to retrieve a logger. - - - See the interface for more details. - - - Simple example of logging messages - - ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); - - log.Info("Application Start"); - log.Debug("This is a debug message"); - - if (log.IsDebugEnabled) - { - log.Debug("This is another debug message"); - } - - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - Returns the named logger if it exists. - - Returns the named logger if it exists. - - - - If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it - returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null. - - - The fully qualified logger name to look for. - The logger found, or null if no logger could be found. - - - - Returns the named logger if it exists. - - - - If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it - returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns - null. - - - The repository to lookup in. - The fully qualified logger name to look for. - - The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified - repository. - - - - - Returns the named logger if it exists. - - - - If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it - returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns - null. - - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - The fully qualified logger name to look for. - - The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified - assembly's repository. - - - - Get the currently defined loggers. - - Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository. - - - The root logger is not included in the returned array. - - All the defined loggers. - - - - Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository. - - The repository to lookup in. - - The root logger is not included in the returned array. - - All the defined loggers. - - - - Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository. - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - - The root logger is not included in the returned array. - - All the defined loggers. - - - Get or create a logger. - - Retrieves or creates a named logger. - - - - Retrieves a logger named as the - parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the - existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is - created. - - By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit - it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of - log4net. - - - The name of the logger to retrieve. - The logger with the name specified. - - - - Retrieves or creates a named logger. - - - - Retrieve a logger named as the - parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the - existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is - created. - - - By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit - it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of - log4net. - - - The repository to lookup in. - The name of the logger to retrieve. - The logger with the name specified. - - - - Retrieves or creates a named logger. - - - - Retrieve a logger named as the - parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the - existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is - created. - - - By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit - it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of - log4net. - - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - The name of the logger to retrieve. - The logger with the name specified. - - - - Shorthand for . - - - Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. - - The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. - The logger with the name specified. - - - - Shorthand for . - - - Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. - - The repository to lookup in. - The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. - The logger with the name specified. - - - - Shorthand for . - - - Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. - The logger with the name specified. - - - - Shuts down the log4net system. - - - - Calling this method will safely close and remove all - appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the - default repositories. - - - Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. - Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. - - The shutdown method is careful to close nested - appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows - configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger - and again to a nested appender. - - - - - Shutdown a logger repository. - - Shuts down the default repository. - - - - Calling this method will safely close and remove all - appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the - default repository. - - Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. - Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. - - The shutdown method is careful to close nested - appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows - configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger - and again to a nested appender. - - - - - - Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. - - - - Calling this method will safely close and remove all - appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the - specified. - - - Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. - Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. - - The shutdown method is careful to close nested - appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows - configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger - and again to a nested appender. - - - The repository to shutdown. - - - - Shuts down the repository specified. - - - - Calling this method will safely close and remove all - appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the - repository. The repository is looked up using - the specified. - - - Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. - Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. - - - The shutdown method is careful to close nested - appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows - configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger - and again to a nested appender. - - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - - - Reset the configuration of a repository - - Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. - - - - Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their - defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets - the level of all non-root loggers to null, - sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level - of the root logger to . Moreover, - message disabling is set to its default "off" value. - - - - - - Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. - - - - Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their - defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets - the level of all non-root loggers to null, - sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level - of the root logger to . Moreover, - message disabling is set to its default "off" value. - - - The repository to reset. - - - - Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. - - - - Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their - defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets - the level of all non-root loggers to null, - sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level - of the root logger to . Moreover, - message disabling is set to its default "off" value. - - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository to reset. - - - Get the logger repository. - - Returns the default instance. - - - - Gets the for the repository specified - by the callers assembly (). - - - The instance for the default repository. - - - - Returns the default instance. - - The default instance. - - - Gets the for the repository specified - by the argument. - - - The repository to lookup in. - - - - Returns the default instance. - - The default instance. - - - Gets the for the repository specified - by the argument. - - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - - - Get a logger repository. - - Returns the default instance. - - - - Gets the for the repository specified - by the callers assembly (). - - - The instance for the default repository. - - - - Returns the default instance. - - The default instance. - - - Gets the for the repository specified - by the argument. - - - The repository to lookup in. - - - - Returns the default instance. - - The default instance. - - - Gets the for the repository specified - by the argument. - - - The assembly to use to lookup the repository. - - - Create a domain - - Creates a repository with the specified repository type. - - - - CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. - - - The created will be associated with the repository - specified such that a call to will return - the same repository instance. - - - A that implements - and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act - as the for the repository specified. - The created for the repository. - - - Create a logger repository. - - Creates a repository with the specified repository type. - - A that implements - and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act - as the for the repository specified. - The created for the repository. - - - The created will be associated with the repository - specified such that a call to will return - the same repository instance. - - - - - - Creates a repository with the specified name. - - - - CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. - - - Creates the default type of which is a - object. - - - The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. - An will be thrown if the repository already exists. - - - The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. - The created for the repository. - The specified repository already exists. - - - - Creates a repository with the specified name. - - - - Creates the default type of which is a - object. - - - The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. - An will be thrown if the repository already exists. - - - The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. - The created for the repository. - The specified repository already exists. - - - - Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. - - - - CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. - - - The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. - An will be thrown if the repository already exists. - - - The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. - A that implements - and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act - as the for the repository specified. - The created for the repository. - The specified repository already exists. - - - - Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. - - - - The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. - An will be thrown if the repository already exists. - - - The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. - A that implements - and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act - as the for the repository specified. - The created for the repository. - The specified repository already exists. - - - - Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. - - - - CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. - - - The created will be associated with the repository - specified such that a call to with the - same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. - - - The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. - A that implements - and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act - as the for the repository specified. - The created for the repository. - - - - Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. - - - - The created will be associated with the repository - specified such that a call to with the - same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. - - - The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. - A that implements - and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act - as the for the repository specified. - The created for the repository. - - - - Gets the list of currently defined repositories. - - - - Get an array of all the objects that have been created. - - - An array of all the known objects. - - - - Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified. - - The logger to get the wrapper for. - The wrapper for the logger specified. - - - - Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified. - - The loggers to get the wrappers for. - The wrapper objects for the loggers specified. - - - - Create the objects used by - this manager. - - The logger to wrap. - The wrapper for the logger specified. - - - - The wrapper map to use to hold the objects. - - - - - Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts. - - - - - The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. - - - - The MDC class is similar to the class except that it is - based on a map instead of a stack. It provides mapped - diagnostic contexts. A Mapped Diagnostic Context, or - MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log - output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved - when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. - - - The MDC is managed on a per thread basis. - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - - Gets the context value identified by the parameter. - - The key to lookup in the MDC. - The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found. - - - - The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. - - - - If the parameter does not look up to a - previously defined context then null will be returned. - - - - - - Add an entry to the MDC - - The key to store the value under. - The value to store. - - - - The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. - - - - Puts a context value (the parameter) as identified - with the parameter into the current thread's - context map. - - - If a value is already defined for the - specified then the value will be replaced. If the - is specified as null then the key value mapping will be removed. - - - - - - Removes the key value mapping for the key specified. - - The key to remove. - - - - The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. - - - - Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC - - - - - - Clear all entries in the MDC - - - - - The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. - - - - Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC - - - - - - Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts. - - - - - The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. - - - - A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument - to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log - output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple - clients near-simultaneously. - - - Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry - from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs - come into play. - - - Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class - is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the - calling thread. - - - How to push a message into the context - - using(NDC.Push("my context message")) - { - ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ... - - } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed - - - - Nicko Cadell - Gert Driesen - - - - Initializes a new instance of the class. - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - - Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread. - - - - - The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. - - - - Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread. - - - - - - Creates a clone of the stack of context information. - - A clone of the context info for this thread. - - - - The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. - - - - The results of this method can be passed to the - method to allow child threads to inherit the context of their - parent thread. - - - - - - Inherits the contextual information from another thread. - - The context stack to inherit. - - - - The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. - - - - This thread will use the context information from the stack - supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with - the same contextual information as their parent threads. These - contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that - are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other. - Call to obtain a stack to pass to - this method. - - - - - - Removes the top context from the stack. - - - The message in the context that was removed from the top - of the stack. - - - - - The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. - - - - Remove the top context from the stack, and return - it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an - empty string (not null) is returned. - - - - - - Pushes a new context message. - - The new context message. - - An that can be used to clean up - the context stack. - - - - - The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. - - - - Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An - is returned that can be used to clean up the context stack. This - can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the - context. - - - Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. - - using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message")) - { - log.Warn("This should have an NDC message"); - } - - - - - - Removes the context information for this thread. It is - not required to call this method. - - - - - The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. - - - - This method is not implemented. - - - - - - Forces the stack depth to be at most . - - The maximum depth of the stack - - - - The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. - - - - Forces the stack depth to be at most . - This may truncate the head of the stack. This only affects the - stack in the current thread. Also it does not prevent it from - growing, it only sets the maximum depth at the time of the - call. This can be used to return to a known context depth. - - - - - - Gets the current context depth. - - The current context depth. - - - - The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . - The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. - - - - The number of context values pushed onto the context stack. - - - Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then - be restored using the method. - - - - - - - The log4net Thread Context. - - - - The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging - information to be stored. - The ThreadContext properties override any - properties with the same name. - - - The thread context has a properties map and a stack. - The properties and stack can - be included in the output of log messages. The - supports selecting and outputting these properties. - - - The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread. - This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log - output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved - when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. - - - The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis. - - - Example of using the thread context properties to store a username. - - ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName; - log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'"); - - - Example of how to push a message into the context stack - - using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message")) - { - log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'"); - - } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped - - - - Nicko Cadell - - - - Private Constructor. - - - - Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. - - - - - - The thread context properties instance - - - - - The thread context stacks instance - - - - - The thread properties map - - - The thread properties map - - - - The ThreadContext properties override any - properties with the same name. - - - - - - The thread stacks - - - stack map - - - - The thread local stacks. - - - - - + + + + + + log4net + + + + + Appender that logs to a database. + + + + appends logging events to a table within a + database. The appender can be configured to specify the connection + string by setting the property. + The connection type (provider) can be specified by setting the + property. For more information on database connection strings for + your specific database see http://www.connectionstrings.com/. + + + Records are written into the database either using a prepared + statement or a stored procedure. The property + is set to (System.Data.CommandType.Text) to specify a prepared statement + or to (System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure) to specify a stored + procedure. + + + The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure + must be set in the property. + + + The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number + of parameters. Parameters are added using the + method. This adds a single to the + ordered list of parameters. The + type may be subclassed if required to provide database specific + functionality. The specifies + the parameter name, database type, size, and how the value should + be generated using a . + + + + An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to: + + CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] ( + [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL , + [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL , + [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL , + [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL , + [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL , + [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL + ) ON [PRIMARY] + + + + An example configuration to log to the above table: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Julian Biddle + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Lance Nehring + + + + Abstract base class implementation of that + buffers events in a fixed size buffer. + + + + This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a + number of events before logging them. For example the + buffers events and then submits the entire contents of the buffer to + the underlying database in one go. + + + Subclasses should override the + method to deliver the buffered events. + + The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic + buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using + the property. + + A is used to inspect + each event as it arrives in the appender. If the + triggers, then the current buffer is sent immediately + (see ). Otherwise the event + is stored in the buffer. For example, an evaluator can be used to + deliver the events immediately when an ERROR event arrives. + + + The buffering appender can be configured in a mode. + By default the appender is NOT lossy. When the buffer is full all + the buffered events are sent with . + If the property is set to true then the + buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving + in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer. + In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the + triggers. This can be useful behavior when you need to know about + ERROR events but not about events with a lower level, configure an + evaluator that will trigger when an ERROR event arrives, the whole + buffer will be sent which gives a history of events leading up to + the ERROR event. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Abstract base class implementation of . + + + + This class provides the code for common functionality, such + as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements. + + + + Implementors should consider extending the + class which provides a default implementation of this interface. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Log the logging event in Appender specific way. + + The event to log + + + This method is called to log a message into this appender. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this appender. + + The name of the appender. + + The name uniquely identifies the appender. + + + + + Interface for appenders that support bulk logging. + + + + This interface extends the interface to + support bulk logging of objects. Appenders + should only implement this interface if they can bulk log efficiently. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way. + + The events to log + + + This method is called to log an array of events into this appender. + + + + + + Interface used to delay activate a configured object. + + + + This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all + options have been set. This is required for components which have + related options that remain ambiguous until all are set. + + + If a component implements this interface then the method + must be called by the container after its all the configured properties have been set + and before the component can be used. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties. + + + + This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all + options have been set. This is required for components which have + related options that remain ambiguous until all are set. + + + If a component implements this interface then this method must be called + after its properties have been set before the component can be used. + + + + + + Initial buffer size + + + + + Maximum buffer size before it is recycled + + + + + Default constructor + + + Empty default constructor + + + + + Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's + method. + + + + If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method + will call . + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Closes the appender and release resources. + + + + Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method + delegates the closing of the appender to the + method which must be overridden in the subclass. + + + + + + Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before + delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific + method. + + The event to log. + + + This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A + derived class should override the method + which is called by this method. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + Calls and checks that + it returns true. + + + + + If all of the above steps succeed then the + will be passed to the abstract method. + + + + + + Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before + delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A + derived class should override the method + which is called by this method. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + Calls and checks that + it returns true. + + + + + If all of the above steps succeed then the + will be passed to the method. + + + + + + Test if the logging event should we output by this appender + + the event to test + true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored + + + This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set + on this appender and also against the filters specified on this + appender. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + + + + + Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain. + + the filter to add to this appender + + + The Filters are organized in a linked list. + + + Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the + back of the filter chain. + + + + + + Clears the filter list for this appender. + + + + Clears the filter list for this appender. + + + + + + Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold. + + to test against. + + + If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true. + + + + true if the meets the + requirements of this appender. + + + + + Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override + this method if resources need to be released. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Subclasses of should implement this method + to perform actual logging. + + The event to append. + + + A subclass must implement this method to perform + logging of the . + + This method will be called by + if all the conditions listed for that method are met. + + + To restrict the logging of events in the appender + override the method. + + + + + + Append a bulk array of logging events. + + the array of logging events + + + This base class implementation calls the + method for each element in the bulk array. + + + A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should + override this method in addition to . + + + + + + Called before as a precondition. + + + + This method is called by + before the call to the abstract method. + + + This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks + made before the event is passed to the method. + + + A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to + this base class if it is overridden. + + + true if the call to should proceed. + + + + Renders the to a string. + + The event to render. + The event rendered as a string. + + + Helper method to render a to + a string. This appender must have a + set to render the to + a string. + + If there is exception data in the logging event and + the layout does not process the exception, this method + will append the exception text to the rendered string. + + + Where possible use the alternative version of this method + . + That method streams the rendering onto an existing Writer + which can give better performance if the caller already has + a open and ready for writing. + + + + + + Renders the to a string. + + The event to render. + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Helper method to render a to + a string. This appender must have a + set to render the to + a string. + + If there is exception data in the logging event and + the layout does not process the exception, this method + will append the exception text to the rendered string. + + + Use this method in preference to + where possible. If, however, the caller needs to render the event + to a string then does + provide an efficient mechanism for doing so. + + + + + + The layout of this appender. + + + See for more information. + + + + + The name of this appender. + + + See for more information. + + + + + The level threshold of this appender. + + + + There is no level threshold filtering by default. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null. + + + + It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + The first filter in the filter chain. + + + + Set to null initially. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + The last filter in the filter chain. + + + See for more information. + + + + + Flag indicating if this appender is closed. + + + See for more information. + + + + + The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method + + + + + StringWriter used to render events + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold of this appender. + + + The threshold of the appender. + + + + All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored + by the appender. + + + In configuration files this option is specified by setting the + value of the option to a level + string, such as "DEBUG", "INFO" and so on. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this appender. + + The of the appender + + + The provides a default + implementation for the property. + + + + + + The filter chain. + + The head of the filter chain filter chain. + + + Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list + and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this appender. + + The layout of the appender. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this appender. + + The name of the appender. + + + The name uniquely identifies the appender. + + + + + + Tests if this appender requires a to be set. + + + + In the rather exceptional case, where the appender + implementation admits a layout but can also work without it, + then the appender should return true. + + + This default implementation always returns true. + + + + true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false. + + + + + The default buffer size. + + + The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events. + This is set to 512 by default. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the events passed through this appender must be + fixed by the time that they arrive in the derived class' SendBuffer method. + + + Protected constructor to allow subclassing. + + + The should be set if the subclass + expects the events delivered to be fixed even if the + is set to zero, i.e. when no buffering occurs. + + + + + + Flush the currently buffered events + + + + Flushes any events that have been buffered. + + + If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents + of the buffer will NOT be flushed to the appender. + + + + + + Flush the currently buffered events + + set to true to flush the buffer of lossy events + + + Flushes events that have been buffered. If is + false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode. + + + If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents + of the buffer will only be flushed if is true. + In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the + and if triggering will be output. All other buffered + events will be discarded. + + + If is true then the buffer will always + be emptied by calling this method. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Close this appender instance. + + + + Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked + as not then the remaining events in + the buffer must be sent when the appender is closed. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + the event to log + + + Stores the in the cyclic buffer. + + + The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the + method) if one of the following conditions is met: + + + + The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is + marked as not lossy (see ) + + + An is set and + it is triggered for the + specified. + + + + Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed + (see ) to ensure that + any data referenced by the event will be valid when the buffer + is processed. + + + + + + Sends the contents of the buffer. + + The first logging event. + The buffer containing the events that need to be send. + + + The subclass must override . + + + + + + Sends the events. + + The events that need to be send. + + + The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events. + + + + + + The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events. + + + Set to by default. + + + + + The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events. + + + + + The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately. + + + The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire + buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null, which + indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator + can be set using the property. If this appender + has the ( property) set to + true then an must be set. + + + + + Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer + when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the + buffer is full. + + + If this field is set to true then an must + be set. + + + + + The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events. + + + The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should + really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders. + This field can be null, which indicates that all discarded events will + be discarded. + + + + + Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed + + + By default all fields are fixed + + + + + The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy. + + + true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false. The default is false. + + + + This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before + delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer + to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before + a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set + to false to prevent logging events + from being lost. + + If is set to true then an + must be specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the + logging events. + + + The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events. + + + + The option takes a positive integer + representing the maximum number of logging events to collect in + a cyclic buffer. When the is reached, + oldest events are deleted as new events are added to the + buffer. By default the size of the cyclic buffer is 512 events. + + + If the is set to a value less than + or equal to 1 then no buffering will occur. The logging event + will be delivered synchronously (depending on the + and properties). Otherwise the event will + be buffered. + + + + + + Gets or sets the that causes the + buffer to be sent immediately. + + + The that causes the buffer to be + sent immediately. + + + + The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this + appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will + immediately be sent (see ). + + If is set to true then an + must be specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the to use. + + + The value of the to use. + + + + The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this + appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately + be sent (see ). + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data + should be fixed. + + + true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event + data, otherwise false. The default is false. + + + + Setting this property to true will cause only part of the + event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event + + + The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered + + + + The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values + captured before it can be buffered. See + for details. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Override the parent method to close the database + + + + Closes the database command and database connection. + + + + + + Inserts the events into the database. + + The events to insert into the database. + + + Insert all the events specified in the + array into the database. + + + + + + Adds a parameter to the command. + + The parameter to add to the command. + + + Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters. + + + + + + Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified. + + The transaction that the events will be executed under. + The array of events to insert into the database. + + + The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been + configured not to use transactions. See + property for more information. + + + + + + Formats the log message into database statement text. + + The event being logged. + + This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide + more control over the format of the database statement. + + + Text that can be passed to a . + + + + + Connects to the database. + + + + + Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider. + + + + Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the + database. This method resolves the type specified in the + property. + + + Subclasses can override this method to return a different type + if necessary. + + + The of the ADO.NET provider + + + + Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters. + + + + + Flag to indicate if we are using a command object + + + + Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared + statement or stored procedure to insert into the database. + + + + + + The list of objects. + + + + The list of objects. + + + + + + The security context to use for privileged calls + + + + + The that will be used + to insert logging events into a database. + + + + + The database command. + + + + + Database connection string. + + + + + String type name of the type name. + + + + + The text of the command. + + + + + The command type. + + + + + Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database. + + + + + Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database. + + + + + Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to + the database. + + + The database connection string used to connect to the database. + + + + The connections string is specific to the connection type. + See for more information. + + + Connection string for MS Access via ODBC: + "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb" + + Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC: + "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;" + + Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB: + "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;" + + + + + Gets or sets the type name of the connection + that should be created. + + + The type name of the connection. + + + + The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use. + + + The default is to use the OLE DB provider. + + + Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value. + System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + Use the MS SQL Server Provider. + System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + Use the ODBC Provider. + Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral + This is an optional package that you can download from + http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads + search for ODBC .NET Data Provider. + + Use the Oracle Provider. + System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + This is an optional package that you can download from + http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads + search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle. + + + + + Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events + into the database. + + + The command text used to insert logging events into the database. + + + + Either the text of the prepared statement or the + name of the stored procedure to execute to write into + the database. + + + The property determines if + this text is a prepared statement or a stored procedure. + + + + + + Gets or sets the command type to execute. + + + The command type to execute. + + + + This value may be either (System.Data.CommandType.Text) to specify + that the is a prepared statement to execute, + or (System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure) to specify that the + property is the name of a stored procedure + to execute. + + + The default value is (System.Data.CommandType.Text). + + + + + + Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database. + + + true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in + the database, otherwise false. The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used + to insert logging events in the database. + + + When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events + into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using + an explicit transaction. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to call the NetSend method. + + + The used to call the NetSend method. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error. + + + true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an + error has occurred, otherwise false. The default value is false, + i.e. not to try to reconnect. + + + + The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the + database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded. + + + To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this + property to true. + + + When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a + delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string. + This delay will block the calling application's thread. + Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times. + + + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + The underlying . + + + creates a to insert + logging events into a database. Classes deriving from + can use this property to get or set this . Use the + underlying returned from if + you require access beyond that which provides. + + + + + Parameter type used by the . + + + + This class provides the basic database parameter properties + as defined by the interface. + + This type can be subclassed to provide database specific + functionality. The two methods that are called externally are + and . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class. + + + + + Prepare the specified database command object. + + The command to prepare. + + + Prepares the database command object by adding + this parameter to its collection of parameters. + + + + + + Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command. + + The command containing the parameter. + The event to be rendered. + + + Renders the logging event using this parameters layout + object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object. + + + + + + The name of this parameter. + + + + + The database type for this parameter. + + + + + Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType + + + + + The precision for this parameter. + + + + + The scale for this parameter. + + + + + The size for this parameter. + + + + + The to use to render the + logging event into an object for this parameter. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this parameter. + + + The name of this parameter. + + + + The name of this parameter. The parameter name + must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure + or prepared statement. + + + + + + Gets or sets the database type for this parameter. + + + The database type for this parameter. + + + + The database type for this parameter. This property should + be set to the database type from the + enumeration. See . + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the type from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the precision for this parameter. + + + The precision for this parameter. + + + + The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the precision from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the scale for this parameter. + + + The scale for this parameter. + + + + The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the scale from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the size for this parameter. + + + The size for this parameter. + + + + The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the size from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the to use to + render the logging event into an object for this + parameter. + + + The used to render the + logging event into an object for this parameter. + + + + The that renders the value for this + parameter. + + + The can be used to adapt + any into a + for use in the property. + + + + + + Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences. + + + + AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set. + + + This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set + in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not + understand the control codes the behavior is not defined. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or + System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended. + Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender + (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired + behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application. + + + When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be + specified to map a logging level to a color. For example: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any + of the following values: + + Blue + Green + Red + White + Yellow + Purple + Cyan + + These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors. + + + The attributes can be any combination of the following: + + Brightforeground is brighter + Dimforeground is dimmer + Underscoremessage is underlined + Blinkforeground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) + Reverseforeground and background are reversed + Hiddenoutput is hidden + Strikethroughmessage has a line through it + + While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations + work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes + no sense. + + + Patrick Wagstrom + Nicko Cadell + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + + Ansi code to reset terminal + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Add a mapping of level to color + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + Each mapping defines the foreground and background colours + for a level. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to the console. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Initialize the options for this appender + + + + Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender. + + + + + + Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream + + + + + Mapping from level object to color value + + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + The enum of possible display attributes + + + + The following flags can be combined together to + form the ANSI color attributes. + + + + + + + text is bright + + + + + text is dim + + + + + text is underlined + + + + + text is blinking + + + Not all terminals support this attribute + + + + + text and background colors are reversed + + + + + text is hidden + + + + + text is displayed with a strikethrough + + + + + The enum of possible foreground or background color values for + use with the color mapping method + + + + The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors. + + + + + + + color is black + + + + + color is red + + + + + color is green + + + + + color is yellow + + + + + color is blue + + + + + color is magenta + + + + + color is cyan + + + + + color is white + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in. + + + + + + An entry in the + + + + This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the + object. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default protected constructor + + + + Default protected constructor + + + + + + Initialize any options defined on this entry + + + + Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options + + + + + + The level that is the key for this mapping + + + The that is the key for this mapping + + + + Get or set the that is the key for this + mapping subclass. + + + + + + Initialize the options for the object + + + + Combine the and together + and append the attributes. + + + + + + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + + + The mapped background color for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped background color for the specified level + + + + + + The color attributes for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The color attributes for the specified level + + + + + + The combined , and + suitable for setting the ansi terminal color. + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper arround + + An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + An empty readonly static AppenderCollection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection. + + The AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + + + Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Adds a to the end of the AppenderCollection. + + The to be added to the end of the AppenderCollection. + The index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the AppenderCollection. + + The to check for. + true if is found in the AppenderCollection; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the AppenderCollection. + + The to locate in the AppenderCollection. + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire AppenderCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the AppenderCollection. + + The to remove from the AppenderCollection. + + The specified was not found in the AppenderCollection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection. + + An for the entire AppenderCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection. + + The AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection. + The new of the AppenderCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current AppenderCollection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the AppenderCollection. + The new of the AppenderCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current AppenderCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the AppenderCollection. + The new of the AppenderCollection. + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + Return the collection elements as an array + + the array + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain. + + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + + A value + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + + + + + Appends log events to the ASP.NET system. + + + + + Diagnostic information and tracing messages that you specify are appended to the output + of the page that is sent to the requesting browser. Optionally, you can view this information + from a separate trace viewer (Trace.axd) that displays trace information for every page in a + given application. + + + Trace statements are processed and displayed only when tracing is enabled. You can control + whether tracing is displayed to a page, to the trace viewer, or both. + + + The logging event is passed to the or + method depending on the level of the logging event. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace + + the event to log + + + Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace + HttpContext.Current.Trace + (). + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders. + + + + The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are + met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached + appenders. See for the + conditions that cause the buffer to be sent. + + The forwarding appender can be used to specify different + thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations + within the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface for attaching appenders to objects. + + + + Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Attaches an appender. + + The appender to add. + + + Add the specified appender. The implementation may + choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders. + + + + + + Gets an attached appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to get. + + The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the + specified name is found. + + + + Returns an attached appender with the specified. + If no appender with the specified name is found null will be + returned. + + + + + + Removes all attached appenders. + + + + Removes and closes all attached appenders + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Gets all attached appenders. + + + A collection of attached appenders. + + + + Gets a collection of attached appenders. + If there are no attached appenders the + implementation should return an empty + collection rather than null. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Send the events. + + The events that need to be send. + + + Forwards the events to the attached appenders. + + + + + + Adds an to the list of appenders of this + instance. + + The to add to this appender. + + + If the specified is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Looks for the appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to lookup. + + The appender with the specified name, or null. + + + + Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender. + + + + + + Removes all previously added appenders from this appender. + + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Implementation of the interface + + + + + Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an + . + + + If no appenders can be found, then an + is returned. + + + A collection of the appenders in this appender. + + + + + Appends logging events to the console. + + + + ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console + not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter. + The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be + programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). + This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32 + API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the + must be used. + + + When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be + specified to map a logging level to a color. For example: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any + combination of the following values: + + Blue + Green + Red + White + Yellow + Purple + Cyan + HighIntensity + + + + Rick Hobbs + Nicko Cadell + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified layout. + + the layout to use for this appender + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified layout. + + the layout to use for this appender + flag set to true to write to the console error stream + + When is set to true, output is written to + the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard + output stream. + + + + + Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + Each mapping defines the foreground and background colors + for a level. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to the console. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Initialize the options for this appender + + + + Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender. + + + + + + Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream + + + + + Mapping from level object to color value + + + + + The console output stream writer to write to + + + + This writer is not thread safe. + + + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method + + + + The following flags can be combined together to + form the colors. + + + + + + + color is blue + + + + + color is green + + + + + color is red + + + + + color is white + + + + + color is yellow + + + + + color is purple + + + + + color is cyan + + + + + color is intensified + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in. + + + + + + Initialize the options for the object + + + + Combine the and together. + + + + + + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped foreground color for the specified level. + + + + + + The mapped background color for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped background color for the specified level. + + + + + + The combined and suitable for + setting the console color. + + + + + Appends logging events to the console. + + + + ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or + System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended. + Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender + (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired + behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified layout. + + the layout to use for this appender + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified layout. + + the layout to use for this appender + flag set to true to write to the console error stream + + When is set to true, output is written to + the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard + output stream. + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to the console. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Appends log events to the system. + + + + The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners + are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the + class for details on configuring the + debug system. + + + Events are written using the + method. The event's logger name is passed as the value for the category name to the Write method. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + with a specified layout. + + The layout to use with this appender. + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + If is true then the + is called. + + + + + + Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream + will be flushed at the end of each append operation. + + + + Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is + actually written. If is set to + false, then there is a good chance that the last few + logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and + when the application crashes. + + + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will + flush at the end of each write. + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + write. If the option is set tofalse, then the underlying + stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time. + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results + in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Writes events to the system event log. + + + + The EventID of the event log entry can be + set using the EventLogEventID property () + on the . + + + There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message + + + When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be + specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example: + + + <mapping> + <level value="ERROR" /> + <eventLogEntryType value="Error" /> + </mapping> + <mapping> + <level value="DEBUG" /> + <eventLogEntryType value="Information" /> + </mapping> + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value + from the enum, i.e.: + + Erroran error event + Warninga warning event + Informationan informational event + + + + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Thomas Voss + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified . + + The to use with this appender. + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Add a mapping of level to - done by the config file + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + Each mapping defines the event log entry type for a level. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Create an event log source + + + Uses different API calls under NET_2_0 + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + the event to log + + Writes the event to the system event log using the + . + + If the event has an EventID property (see ) + set then this integer will be used as the event log event id. + + + There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message + + + + + + Get the equivalent for a + + the Level to convert to an EventLogEntryType + The equivalent for a + + Because there are fewer applicable + values to use in logging levels than there are in the + this is a one way mapping. There is + a loss of information during the conversion. + + + + + The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages + are stored. + + + + + Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the + application column of the event log named by . + + + + + The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is + currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine. + + + + + Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType + + + + + The security context to use for privileged calls + + + + + The name of the log where messages will be stored. + + + The string name of the log where messages will be stored. + + + This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer + tree. The default value is to log into the Application + log, this is where most applications write their events. However + if you need a separate log for your application (or applications) + then you should set the appropriately. + This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages + from those of other applications, the + property should be used to distinguish events. This property should be + used to group together events into a single log. + + + + + + Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the + event logs when logging. + + + The string used to distinguish events from different sources. + + + Sets the event log source property. + + + + + This property is used to return the name of the computer to use + when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current + computer, denoted by a dot "." + + + The string name of the machine holding the event log that + will be logged into. + + + This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.' + i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the EventLog. + + + The used to write to the EventLog. + + + + The system security context used to write to the EventLog. + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type. + + + + + + The for this entry + + + + Required property. + The for this entry + + + + + + Appends logging events to a file. + + + + Logging events are sent to the file specified by + the property. + + + The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode + by specifying the property. + If the file path is relative it is taken as relative from + the application base directory. The file encoding can be + specified by setting the property. + + + The layout's and + values will be written each time the file is opened and closed + respectively. If the property is + then the file may contain multiple copies of the header and footer. + + + This appender will first try to open the file for writing when + is called. This will typically be during configuration. + If the file cannot be opened for writing the appender will attempt + to open the file again each time a message is logged to the appender. + If the file cannot be opened for writing when a message is logged then + the message will be discarded by this appender. + + + The supports pluggable file locking models via + the property. + The default behavior, implemented by + is to obtain an exclusive write lock on the file until this appender is closed. + The alternative model, , only holds a + write lock while the appender is writing a logging event. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Rodrigo B. de Oliveira + Douglas de la Torre + Niall Daley + + + + Sends logging events to a . + + + + An Appender that writes to a . + + + This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate + writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that + can open a to write to. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and + sets the output destination to a new initialized + with the specified . + + The layout to use with this appender. + The to output to. + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and sets + the output destination to the specified . + + The layout to use with this appender + The to output to + + The must have been previously opened. + + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append. + + + + This method checked if an output target has been set and if a + layout has been set. + + + false if any of the preconditions fail. + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists + and is writable. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer + before flushing the stream. + + + + + + Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed. + + + Closed appenders cannot be reused. + + + + + Writes the footer and closes the underlying . + + + + Writes the footer and closes the underlying . + + + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + + + Clears internal references to the underlying + and other variables. + + + + Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior. + + + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer + + + + This method is called when an event is logged and the or + have not been set. This allows a subclass to + attempt to initialize the writer multiple times. + + + + + + This is the where logging events + will be written to. + + + + + Immediate flush means that the underlying + or output stream will be flushed at the end of each append operation. + + + + Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is + actually written. If is set to + false, then there is a good chance that the last few + logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application + crashes. + + + The default value is true. + + + + + + Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end + of each append operation. + + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + append operation. + + + If this option is set to false, then the underlying + stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later + time. + + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in + a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + Sets the where the log output will go. + + + + The specified must be open and writable. + + + The will be closed when the appender + instance is closed. + + + Note: Logging to an unopened will fail. + + + + + + Gets or set the and the underlying + , if any, for this appender. + + + The for this appender. + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Gets or sets the where logging events + will be written to. + + + The where logging events are written. + + + + This is the where logging events + will be written to. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode. + + the layout to use with this appender + the full path to the file to write to + flag to indicate if the file should be appended to + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified. + The file will be appended to. + + the layout to use with this appender + the full path to the file to write to + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Activate the options on the file appender. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + This will cause the file to be opened. + + + + + + Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's . + + + + Resets the filename and the file stream. + + + + + + Called to initialize the file writer + + + + Will be called for each logged message until the file is + successfully opened. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists + and is writable. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to + the stream. + + + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + + + Closes the previously opened file. + + + + Writes the to the file and then + closes the file. + + + + + + Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable. + + The path to the log file. Must be a fully qualified path. + If true will append to fileName. Otherwise will truncate fileName + + + Calls but guarantees not to throw an exception. + Errors are passed to the . + + + + + + Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable. + + The path to the log file. Must be a fully qualified path. + If true will append to fileName. Otherwise will truncate fileName + + + If there was already an opened file, then the previous file + is closed first. + + + This method will ensure that the directory structure + for the specified exists. + + + + + + Sets the quiet writer used for file output + + the file stream that has been opened for writing + + + This implementation of creates a + over the and passes it to the + method. + + + This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the + in some way, for example to encrypt the output + data using a System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream. + + + + + + Sets the quiet writer being used. + + the writer over the file stream that has been opened for writing + + + This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to + wrap the in some way. + + + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + + + + Flag to indicate if we should append to the file + or overwrite the file. The default is to append. + + + + + The name of the log file. + + + + + The encoding to use for the file stream. + + + + + The security context to use for privileged calls + + + + + The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics + + + + + The locking model to use + + + + + Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to. + + + The path to the file that logging will be written to. + + + + If the path is relative it is taken as relative from + the application base directory. + + + + + + Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be + appended to or overwritten. + + + Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten. + + + + If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if + it is set to true then the file will be appended to. + + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets used to write to the file. + + + The used to write to the file. + + + + The default encoding set is + which is the encoding for the system's current ANSI code page. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the file. + + + The used to write to the file. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file. + + + The used to lock the file. + + + + Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file. + + + There are two built in locking models, and . + The former locks the file from the start of logging to the end and the + later lock only for the minimal amount of time when logging each message. + + + The default locking model is the . + + + + + + Write only that uses the + to manage access to an underlying resource. + + + + + True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write. + + + + + Exception base type for log4net. + + + + This type extends . It + does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the + type of exception being thrown. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified message. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + A nested exception to include. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and inner exception. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Locking model base class + + + + Base class for the locking models available to the derived loggers. + + + + + + Open the output file + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it. + Return a stream pointing to the file. + must be called to release the lock on the output file. + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the + stream until is called again. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this LockingModel + + + The for this LockingModel + + + + The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on + behalf of. + + + The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use. + + + The value of this property will be set before is + called. + + + + + + Hold an exclusive lock on the output file + + + + Open the file once for writing and hold it open until is called. + Maintains an exclusive lock on the file during this time. + + + + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Does nothing. The lock is already taken + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed. + + + + + + Acquires the file lock for each write + + + + Opens the file once for each / cycle, + thus holding the lock for the minimal amount of time. This method of locking + is considerably slower than but allows + other processes to move/delete the log file whilst logging continues. + + + + + + Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it. + Return a stream pointing to the file. + must be called to release the lock on the output file. + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the + stream until is called again. + + + + + + This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders. + + + + The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds + and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Forward the logging event to the attached appenders + + The event to log. + + + Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders. + + + + + + Forward the logging events to the attached appenders + + The array of events to log. + + + Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders. + + + + + + Adds an to the list of appenders of this + instance. + + The to add to this appender. + + + If the specified is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Looks for the appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to lookup. + + The appender with the specified name, or null. + + + + Get the named appender attached to this appender. + + + + + + Removes all previously added appenders from this appender. + + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Implementation of the interface + + + + + Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an + . + + + If no appenders can be found, then an + is returned. + + + A collection of the appenders in this appender. + + + + + Logs events to a local syslog service. + + + + This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog, syslog, and closelog. + If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work! + + + The functions openlog, syslog, and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and + POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service. + + + This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog + daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be + able to use the to log via UDP. + + + Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity + is derived from the Level of the logging event. + The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog + values. The facilities list is predefined + and cannot be extended. + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also know + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + Rob Lyon + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This instance of the class is set up to write + to a local syslog service. + + + + + Add a mapping of level to severity + + The mapping to add + + + Adds a to this appender. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Close the syslog when the appender is closed + + + + Close the syslog when the appender is closed + + + + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + A log4net level. + A syslog severity. + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + + + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + The syslog facility. + The syslog severity. + A syslog priority. + + + + The facility. The default facility is . + + + + + The message identity + + + + + Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the + string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the + pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message. + + + + + Mapping from level object to syslog severity + + + + + Open connection to system logger. + + + + + Generate a log message. + + + + The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar + to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported + by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the + format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format + string to "%s". + + + + + + Close descriptor used to write to system logger. + + + + + Message identity + + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also know + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + + + + Syslog facility + + + Set to one of the values. The list of + facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value + is . + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + syslog severities + + + + The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the + method and the + class. The severity is set on . + + + + + + system is unusable + + + + + action must be taken immediately + + + + + critical conditions + + + + + error conditions + + + + + warning conditions + + + + + normal but significant condition + + + + + informational + + + + + debug-level messages + + + + + syslog facilities + + + + The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from. + This is set on the property. + + + + + + kernel messages + + + + + random user-level messages + + + + + mail system + + + + + system daemons + + + + + security/authorization messages + + + + + messages generated internally by syslogd + + + + + line printer subsystem + + + + + network news subsystem + + + + + UUCP subsystem + + + + + clock (cron/at) daemon + + + + + security/authorization messages (private) + + + + + ftp daemon + + + + + NTP subsystem + + + + + log audit + + + + + log alert + + + + + clock daemon + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that is should be logged at. + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that is should be logged at. + + + + + + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + + + Stores logging events in an array. + + + + The memory appender stores all the logging events + that are appended in an in-memory array. + + + Use the method to get + the current list of events that have been appended. + + + Use the method to clear the + current list of events. + + + Julian Biddle + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Gets the events that have been logged. + + The events that have been logged + + + Gets the events that have been logged. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + the event to log + + Stores the in the events list. + + + + + Clear the list of events + + + Clear the list of events + + + + + The list of events that have been appended. + + + + + Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed + + + By default all fields are fixed + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event + data should be fixed. + + + true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event + data, otherwise false. The default is false. + + + + Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event + data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event + + + + The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values + captured before it can be buffered. See + for details. + + + + + + Logs entries by sending network messages using the + native function. + + + + You can send messages only to names that are active + on the network. If you send the message to a user name, + that user must be logged on and running the Messenger + service to receive the message. + + + The receiver will get a top most window displaying the + messages one at a time, therefore this appender should + not be used to deliver a high volume of messages. + + + The following table lists some possible uses for this appender : + + + + + Action + Property Value(s) + + + Send a message to a user account on the local machine + + + = <name of the local machine> + + + = <user name> + + + + + Send a message to a user account on a remote machine + + + = <name of the remote machine> + + + = <user name> + + + + + Send a message to a domain user account + + + = <name of a domain controller | uninitialized> + + + = <user name> + + + + + Send a message to all the names in a workgroup or domain + + + = <workgroup name | domain name>* + + + + + Send a message from the local machine to a remote machine + + + = <name of the local machine | uninitialized> + + + = <name of the remote machine> + + + + + + + Note : security restrictions apply for sending + network messages, see + for more information. + + + + + An example configuration section to log information + using this appender from the local machine, named + LOCAL_PC, to machine OPERATOR_PC : + + + + + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute. + + + + + The sender of the network message. + + + + + The message alias to which the message should be sent. + + + + + The security context to use for privileged calls + + + + + Initializes the appender. + + + The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + The appender will be ignored if no was specified. + + + The required property was not specified. + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Sends the event using a network message. + + + + + + Sends a buffer of information to a registered message alias. + + The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute. + The message alias to which the message buffer should be sent + The originator of the message. + The message text. + The length, in bytes, of the message text. + + + The following restrictions apply for sending network messages: + + + + + Platform + Requirements + + + Windows NT + + + No special group membership is required to send a network message. + + + Admin, Accounts, Print, or Server Operator group membership is required to + successfully send a network message on a remote server. + + + + + Windows 2000 or later + + + If you send a message on a domain controller that is running Active Directory, + access is allowed or denied based on the access control list (ACL) for the securable + object. The default ACL permits only Domain Admins and Account Operators to send a network message. + + + On a member server or workstation, only Administrators and Server Operators can send a network message. + + + + + + + For more information see Security Requirements for the Network Management Functions. + + + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is zero. + + + + + + Gets or sets the sender of the message. + + + The sender of the message. + + + If this property is not specified, the message is sent from the local computer. + + + + + Gets or sets the message alias to which the message should be sent. + + + The recipient of the message. + + + This property should always be specified in order to send a message. + + + + + Gets or sets the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute. + + + DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute. + + + + For Windows NT 4.0 and earlier, the string should begin with \\. + + + If this property is not specified, the local computer is used. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to call the NetSend method. + + + The used to call the NetSend method. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system. + + + + OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the + OutputDebugString system. + + + The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString + function. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Write the logging event to the output debug string API + + the event to log + + + Write the logging event to the output debug string API + + + + + + Stub for OutputDebugString native method + + the string to output + + + Stub for OutputDebugString native method + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Logs events to a remote syslog daemon. + + + + The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to + a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages + on UDP port 514. + + + The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons + do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications. + You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local + syslog service. + + + There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol. + This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html. + This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message", + i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation + this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon + implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source + hostname or IP address to any messages received. + + + Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity + is derived from the Level of the logging event. + The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog + values. The facilities list is predefined + and cannot be extended. + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also know + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + Rob Lyon + Nicko Cadell + + + + Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a + multicast group using an . + + + + UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order. + + + To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging + events. + + + When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding + to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the + property to specify the encoding to use. + + + + This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent + on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is + encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such. + + IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0); + UdpClient udpClient; + byte[] buffer; + string loggingEvent; + + try + { + udpClient = new UdpClient(8080); + + while(true) + { + buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint); + loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer); + Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent); + } + } + catch(Exception e) + { + Console.WriteLine(e.ToString()); + } + + + Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint + Dim udpClient as UdpClient + Dim buffer as Byte() + Dim loggingEvent as String + + Try + remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0) + udpClient = new UdpClient(8080) + + While True + buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint) + loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer) + Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent) + Wend + Catch e As Exception + Console.WriteLine(e.ToString()) + End Try + + + An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the + IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080: + + + + + + + + + + Gert Driesen + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + The appender will be ignored if no was specified or + an invalid remote or local TCP port number was specified. + + + The required property was not specified. + The TCP port number assigned to or is less than or greater than . + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Sends the event using an UDP datagram. + + + Exceptions are passed to the . + + + + + + Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with + this instance. + + + + Disables the underlying and releases all managed + and unmanaged resources associated with the . + + + + + + Initializes the underlying connection. + + + + The underlying is initialized and binds to the + port number from which you intend to communicate. + + + Exceptions are passed to the . + + + + + + The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which + the logging event will be sent. + + + + + The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to + which the logging event will be sent. + + + + + The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent. + + + + + The TCP port number from which the will communicate. + + + + + The instance that will be used for sending the + logging events. + + + + + The encoding to use for the packet. + + + + + Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which + the underlying should sent the logging event. + + + The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event + will be sent. + + + + Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to + 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so + it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider + supports multicasting. + + + Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining + the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined + the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate + them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest. + + + Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below: + + + + + IP Address + Description + + + 224.0.0.1 + + + Sends a message to all system on the subnet. + + + + + 224.0.0.2 + + + Sends a message to all routers on the subnet. + + + + + 224.0.0.12 + + + The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet. + + + + + + + A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges + defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site. + + + The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative + addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically + configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside + of the local network. + + + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which + the underlying should sent the logging event. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event + will be sent. + + + The underlying will send messages to this TCP port number + on the remote host or multicast group. + + The value specified is less than or greater than . + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate. + + + + The underlying will bind to this port for sending messages. + + + Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to + a local port. + + + The value specified is less than or greater than . + + + + Gets or sets used to write the packets. + + + The used to write the packets. + + + + The used to write the packets. + + + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + The underlying . + + + creates a to send logging events + over a network. Classes deriving from can use this + property to get or set this . Use the underlying + returned from if you require access beyond that which + provides. + + + + + Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent. + + + The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent. + + + The method will initialize the remote endpoint + with the values of the and + properties. + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Syslog port 514 + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This instance of the class is set up to write + to a remote syslog daemon. + + + + + Add a mapping of level to severity + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Initialize the options for this appender + + + + Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender. + + + + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + A log4net level. + A syslog severity. + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + + + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + The syslog facility. + The syslog severity. + A syslog priority. + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + + + + + The facility. The default facility is . + + + + + The message identity + + + + + Mapping from level object to syslog severity + + + + + Message identity + + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also know + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + + + + Syslog facility + + + Set to one of the values. The list of + facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value + is . + + + + + syslog severities + + + + The syslog severities. + + + + + + system is unusable + + + + + action must be taken immediately + + + + + critical conditions + + + + + error conditions + + + + + warning conditions + + + + + normal but significant condition + + + + + informational + + + + + debug-level messages + + + + + syslog facilities + + + + The syslog facilities + + + + + + kernel messages + + + + + random user-level messages + + + + + mail system + + + + + system daemons + + + + + security/authorization messages + + + + + messages generated internally by syslogd + + + + + line printer subsystem + + + + + network news subsystem + + + + + UUCP subsystem + + + + + clock (cron/at) daemon + + + + + security/authorization messages (private) + + + + + ftp daemon + + + + + NTP subsystem + + + + + log audit + + + + + log alert + + + + + clock daemon + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that is should be logged at. + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that is should be logged at. + + + + + + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + + + Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink. + + + + This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink. + That is any object that implements the + interface. It delivers the events using .NET remoting. The + object to deliver events to is specified by setting the + appenders property. + + The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to + make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure. + + Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately. + They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that + the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a + number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will + flow thread local variables (stored in the ), + if they are marked as , across the + remoting boundary. If the server is not contactable then + the remoting infrastructure will clear the + objects from the . To prevent a logging failure from + having side effects on the calling application the remoting call must be made + from a separate thread to the one used by the application. A + thread is used for this. If no thread is available then + the events will block in the thread pool manager until a thread is available. + + Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close + this appender before all the queued events have been sent. + When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but + this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless. + + If this appender is being closed because the + event has fired it may not be possible to send all the queued events. During process + exit the runtime limits the time that a + event handler is allowed to run for. If the runtime terminates the threads before + the queued events have been sent then they will be lost. To ensure that all events + are sent the appender must be closed before the application exits. See + for details on how to shutdown + log4net programmatically. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink. + + + The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent + using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously. + This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting + infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the ), + if they are marked as , across the + remoting boundary. If the server is not contactable then + the remoting infrastructure will clear the + objects from the . To prevent a logging failure from + having side effects on the calling application the remoting call must be made + from a separate thread to the one used by the application. A + thread is used for this. If no thread is available then + the events will block in the thread pool manager until a thread is available. + + The events to send. + + + + Override base class close. + + + + This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are + sent asynchronously using work items. These items + will be sent once a thread pool thread is available to send them, therefore + it is possible to close the appender before all the queued events have been + sent. + + This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this + method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless. + + If the appender is being closed because the + event has fired it may not be possible to send all the queued events. During process + exit the runtime limits the time that a + event handler is allowed to run for. + + + + + A work item is being queued into the thread pool + + + + + A work item from the thread pool has completed + + + + + Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink. + + + This method is designed to be used with the . + This method expects to be passed an array of + objects in the state param. + + the logging events to send + + + + The URL of the remote sink. + + + + + The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink. + + + + + The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing + + + + + Event used to signal when there are no queued work items + + + This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this + state it is safe to close the appender. + + + + + Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept + the logging events. + + + The well-known URL of the remote sink. + + + + The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events. + The sink must implement the + interface. + + + + + + Interface used to deliver objects to a remote sink. + + + This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink + if the is to be used + to deliver logging events to the sink. + + + + + Delivers logging events to the remote sink + + Array of events to log. + + + Delivers logging events to the remote sink + + + + + + Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both. + + + + RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both + depending on the setting of the property. + When set to the log file will be rolled + once its size exceeds the . + When set to the log file will be rolled + once the date boundary specified in the property + is crossed. + When set to the log file will be + rolled once the date boundary specified in the property + is crossed, but within a date boundary the file will also be rolled + once its size exceeds the . + When set to the log file will be rolled when + the appender is configured. This effectively means that the log file can be + rolled once per program execution. + + + A of few additional optional features have been added: + + Attach date pattern for current log file + Backup number increments for newer files + Infinite number of backups by file size + + + + + + For large or infinite numbers of backup files a + greater than zero is highly recommended, otherwise all the backup files need + to be renamed each time a new backup is created. + + + When Date/Time based rolling is used setting + to will reduce the number of file renamings to few or none. + + + + + + Changing or without clearing + the log file directory of backup files will cause unexpected and unwanted side effects. + + + + + If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files + in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file. + The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling + is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but + at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed. + + + + The extends the and + has the same behavior when opening the log file. + The appender will first try to open the file for writing when + is called. This will typically be during configuration. + If the file cannot be opened for writing the appender will attempt + to open the file again each time a message is logged to the appender. + If the file cannot be opened for writing when a message is logged then + the message will be discarded by this appender. + + + When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the + file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted. + + + + + A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + Edward Smit + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Sets the quiet writer being used. + + + This method can be overridden by sub classes. + + the writer to set + + + + Write out a logging event. + + the event to write to file. + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Write out an array of logging events. + + the events to write to file. + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event + + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Creates and opens the file for logging. If + is false then the fully qualified name is determined and used. + + the name of the file to open + true to append to existing file + + This method will ensure that the directory structure + for the specified exists. + + + + + Get the current output file name + + the base file name + the output file name + + The output file name is based on the base fileName specified. + If is set then the output + file name is the same as the base file passed in. Otherwise + the output file depends on the date pattern, on the count + direction or both. + + + + + Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point) + + + + + Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files + that are similar to the base file name. + + + + + + + Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file + pattern. + + + + + + + Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run. + + + + + Initializes based on existing conditions at time of . + + + + Initializes based on existing conditions at time of . + The following is done + + determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point) + initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run. + + + + + + + Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher + to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen. + The highest count is either the first file (when count direction + is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0). + In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present. + + + + + + + Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for + 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max + count up to the highest count seen. + + + + + + + Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied. + + the date pattern to calculate the check period for + The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied + + Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the + most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point + with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern + supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day + and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be + and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check, + scheduledFilename, and calls to initialize + the current number of backups. + + + + + + Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s). + + set to true if the file to be rolled is currently open + + + Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s). + Resets curSizeRollBackups. + If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile). + + + + + + Renames file to file . + + Name of existing file to roll. + New name for file. + + + Renames file to file . It + also checks for existence of target file and deletes if it does. + + + + + + Test if a file exists at a specified path + + the path to the file + true if the file exists + + + Test if a file exists at a specified path + + + + + + Deletes the specified file if it exists. + + The file to delete. + + + Delete a file if is exists. + The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted. + This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot + be deleted, but it still can be moved. + + + + + + Implements file roll base on file size. + + + + If the maximum number of size based backups is reached + (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest + file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection. + If countDirection < 0, then files + {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1} + are renamed to {File.2, ..., + File.curSizeRollBackups}. Moreover, File is + renamed File.1 and closed. + + + A new file is created to receive further log output. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the + File is truncated with no backup files created. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is + renamed if needed and no files are deleted. + + + + + + Implements file roll. + + the base name to rename + + + If the maximum number of size based backups is reached + (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest + file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection. + If countDirection < 0, then files + {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1} + are renamed to {File.2, ..., + File.curSizeRollBackups}. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the + File is truncated with no backup files created. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is + renamed if needed and no files are deleted. + + + This is called by to rename the files. + + + + + + Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint + + the current date + the type of roll point we are working with + the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date + + + Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method. + + + The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant + than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to + the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window + worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint. + + + + + + This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in + a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. + + + + + The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd" + meaning daily rollover. + + + + + The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to + or will be the file transferred to on roll over + (based on staticLogFileName). + + + + + The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename. + + + + + Holds date of last roll over + + + + + The type of rolling done + + + + + The default maximum file size is 10MB + + + + + There is zero backup files by default + + + + + How many sized based backups have been made so far + + + + + The rolling file count direction. + + + + + The rolling mode used in this appender. + + + + + Cache flag set if we are rolling by date. + + + + + Cache flag set if we are rolling by size. + + + + + Value indicating whether to always log to the same file. + + + + + FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly + + + + + The 1st of January 1970 in UTC + + + + + Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names + when rolling over on date. + + + The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling + over on date. + + + + Takes a string in the same format as expected by + . + + + This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over + on date. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before + the oldest is erased. + + + The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is + erased. + + + + If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file + will be truncated when it reaches . + + + If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note + that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of + files are rolled over unless is used. + + + The maximum applies to each time based group of files and + not the total. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach + before being rolled over to backup files. + + + The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being + rolled over to backup files. + + + + This property is equivalent to except + that it is required for differentiating the setter taking a + argument from the setter taking a + argument. + + + The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024). + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach + before being rolled over to backup files. + + + The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being + rolled over to backup files. + + + + This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the + suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being + expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes. + + + For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes. + + + The default maximum file size is 10MB. + + + If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically + consider using the property instead as this + allows you to set the size in bytes as a . + + + + + + Gets or sets the rolling file count direction. + + + The rolling file count direction. + + + + Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the + highest numbered file. + + + By default newer files have lower numbers ( < 0), + i.e. log.1 is most recent, log.5 is the 5th backup, etc... + + + >= 0 does the opposite i.e. + log.1 is the first backup made, log.5 is the 5th backup made, etc. + For infinite backups use >= 0 to reduce + rollover costs. + + The default file count direction is -1. + + + + + Gets or sets the rolling style. + + The rolling style. + + + The default rolling style is . + + + When set to this appender's + property is set to false, otherwise + the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling + the file each time it is opened. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to + the same file. + + + true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false. + + + + By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally + file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently + logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even + file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup). + + + This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups + much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups! + + + + + + Style of rolling to use + + + + Style of rolling to use + + + + + + Roll files once per program execution + + + + Roll files once per program execution. + Well really once each time this appender is + configured. + + + Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to + false on the RollingFileAppender, otherwise + this appender would just be a normal file appender. + + + + + + Roll files based only on the size of the file + + + + + Roll files based only on the date + + + + + Roll files based on both the size and date of the file + + + + + The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence. + + + + The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence. + + + + + + Roll the log not based on the date + + + + + Roll the log for each minute + + + + + Roll the log for each hour + + + + + Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight) + + + + + Roll the log each day (midnight) + + + + + Roll the log each week + + + + + Roll the log each month + + + + + This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the . + + + This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the . + Used primarily to allow test classes to plug themselves in so they can + supply test date/times. + + + + + Gets the current time. + + The current time. + + + Gets the current time. + + + + + + Default implementation of that returns the current time. + + + + + Gets the current time. + + The current time. + + + Gets the current time. + + + + + + Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors + or fatal errors. + + + + The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on + the value of option. The + keeps only the last + logging events in its + cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while + still delivering useful application context. + + + Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of + the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are + running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending + unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported. + + + Authentication is supported by setting the property to + either or . + If using authentication then the + and properties must also be set. + + + To set the SMTP server port use the property. The default port is 25. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + The logging events to send. + + + + Send the email message + + the body text to include in the mail + + + + Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. + + + + A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + + + + Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender. + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + + + Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message. + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send + the e-mail messages. + + + The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the + name of the local SMTP server is used. + + + + The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the + name of the local SMTP server is used. + + + + + + Obsolete + + + Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead + + + + Obsolete property. + + + + + + The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server + + + Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + + Valid Authentication mode values are: , + , and . + The default value is . When using + you must specify the + and to use to authenticate. + When using the Windows credentials for the current + thread, if impersonating, or the process will be used to authenticate. + + + + + + The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server + + + Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + + A and must be specified when + is set to , + otherwise the username will be ignored. + + + + + + The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server + + + Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + + A and must be specified when + is set to , + otherwise the password will be ignored. + + + + + + The port on which the SMTP server is listening + + + Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + + The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default + port is 25. The Port can only be changed when running on + the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + + + + + + Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message + + + One of the values. + + + + Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this + appender. The default priority is . + + + If you are using this appender to report errors then + you may want to set the priority to . + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Values for the property. + + + + SMTP authentication modes. + + + + + + No authentication + + + + + Basic authentication. + + + Requires a username and password to be supplied + + + + + Integrated authentication + + + Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate. + + + + + Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors + or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the + directory specified by . This allows services such + as the IIS SMTP agent to manage sending the messages. + + + + The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender, + except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify + . + + + The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on + the value of option. The + keeps only the last + logging events in its + cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while + still delivering useful application context. + + + Niall Daley + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + The logging events to send. + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + + + + + Activate the options on this appender. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + + + + The security context to use for privileged calls + + + + + Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. + + + + A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. + + + + + + Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender. + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + + + Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message. + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + + + Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. + + + + Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same + as that used by the agent sending the messages. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the pickup directory. + + + The used to write to the pickup directory. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages + + + + The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages + back to the client. + The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored + over a TCP/IP socket. + This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging. + + + The default is 23 (the telnet port). + + + Keith Long + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler + + + + Closes all the outstanding connections. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Create the socket handler and wait for connections + + + + + + Writes the logging event to each connected client. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the logging event to each connected client. + + + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections. + + + + The default value is 23 (the telnet port). + + + The value specified is less than + or greater than . + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Helper class to manage connected clients + + + + The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from + clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect + asynchronously. + + + + + + Opens a new server port on + + the local port to listen on for connections + + + Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port. + + + + + + Sends a string message to each of the connected clients + + the text to send + + + Sends a string message to each of the connected clients + + + + + + Add a client to the internal clients list + + client to add + + + + Remove a client from the internal clients list + + client to remove + + + + Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket + + The result of the asynchronous operation + + + On connection adds to the list of connections + if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected + + + + + + Close all network connections + + + + Make sure we close all network connections + + + + + + Test if this handler has active connections + + + true if this handler has active connections + + + + This property will be true while this handler has + active connections, that is at least one connection that + the handler will attempt to send a message to. + + + + + + Class that represents a client connected to this handler + + + + Class that represents a client connected to this handler + + + + + + Create this for the specified + + the client's socket + + + Opens a stream writer on the socket. + + + + + + Write a string to the client + + string to send + + + Write a string to the client + + + + + + Cleanup the clients connection + + + + Close the socket connection. + + + + + + Appends log events to the system. + + + + The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners + are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the + class for details on configuring the + trace system. + + + Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string) + method. The event's logger name is passed as the value for the category name to the Write method. + + + Compact Framework
+ The Compact Framework does not support the + class for any operation except Assert. When using the Compact Framework this + appender will write to the system rather than + the Trace system. This appender will therefore behave like the . + + + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + with a specified layout. + + The layout to use with this appender. + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + + + + + + Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream + will be flushed at the end of each append operation. + + + + Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is + actually written. If is set to + false, then there is a good chance that the last few + logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and + when the application crashes. + + + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will + flush at the end of each write. + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + write. If the option is set tofalse, then the underlying + stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time. + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results + in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository. + + + + AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute. + + + An assembly's logger repository is defined by its , + however this can be overridden by an assembly loaded before the target assembly. + + + An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by + specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used + as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository. + + + + An assembly's logger repository is defined by its , + however this can be overridden by an assembly loaded before the target assembly. + + + An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by + specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used + as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified repository to alias to this assembly's repository. + + The repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified repository to alias to this assembly's repository. + + + + + + Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + The repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + + The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified domain to alias to this assembly's repository. + + The domain to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + Obsolete. Use instead of . + + + + + + Use this class to quickly configure a . + + + + Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net. + + + Only one appender can be configured using this configurator. + The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging + events will be delivered to that appender. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration. + + + + Initializes the log4net logging system using a + that will write to Console.Out. The log messages are + formatted using the layout object + with the + layout style. + + + + + + Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender. + + The appender to use to log all logging events. + + + Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender. + + + + + + Initializes the with a default configuration. + + The repository to configure. + + + Initializes the specified repository using a + that will write to Console.Out. The log messages are + formatted using the layout object + with the + layout style. + + + + + + Initializes the using the specified appender. + + The repository to configure. + The appender to use to log all logging events. + + + Initializes the using the specified appender. + + + + + + Base class for all log4net configuration attributes. + + + This is an abstract class that must be extended by + specific configurators. This attribute allows the + configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level + attribute. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor used by subclasses. + + the ordering priority for this configurator + + + The is used to order the configurator + attributes before they are invoked. Higher priority configurators are executed + before lower priority ones. + + + + + + Configures the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called + the subclass should configure the . + + + + + + Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute + + the object to compare to + see + + + Compares the priorities of the two instances. + Sorts by priority in descending order. Objects with the same priority are + randomly ordered. + + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly. + + + + DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute. + + + Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own + logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls + the configuration of the domain. The property specifies the name + of the domain that this assembly is a part of. The + specifies the type of the repository objects to create for the domain. If + this attribute is not specified and a is not specified + then the assembly will be part of the default shared logging domain. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used + once per assembly. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly. + + + + Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified + on the assembly controls + the configuration of the repository. The property specifies the name + of the repository that this assembly is a part of. The + specifies the type of the object + to create for the assembly. If this attribute is not specified or a + is not specified then the assembly will be part of the default shared logging repository. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used + once per assembly. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + with the name of the repository. + + The name of the repository. + + + Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the logging repository. + + + The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this + assembly. + + + + This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the + same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository. + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly. + + + The type of repository to create for this assembly. + + + + The type of the repository to create for the assembly. + The type must implement the + interface. + + + This will be the type of repository created when + the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the + same repository then the repository is only created once using the + of the first assembly to call into the + repository. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute. + + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + with the name of the domain. + + The name of the domain. + + + Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute. + + + + + + Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree. + + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + Configures a using an Xml tree. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Private constructor + + + + + Automatically configures the log4net system based on the + application's configuration settings. + + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + + + + Automatically configures the using settings + stored in the application's configuration file. + + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + The repository to configure. + + + + Configures log4net using a log4net element + + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + The element to parse. + + + + Configures the using the specified XML + element. + + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + The repository to configure. + The element to parse. + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. + + A stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes + and reloads the configuration if a change is detected. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Configures the using the file specified, + monitors the file for changes and reloads the configuration if a change + is detected. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + + + AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute. + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + If neither of the or + properties are set the configuration is loaded from the application's .config file. + If set the property takes priority over the + property. The property + specifies a path to a file to load the config from. The path is relative to the + application's base directory; . + The property is used as a postfix to the assembly file name. + The config file must be located in the application's base directory; . + For example in a console application setting the to + config has the same effect as not specifying the or + properties. + + + The property can be set to cause the + to watch the configuration file for changes. + + + + Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once. + When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration + of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the + methods is made from the assembly with the configuration + attributes. + + + If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from + different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e. + call the method directly. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Configures the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Configure the repository using the . + The specified must extend the + class otherwise the will not be able to + configure it. + + + The does not extend . + + + + Attempt to load configuration from the local file system + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + + Configure the specified repository using a + + The repository to configure. + the FileInfo pointing to the config file + + + + Attempt to load configuration from a URI + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + + Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file. + + + The filename of the configuration file. + + + + If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with + the . This file path is relative to the + application base directory (). + + + The takes priority over the . + + + + + + Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file. + + + The extension of the configuration file. + + + + If specified this is the extension for the configuration file. + The path to the config file is built by using the application + base directory (), + the assembly file name and the config file extension. + + + If the is set to MyExt then + possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or + MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt. + + + The takes priority over the . + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file. + + + true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise. + + + + If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework + will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time + the file is modified. + + + The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk. + In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded + from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk + and therefore it may not be able to watch it. + + + Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI. + + + + + + Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file + + + The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section + handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns + the XML element that is the root of the section. + + + Example of registering the log4net section handler : + + + +
+ + + log4net configuration XML goes here + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Parses the configuration section. + + The configuration settings in a corresponding parent configuration section. + The configuration context when called from the ASP.NET configuration system. Otherwise, this parameter is reserved and is a null reference. + The for the log4net section. + The for the log4net section. + + + Returns the containing the configuration data, + + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to + the repository. + + + + Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the + assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the + interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface used to create plugins. + + + + Interface used to create a plugin. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Creates the plugin object. + + the new plugin instance + + + Create and return a new plugin instance. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified type. + + The type name of plugin to create. + + + Create the attribute with the plugin type specified. + + + Where possible use the constructor that takes a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified type. + + The type of plugin to create. + + + Create the attribute with the plugin type specified. + + + + + + Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute. + + + + Creates the instance of the object as + specified by this attribute. + + + The plugin object. + + + + Returns a representation of the properties of this object. + + + + Overrides base class method to + return a representation of the properties of this object. + + + A representation of the properties of this object + + + + Gets or sets the type for the plugin. + + + The type for the plugin. + + + + The type for the plugin. + + + + + + Gets or sets the type name for the plugin. + + + The type name for the plugin. + + + + The type name for the plugin. + + + Where possible use the property instead. + + + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Construct provider attribute with type specified + + the type of the provider to use + + + The provider specified must subclass the + class. + + + + + + Configures the SecurityContextProvider + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Creates a provider instance from the specified. + Sets this as the default security context provider . + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the provider to use. + + + the type of the provider to use. + + + + The provider specified must subclass the + class. + + + + + + Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree. + + + + Configures a using an Xml tree. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Private constructor + + + + + Automatically configures the log4net system based on the + application's configuration settings. + + + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + + To use this method to configure log4net you must specify + the section + handler for the log4net configuration section. See the + for an example. + + + + + + + Automatically configures the using settings + stored in the application's configuration file. + + + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + + To use this method to configure log4net you must specify + the section + handler for the log4net configuration section. See the + for an example. + + + The repository to configure. + + + + Configures log4net using a log4net element + + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + + The element to parse. + + + + Configures the using the specified XML + element. + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + The repository to configure. + The element to parse. + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the + configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify + a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will + complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example: + + +
+ + + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI. + + A URI to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + The must support the URI scheme specified. + + + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream. + + A stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the + configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify + a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will + complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example: + + +
+ + + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + URI. + + The repository to configure. + A URI to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The must support the URI scheme specified. + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes + and reloads the configuration if a change is detected. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Configures the using the file specified, + monitors the file for changes and reloads the configuration if a change + is detected. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Configures the specified repository using a log4net element. + + The hierarchy to configure. + The element to parse. + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + + This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods + to load the configuration from an . + + + + + + Class used to watch config files. + + + + Uses the to monitor + changes to a specified file. Because multiple change notifications + may be raised when the file is modified, a timer is used to + compress the notifications into a single event. The timer + waits for time before delivering + the event notification. If any further + change notifications arrive while the timer is waiting it + is reset and waits again for to + elapse. + + + + + + The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification + before reloading the config file. + + + + + Watch a specified config file used to configure a repository + + The repository to configure. + The configuration file to watch. + + + Watch a specified config file used to configure a repository + + + + + + Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator + + + + + Holds the repository being configured. + + + + + The timer used to compress the notification events. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The repository to configure. + The configuration file to watch. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Event handler used by . + + The firing the event. + The argument indicates the file that caused the event to be fired. + + + This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired. + + + + + + Event handler used by . + + The firing the event. + The argument indicates the file that caused the event to be fired. + + + This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired. + + + + + + Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated. + + null + + + + The implementation of the interface suitable + for use with the compact framework + + + + This implementation is a simple + mapping between repository name and + object. + + + The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly + level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector + this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Interface used by the to select the . + + + + The uses a + to specify the policy for selecting the correct + to return to the caller. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly to use to lookup to the + The for the assembly. + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + + How the association between and + is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for + this association. The results of this method must be repeatable, i.e. + when called again with the same arguments the result must be the + save value. + + + + + + Gets the named . + + The name to use to lookup to the . + The named + + Lookup a named . This is the repository created by + calling . + + + + + Creates a new repository for the assembly specified. + + The assembly to use to create the domain to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the domain + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + How the association between and + is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for + this association. + + + + + + Creates a new repository with the name specified. + + The name to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the name + specified such that a call to with the + same name will return the same repository instance. + + + + + + Test if a named repository exists + + the named repository to check + true if the repository exists + + + Test if a named repository exists. Use + to create a new repository and to retrieve + a repository. + + + + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + + An array of the instances created by + this . + + + Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector. + + + + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + + Event raised when a new repository is created. + The event source will be this selector. The event args will + be a which + holds the newly created . + + + + + + Create a new repository selector + + the type of the repositories to create, must implement + + + Create an new compact repository selector. + The default type for repositories must be specified, + an appropriate value would be . + + + throw if is null + throw if does not implement + + + + Get the for the specified assembly + + not used + The default + + + The argument is not used. This selector does not create a + separate repository for each assembly. + + + As a named repository is not specified the default repository is + returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository. + + + + + + Get the named + + the name of the repository to lookup + The named + + + Get the named . The default + repository is log4net-default-repository. Other repositories + must be created using the . + If the named repository does not exist an exception is thrown. + + + throw if is null + throw if the does not exist + + + + Create a new repository for the assembly specified + + not used + the type of repository to create, must implement + the repository created + + + The argument is not used. This selector does not create a + separate repository for each assembly. + + + If the is null then the + default repository type specified to the constructor is used. + + + As a named repository is not specified the default repository is + returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository. + + + + + + Create a new repository for the repository specified + + the repository to associate with the + the type of repository to create, must implement . + If this param is null then the default repository type is used. + the repository created + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same repository specified will return the same repository instance. + + + If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown. + + + If is null then the default + repository type specified to the constructor is used. + + + throw if is null + throw if the already exists + + + + Test if a named repository exists + + the named repository to check + true if the repository exists + + + Test if a named repository exists. Use + to create a new repository and to retrieve + a repository. + + + + + + Gets a list of objects + + an array of all known objects + + + Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created + + The repository that has been created + + + Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent + event. + + + + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + + Event raised when a new repository is created. + The event source will be this selector. The event args will + be a which + holds the newly created . + + + + + + The default implementation of the interface. + + + + Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to + configure the hierarchy for the repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Creates a new repository selector. + + The type of the repositories to create, must implement + + + Create an new repository selector. + The default type for repositories must be specified, + an appropriate value would be . + + + is . + does not implement . + + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly use to lookup the . + + + The type of the created and the repository + to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the . + + + The default values are to use the + implementation of the interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically configured using + any attributes defined on + the . + + + The for the assembly + is . + + + + Gets the for the specified repository. + + The repository to use to lookup the . + The for the specified repository. + + + Returns the named repository. If is null + a is thrown. If the repository + does not exist a is thrown. + + + Use to create a repository. + + + is . + does not exist. + + + + Create a new repository for the assembly specified + + the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The type of the created and + the repository to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the + . The default values are to use the + implementation of the + interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically + configured using any + attributes defined on the . + + + If a repository for the already exists + that repository will be returned. An error will not be raised and that + repository may be of a different type to that specified in . + Also the attribute on the + assembly may be used to override the repository type specified in + . + + + is . + + + + Creates a new repository for the assembly specified. + + the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The name to assign to the created repository + Set to true to read and apply the assembly attributes + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The type of the created and + the repository to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the + . The default values are to use the + implementation of the + interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically + configured using any + attributes defined on the . + + + If a repository for the already exists + that repository will be returned. An error will not be raised and that + repository may be of a different type to that specified in . + Also the attribute on the + assembly may be used to override the repository type specified in + . + + + is . + + + + Creates a new repository for the specified repository. + + The repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + If this param is then the default repository type is used. + The new repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same repository specified will return the same repository instance. + + + is . + already exists. + + + + Test if a named repository exists + + the named repository to check + true if the repository exists + + + Test if a named repository exists. Use + to create a new repository and to retrieve + a repository. + + + + + + Gets a list of objects + + an array of all known objects + + + Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector. + + + + + + Aliases a repository to an existing repository. + + The repository to alias. + The repository that the repository is aliased to. + + + The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created. + The repository must not already exist. + + + When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as + the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail. + + + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created. + + The repository that has been created. + + + Raises the event. + + + + + + Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that has a . + in/out param to hold the repository name to use for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling. + in/out param to hold the type of the repository to create for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling. + is . + + + + Configures the repository using information from the assembly. + + The assembly containing + attributes which define the configuration for the repository. + The repository to configure. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly. + + The assembly that contains the attributes. + The repository to add the plugins to. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly. + + The assembly that contains the attributes. + The repository to alias to. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + + Event raised when a new repository is created. + The event source will be this selector. The event args will + be a which + holds the newly created . + + + + + + Defined error codes that can be passed to the method. + + + + Values passed to the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + A general error + + + + + Error while writing output + + + + + Failed to flush file + + + + + Failed to close file + + + + + Unable to open output file + + + + + No layout specified + + + + + Failed to parse address + + + + + Appenders may delegate their error handling to an . + + + + Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by + definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as + a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + The that was thrown when the error occurred. + The error code associated with the error. + + + Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as + a parameter. + + + + + + Prints the error message passed as a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + The that was thrown when the error occurred. + + + See . + + + + + + Prints the error message passed as a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + + + See . + + + + + + Interface for objects that require fixing. + + + + Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it + can be taken outside the context of the appender's + method. + + + When objects that implement this interface are stored + in the context properties maps + and + are fixed + (see ) the + method will be called. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Get a portable version of this object + + the portable instance of this object + + + Get a portable instance object that represents the current + state of this object. The portable object can be stored + and logged from any thread with identical results. + + + + + + Interface that all loggers implement + + + + This interface supports logging events and testing if a level + is enabled for logging. + + + These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure + that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception + to be thrown to the caller. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + the exception to log, including its stack trace. Pass null to not log an exception. + + + Generates a logging event for the specified using + the and . + + + + + + This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used + by wrappers. + + The event being logged. + + + Logs the specified logging event through this logger. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for a given passed as parameter. + + The level to check. + + true if this logger is enabled for level, otherwise false. + + + + Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified . + + + + + + Gets the name of the logger. + + + The name of the logger. + + + + The name of this logger + + + + + + Gets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + + The that this logger belongs to. + + + + Gets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + + + + + Base interface for all wrappers + + + + Base interface for all wrappers. + + + All wrappers must implement this interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Get the implementation behind this wrapper object. + + + The object that in implementing this object. + + + + The object that in implementing this + object. The Logger object may not + be the same object as this object because of logger decorators. + This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process + the log events. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications + + The which created the repository. + The event args + that holds the instance that has been created. + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications. + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + A + event is raised every time a is created. + + + + + + The created + + + + + Construct instance using specified + + the that has been created + + + Construct instance using specified + + + + + + The that has been created + + + The that has been created + + + + The that has been created + + + + + + Test if an triggers an action + + + + Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide + when to perform an appender specific action. + + + The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Test if this event triggers the action + + The event to check + true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false + + + Return true if this event triggers the action + + + + + + Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system. + + + + Each has an associated . + + + Levels have a numeric that defines the relative + ordering between levels. Two Levels with the same + are deemed to be equivalent. + + + The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each + and each repository can have different levels defined. The levels are stored + in the on the repository. Levels are + looked up by name from the . + + + When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not but + the value of LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"]. The default value for this is + , but this can be changed by reconfiguring the level map. + + + Each level has a in addition to its . The + is the string that is written into the output log. By default + the display name is the same as the level name, but this can be used to alias levels + or to localize the log output. + + + Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are: + + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + Integer value for this level, higher values represent more severe levels. + The string name of this level. + The display name for this level. This may be localized or otherwise different from the name + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified level name and value. + + + + + + Constructor + + Integer value for this level, higher values represent more severe levels. + The string name of this level. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified level name and value. + + + + + + Returns the representation of the current + . + + + A representation of the current . + + + + Returns the level . + + + + + + Compares levels. + + The object to compare against. + true if the objects are equal. + + + Compares the levels of instances, and + defers to base class if the target object is not a + instance. + + + + + + Returns a hash code + + A hash code for the current . + + + Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data + structures like a hash table. + + + Returns the hash code of the level . + + + + + + Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an + indication of their relative values. + + A instance or to compare with this instance. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the + values compared. The return value has these meanings: + + + Value + Meaning + + + Less than zero + This instance is less than . + + + Zero + This instance is equal to . + + + Greater than zero + + This instance is greater than . + -or- + is . + + + + + + + must be an instance of + or ; otherwise, an exception is thrown. + + + is not a . + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is greater than another specified . + + A + A + + true if is greater than + ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is less than another specified . + + A + A + + true if is less than + ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is greater than or equal to another specified . + + A + A + + true if is greater than or equal to + ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is less than or equal to another specified . + + A + A + + true if is less than or equal to + ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether two specified + objects have the same value. + + A or . + A or . + + true if the value of is the same as the + value of ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether two specified + objects have different values. + + A or . + A or . + + true if the value of is different from + the value of ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Compares two specified instances. + + The first to compare. + The second to compare. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the + two values compared. The return value has these meanings: + + + Value + Meaning + + + Less than zero + is less than . + + + Zero + is equal to . + + + Greater than zero + is greater than . + + + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + The level designates a higher level than all the rest. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + System unusable, emergencies. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events + that will presumably lead the application to abort. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + Take immediate action, alerts. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + Critical condition, critical. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + + + + + The level designates error events that might + still allow the application to continue running. + + + + + The level designates potentially harmful + situations. + + + + + The level designates informational messages + that highlight the progress of the application at the highest level. + + + + + The level designates informational messages that + highlight the progress of the application at coarse-grained level. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates the lowest level possible. + + + + + Gets the name of this level. + + + The name of this level. + + + + Gets the name of this level. + + + + + + Gets the value of this level. + + + The value of this level. + + + + Gets the value of this level. + + + + + + Gets the display name of this level. + + + The display name of this level. + + + + Gets the display name of this level. + + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper arround + + A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new LevelCollection is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection. + + The LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + + Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Adds a to the end of the LevelCollection. + + The to be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes all elements from the LevelCollection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the LevelCollection. + + The to check for. + true if is found in the LevelCollection; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the LevelCollection. + + The to locate in the LevelCollection. + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire LevelCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the LevelCollection. + + The to remove from the LevelCollection. + + The specified was not found in the LevelCollection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection. + + An for the entire LevelCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection. + + The LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current LevelCollection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current LevelCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain. + + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + A value + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The threshold for triggering + + + + + Create a new evaluator using the threshold. + + + + Create a new evaluator using the threshold. + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + Create a new evaluator using the specified threshold. + + the threshold to trigger at + + + Create a new evaluator using the specified threshold. + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + Is this the triggering event? + + The event to check + This method returns true, if the event level + is equal or higher than the . + Otherwise it returns false + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + the threshold to trigger at + + + The that will cause this evaluator to trigger + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + Mapping between string name and Level object + + + + Mapping between string name and object. + This mapping is held separately for each . + The level name is case insensitive. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Mapping from level name to Level object. The + level name is case insensitive + + + + + Construct the level map + + + + Construct the level map. + + + + + + Clear the internal maps of all levels + + + + Clear the internal maps of all levels + + + + + + Create a new Level and add it to the map + + the string to display for the Level + the level value to give to the Level + + + Create a new Level and add it to the map + + + + + + + Create a new Level and add it to the map + + the string to display for the Level + the level value to give to the Level + the display name to give to the Level + + + Create a new Level and add it to the map + + + + + + Add a Level to the map + + the Level to add + + + Add a Level to the map + + + + + + Lookup a named level from the map + + the name of the level to lookup is taken from this level. + If the level is not set on the map then this level is added + the level in the map with the name specified + + + Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken + from the property of the + argument. + + + If no level with the specified name is found then the + argument is added to the level map + and returned. + + + + + + Lookup a by name + + The name of the Level to lookup + a Level from the map with the name specified + + + Returns the from the + map with the name specified. If the no level is + found then null is returned. + + + + + + Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects. + + all possible levels as a list of Level objects + + + Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects. + + + + + + The internal representation of caller location information. + + + + This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate + a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack. + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the + .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not + available on that framework. + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds: + + + "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations. + By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The + debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column + information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace + might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations + that occur during optimization." + + + This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may + not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + When location information is not available the constant + NA is returned. Current value of this string + constant is ?. + + + + + Constructor + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class based on the current thread. + + + + + + Constructor + + The fully qualified class name. + The method name. + The file name. + The line number of the method within the file. + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified data. + + + + + + Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging + request. + + + The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging + request. + + + + Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging + request. + + + + + + Gets the file name of the caller. + + + The file name of the caller. + + + + Gets the file name of the caller. + + + + + + Gets the line number of the caller. + + + The line number of the caller. + + + + Gets the line number of the caller. + + + + + + Gets the method name of the caller. + + + The method name of the caller. + + + + Gets the method name of the caller. + + + + + + Gets all available caller information + + + All available caller information, in the format + fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line) + + + + Gets all available caller information, in the format + fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line) + + + + + + Static manager that controls the creation of repositories + + + + Static manager that controls the creation of repositories + + + This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g. ) + to provide access to the objects. + + + This manager also holds the that is used to + lookup and create repositories. The selector can be set either programmatically using + the property, or by setting the log4net.RepositorySelector + AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the + selector to use. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used. + + + + Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used. + + + + + + Hook the shutdown event + + + + On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the + AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload> events. + These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits. + + + + + + Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain + + + + This needs to be in a separate method because the events make + a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because + this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot + catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the + caller. + + + + + + Return the default instance. + + the repository to lookup in + Return the default instance + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The default instance. + + + + Return the default instance. + + the repository to lookup in + Return the default instance + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The default instance. + + + Returns the default instance. + + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + The repository to lookup in. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the + specified repository. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the + specified assembly's repository. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository. + + The repository to lookup in. + All the defined loggers. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + All the defined loggers. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + The repository to lookup in. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + + + + Shorthand for . + + The repository to lookup in. + The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + + + + + Shorthand for . + + the assembly to use to lookup the repository + The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + + + + + Shuts down the log4net system. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the + default repositories. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + The repository to shutdown. + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository for the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using + the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + The repository to reset. + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository to reset. + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An Exception will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An Exception will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + An array of all the known objects. + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + + + + + Internal method to get pertinent version info. + + A string of version info. + + + + Called when the event fires + + the that is exiting + null + + + Called when the event fires. + + + When the event is triggered the log4net system is . + + + + + + Called when the event fires + + the that is exiting + null + + + Called when the event fires. + + + When the event is triggered the log4net system is . + + + + + + Initialize the default repository selector + + + + + Gets or sets the repository selector used by the . + + + The repository selector used by the . + + + + The repository selector () is used by + the to create and select repositories + (). + + + The caller to supplies either a string name + or an assembly (if not supplied the assembly is inferred using + ). + + + This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository. + + + For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector; + for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default + repository. + + + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + + + This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + The logger to wrap. + + + Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + + + + + The logger that this object is wrapping + + + + + Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object. + + + The object that this object is implementing. + + + + The Logger object may not be the same object as this object + because of logger decorators. + + + This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process + the log events. + + + + + + Portable data structure used by + + + + Portable data structure used by + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The logger name. + + + + The logger name. + + + + + + Level of logging event. + + + + Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable + because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it + cannot be declared final either. + + + + + + The application supplied message. + + + + The application supplied message of logging event. + + + + + + The name of thread + + + + The name of thread in which this logging event was generated + + + + + + The time the event was logged + + + + The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer. + + + + + + Location information for the caller. + + + + Location information for the caller. + + + + + + String representation of the user + + + + String representation of the user's windows name, + like DOMAIN\username + + + + + + String representation of the identity. + + + + String representation of the current thread's principal identity. + + + + + + The string representation of the exception + + + + The string representation of the exception + + + + + + String representation of the AppDomain. + + + + String representation of the AppDomain. + + + + + + Additional event specific properties + + + + A logger or an appender may attach additional + properties to specific events. These properties + have a string key and an object value. + + + + + + Flags passed to the property + + + + Flags passed to the property + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Fix the MDC + + + + + Fix the NDC + + + + + Fix the rendered message + + + + + Fix the thread name + + + + + Fix the callers location information + + + CAUTION: Very slow to generate + + + + + Fix the callers windows user name + + + CAUTION: Slow to generate + + + + + Fix the domain friendly name + + + + + Fix the callers principal name + + + CAUTION: May be slow to generate + + + + + Fix the exception text + + + + + Fix the event properties + + + + + No fields fixed + + + + + All fields fixed + + + + + Partial fields fixed + + + + This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed: + + + + + + + + + + + + + The internal representation of logging events. + + + + When an affirmative decision is made to log then a + instance is created. This instance + is passed around to the different log4net components. + + + This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net. + + + Some of the values in instances of + are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the + time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent + at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed + at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling + . There is a performance penalty + for incurred by calling but it + is essential to maintaining data consistency. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + The key into the Properties map for the host name value. + + + + + The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value. + + + + + The key into the Properties map for the user name value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + from the supplied parameters. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + The name of the logger of this event. + The level of this event. + The message of this event. + The exception for this event. + + + Except , and , + all fields of LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call + to cache all data locally + to prevent inconsistencies. + + This method is called by the log4net framework + to create a logging event. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + Data used to initialize the logging event. + The fields in the struct that have already been fixed. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + The parameter should be used to specify which fields in the + struct have been preset. Fields not specified in the + will be captured from the environment if requested or fixed. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + Data used to initialize the logging event. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + This constructor sets this objects flags to , + this assumes that all the data relating to this event is passed in via the + parameter and no other data should be captured from the environment. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + Data used to initialize the logging event. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + This constructor sets this objects flags to , + this assumes that all the data relating to this event is passed in via the + parameter and no other data should be captured from the environment. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Ensure that the repository is set. + + the value for the repository + + + + Write the rendered message to a TextWriter + + the writer to write the message to + + + Unlike the property this method + does store the message data in the internal cache. Therefore + if called only once this method should be faster than the + property, however if the message is + to be accessed multiple times then the property will be more efficient. + + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized. + + + The method must be called during the + method call if this event + is to be used outside that method. + + + + + + Gets the portable data for this . + + The for this event. + + + A new can be constructed using a + instance. + + + Does a fix of the data + in the logging event before returning the event data. + + + + + + Gets the portable data for this . + + The set of data to ensure is fixed in the LoggingEventData + The for this event. + + + A new can be constructed using a + instance. + + + + + + Returns this event's exception's rendered using the + . + + + This event's exception's rendered using the . + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + + Returns this event's exception's rendered using the + . + + + This event's exception's rendered using the . + + + + Returns this event's exception's rendered using the + . + + + + + + Fix instance fields that hold volatile data. + + + + Some of the values in instances of + are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the + time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent + at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed + at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling + . There is a performance penalty + incurred by calling but it + is essential to maintaining data consistency. + + + Calling is equivalent to + calling passing the parameter + false. + + + See for more + information. + + + + + + Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data. + + Set to true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix. + + + Some of the values in instances of + are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the + time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent + at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed + at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling + . There is a performance penalty + for incurred by calling but it + is essential to maintaining data consistency. + + + The param controls the data that + is fixed. Some of the data that can be fixed takes a long time to + generate, therefore if you do not require those settings to be fixed + they can be ignored by setting the param + to true. This setting will ignore the + and settings. + + + Set to false to ensure that all + settings are fixed. + + + + + + Fix the fields specified by the parameter + + the fields to fix + + + Only fields specified in the will be fixed. + Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed. + It is not possible to 'unfix' a field. + + + + + + Lookup a composite property in this event + + the key for the property to lookup + the value for the property + + + This event has composite properties that combine together properties from + several different contexts in the following order: + + + this events properties + + This event has that can be set. These + properties are specific to this event only. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + + + Get all the composite properties in this event + + the containing all the properties + + + See for details of the composite properties + stored by the event. + + + This method returns a single containing all the + properties defined for this event. + + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + The fully qualified Type of the calling + logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method). + + + + + The application supplied message of logging event. + + + + + The exception that was thrown. + + + This is not serialized. The string representation + is serialized instead. + + + + + The repository that generated the logging event + + + This is not serialized. + + + + + The fix state for this event + + + These flags indicate which fields have been fixed. + Not serialized. + + + + + Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed) + + + This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler + changes in the caching strategy. + + + + + Gets the time when the current process started. + + + This is the time when this process started. + + + + The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer. + + + Tries to get the start time for the current process. + Failing that it returns the time of the first call to + this property. + + + Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the + same process without the process terminating and therefore + without the process start time being reset. + + + + + + Gets the of the logging event. + + + The of the logging event. + + + + Gets the of the logging event. + + + + + + Gets the time of the logging event. + + + The time of the logging event. + + + + The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer. + + + + + + Gets the name of the logger that logged the event. + + + The name of the logger that logged the event. + + + + Gets the name of the logger that logged the event. + + + + + + Gets the location information for this logging event. + + + The location information for this logging event. + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + See the class for more information on + supported frameworks and the different behavior in Debug and + Release builds. + + + + + + Gets the message object used to initialize this event. + + + The message object used to initialize this event. + + + + Gets the message object used to initialize this event. + Note that this event may not have a valid message object. + If the event is serialized the message object will not + be transferred. To get the text of the message the + property must be used + not this property. + + + If there is no defined message object for this event then + null will be returned. + + + + + + Gets the exception object used to initialize this event. + + + The exception object used to initialize this event. + + + + Gets the exception object used to initialize this event. + Note that this event may not have a valid exception object. + If the event is serialized the exception object will not + be transferred. To get the text of the exception the + method must be used + not this property. + + + If there is no defined exception object for this event then + null will be returned. + + + + + + The that this event was created in. + + + + The that this event was created in. + + + + + + Gets the message, rendered through the . + + + The message rendered through the . + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + + + + Gets the name of the current thread. + + + The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when + the name is not available. + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + + + + Gets the name of the current user. + + + The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the + underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the + current user. + + + + Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of + the current windows user. + + + To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of + the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant. + Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render + the string. + + + However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to + return different objects every time, so the current implementation + doesn't do this type of caching. + + + Timing for these operations: + + + + Method + Results + + + WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() + 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds + + + WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name + 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds + + + + This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the + value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since + this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds. + + + + + + Gets the identity of the current thread principal. + + + The string name of the identity of the current thread principal. + + + + Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get + the name of the current thread principal. + + + + + + Gets the AppDomain friendly name. + + + The AppDomain friendly name. + + + + Gets the AppDomain friendly name. + + + + + + Additional event specific properties. + + + Additional event specific properties. + + + + A logger or an appender may attach additional + properties to specific events. These properties + have a string key and an object value. + + + This property is for events that have been added directly to + this event. The aggregate properties (which include these + event properties) can be retrieved using + and . + + + Once the properties have been fixed this property + returns the combined cached properties. This ensures that updates to + this property are always reflected in the underlying storage. When + returning the combined properties there may be more keys in the + Dictionary than expected. + + + + + + The fixed fields in this event + + + The set of fields that are fixed in this event + + + + Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed. + It is not possible to 'unfix' a field. + + + + + + Implementation of wrapper interface. + + + + This implementation of the interface + forwards to the held by the base class. + + + This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following + levels: + + + + DEBUG + + The and methods log messages + at the DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + INFO + + The and methods log messages + at the INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + WARN + + The and methods log messages + at the WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + ERROR + + The and methods log messages + at the ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + FATAL + + The and methods log messages + at the FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + + The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by + configuring the for the repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into + the log4net framework. + + + + Use the to obtain logger instances + that implement this interface. The + static method is used to get logger instances. + + + This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also + has properties for determining if those logging levels are + enabled in the current configuration. + + + This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation + specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual + implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to + do things differently. + + + Simple example of logging messages + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); + + log.Info("Application Start"); + log.Debug("This is a debug message"); + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is another debug message"); + } + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Log a message object with the level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Logs a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + INFO enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Log a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + WARN enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Logs a message object with the level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Log a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + + This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of + disabled log debug statements. + + For some ILog interface log, when you write: + + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + + + You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in + this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not. + + + If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write: + + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way you will not incur the cost of parameter + construction if debugging is disabled for log. On + the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you + will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug + enabled twice. Once in and once in + the . This is an insignificant overhead + since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it + takes to actually log. This is the preferred style of logging. + + Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug + enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this: + + + private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled; + + + Then when you come to log you can write: + + + if (isDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way the debug enabled state is only queried once + when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly + variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant + and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler. + + + Of course if you use a static readonly variable to + hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot + change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging + that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute + speed or runtime flexibility. + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + The logger to wrap. + + + Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + + + + + Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes + + the repository holding the levels + + + Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes + + + + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + DEBUG level. If this logger is + DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + INFO level. If this logger is + INFO enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level. + + the message object to log + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + WARN level. If this logger is + WARN enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + ERROR level. If this logger is + ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + FATAL level. If this logger is + FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Event handler for the event + + the repository + Empty + + + + The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass. + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG + level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events, + false otherwise. + + + + This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of + disabled log debug statements. + + + For some log Logger object, when you write: + + + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + + + You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in + this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not. + + + If you are worried about speed, then you should write: + + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled()) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way you will not incur the cost of parameter + construction if debugging is disabled for log. On + the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you + will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug + enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in + the Debug. This is an insignificant overhead + since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it + takes to actually log. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for INFO events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples + of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for WARN events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples + of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples of using this method. + + + + + + + A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources + + + + A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources + for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate + a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Impersonate this SecurityContext + + State supplied by the caller + An instance that will + revoke the impersonation of this SecurityContext, or null + + + Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current + thread should now be made in the security context provided + by this object. When the result + method is called the security + context of the thread should be reverted to the state it was in + before was called. + + + + + + The providers default instances. + + + + A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system + resources uses a to provide the elevated + privileges required. If the object has + been not been explicitly provided to the component then the component + will request one from this . + + + By default the is + an instance of which returns only + objects. This is a reasonable default + where the privileges required are not know by the system. + + + This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the + and overriding the method to return + the desired objects. The default provider + can be replaced by programmatically setting the value of the + property. + + + An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute + This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the + log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute". The attribute takes + the type to use as the as an argument. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The default provider + + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing + + + + + + Create a SecurityContext for a consumer + + The consumer requesting the SecurityContext + An impersonation context + + + The default implementation is to return a . + + + Subclasses should override this method to provide their own + behavior. + + + + + + Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider + + + The default SecurityContextProvider + + + + The default provider is used by configured components that + require a and have not had one + given to them. + + + By default this is an instance of + that returns objects. + + + The default provider can be set programmatically by setting + the value of this property to a sub class of + that has the desired behavior. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. + + The logger to wrap in a wrapper. + + + Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate + is called from the + method to construct the wrapper for the specified logger. + + + The delegate to use is supplied to the + constructor. + + + + + + Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects. + + + + This class maintains a mapping between objects and + objects. Use the method to + lookup the for the specified . + + + New wrapper instances are created by the + method. The default behavior is for this method to delegate construction + of the wrapper to the delegate supplied + to the constructor. This allows specialization of the behavior without + requiring subclassing of this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + + The handler to use to create the wrapper objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified handler to create the wrapper objects. + + + + + + Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger. + + The wrapper object for the specified logger + + + If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null. + + + Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and + returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then + the virtual method is + called. + + + + + + Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger. + + The logger to wrap in a wrapper. + The wrapper object for the logger. + + + This implementation uses the + passed to the constructor to create the wrapper. This method + can be overridden in a subclass. + + + + + + Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received. + + The that is shutting down + + + This method is called when a that this + is holding loggers for has signaled its shutdown + event . The default + behavior of this method is to release the references to the loggers + and their wrappers generated for this repository. + + + + + + Event handler for repository shutdown event. + + The sender of the event. + The event args. + + + + Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings + + + + + The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects. + + + + + Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events. + + + + + Gets the map of logger repositories. + + + Map of logger repositories. + + + + Gets the hashtable that is keyed on . The + values are hashtables keyed on with the + value being the corresponding . + + + + + + Formats a as "HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + + Formats a in the format "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Render a as a string. + + + + Interface to abstract the rendering of a + instance into a string. + + + The method is used to render the + date to a text writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Formats the specified date as a string. + + The date to format. + The writer to write to. + + + Format the as a string and write it + to the provided. + + + + + + String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE. + + + + + String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE. + + + + + String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601. + + + + + Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss". + + The date to render into a string. + The string builder to write to. + + + Subclasses should override this method to render the date + into a string using a precision up to the second. This method + will be called at most once per second and the result will be + reused if it is needed again during the same second. + + + + + + Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff". + + The date to render into a string. + The writer to write to. + + + Uses the method to generate the + time string up to the seconds and then appends the current + milliseconds. The results from are + cached and is called at most once + per second. + + + Sub classes should override + rather than . + + + + + + Last stored time with precision up to the second. + + + + + Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted + as a string. + + + + + Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted + as a string. + + + + + Formats a as "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" + + + + Formats a in the format + "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, + "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Angelika Schnagl + + + + Default constructor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Formats the date without the milliseconds part + + The date to format. + The string builder to write to. + + + Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss" + for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37". + + + The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section. + This method will only be called at most once per second. + + + + + + The format info for the invariant culture. + + + + + Formats the as "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + + Formats the specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Formats the date without the milliseconds part + + The date to format. + The string builder to write to. + + + Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss". + + + The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section. + This method will only be called at most once per second. + + + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The format string. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified format string. + + + The format string must be compatible with the options + that can be supplied to . + + + + + + Formats the date using . + + The date to convert to a string. + The writer to write to. + + + Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call + the method to format the date. + + + + + + The format string used to format the . + + + + The format string must be compatible with the options + that can be supplied to . + + + + + + This filter drops all . + + + + You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to + switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise" + filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise" + behavior. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering + + + + Users should extend this class to implement customized logging + event filtering. Note that and + , the parent class of all standard + appenders, have built-in filtering rules. It is suggested that you + first use and understand the built-in rules before rushing to write + your own custom filters. + + + This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be + organized in a linear chain. The + method of each filter is called sequentially, in the order of their + addition to the chain. + + + The method must return one + of the integer constants , + or . + + + If the value is returned, then the log event is dropped + immediately without consulting with the remaining filters. + + + If the value is returned, then the next filter + in the chain is consulted. If there are no more filters in the + chain, then the log event is logged. Thus, in the presence of no + filters, the default behavior is to log all logging events. + + + If the value is returned, then the log + event is logged without consulting the remaining filters. + + + The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the + Linux ipchains. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering + + + + Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging + event filtering. Note that and + , the parent class of all standard + appenders, have built-in filtering rules. It is suggested that you + first use and understand the built-in rules before rushing to write + your own custom filters. + + + This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be + organized in a linear chain. The + method of each filter is called sequentially, in the order of their + addition to the chain. + + + The method must return one + of the integer constants , + or . + + + If the value is returned, then the log event is dropped + immediately without consulting with the remaining filters. + + + If the value is returned, then the next filter + in the chain is consulted. If there are no more filters in the + chain, then the log event is logged. Thus, in the presence of no + filters, the default behavior is to log all logging events. + + + If the value is returned, then the log + event is logged without consulting the remaining filters. + + + The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the + Linux ipchains. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender. + + The LoggingEvent to decide upon + The decision of the filter + + + If the decision is , then the event will be + dropped. If the decision is , then the next + filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then + the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in + the chain. + + + + + + Property to get and set the next filter + + + The next filter in the chain + + + + Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in + the chain to be accessed. + + + + + + Points to the next filter in the filter chain. + + + + See for more information. + + + + + + Initialize the filter with the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Typically filter's options become active immediately on set, + however this method must still be called. + + + + + + Decide if the should be logged through an appender. + + The to decide upon + The decision of the filter + + + If the decision is , then the event will be + dropped. If the decision is , then the next + filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then + the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in + the chain. + + + This method is marked abstract and must be implemented + in a subclass. + + + + + + Property to get and set the next filter + + + The next filter in the chain + + + + Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in + the chain to be accessed. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Always returns the integer constant + + the LoggingEvent to filter + Always returns + + + Ignores the event being logged and just returns + . This can be used to change the default filter + chain behavior from to . This filter + should only be used as the last filter in the chain + as any further filters will be ignored! + + + + + + The return result from + + + + The return result from + + + + + + The log event must be dropped immediately without + consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain. + + + + + This filter is neutral with respect to the log event. + The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision. + + + + + The log event must be logged immediately without + consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain. + + + + + This is a very simple filter based on matching. + + + + The filter admits two options and + . If there is an exact match between the value + of the option and the of the + , then the method returns in + case the option value is set + to true, if it is false then + is returned. If the does not match then + the result will be . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + flag to indicate if the filter should on a match + + + + + the to match against + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Tests if the of the logging event matches that of the filter + + the event to filter + see remarks + + + If the of the event matches the level of the + filter then the result of the function depends on the + value of . If it is true then + the function will return , it it is false then it + will return . If the does not match then + the result will be . + + + + + + when matching + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + The that the filter will match + + + + The level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + This is a simple filter based on matching. + + + + The filter admits three options and + that determine the range of priorities that are matched, and + . If there is a match between the range + of priorities and the of the , then the + method returns in case the + option value is set to true, if it is false + then is returned. If there is no match, is returned. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a + + + + + the minimum value to match + + + + + the maximum value to match + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Check if the event should be logged. + + the logging event to check + see remarks + + + If the of the logging event is outside the range + matched by this filter then + is returned. If the is matched then the value of + is checked. If it is true then + is returned, otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + when matching and + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + Set the minimum matched + + + + The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Sets the maximum matched + + + + The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name. + + + + The works very similar to the . It admits two + options and . If the + of the starts + with the value of the option, then the + method returns in + case the option value is set to true, + if it is false then is returned. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match + + + + + The logger name string to substring match against the event + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The rendered message is matched against the . + If the equals the beginning of + the incoming () + then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + when matching + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + The that the filter will match + + + + This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in + the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the + logger name (using ). The match is + case sensitive. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Simple filter to match a keyed string in the + + + + Simple filter to match a keyed string in the + + + As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the + should be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Simple filter to match a string an event property + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the value for a + specific event property + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match + + + + + The string to substring match against the message + + + + + A string regex to match + + + + + A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch) + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Initialize and precompile the Regex if required + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The rendered message is matched against the . + If the occurs as a substring within + the message then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + when matching or + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + Sets the static string to match + + + + The string that will be substring matched against + the rendered message. If the message contains this + string then the filter will match. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + One of or + must be specified. + + + + + + Sets the regular expression to match + + + + The regular expression pattern that will be matched against + the rendered message. If the message matches this + pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + One of or + must be specified. + + + + + + The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The event property for the is matched against + the . + If the occurs as a substring within + the property value then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against. + + + + The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the + . The match will be performed against + the value of this property if it exists. + + + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the + + + As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the + properties collections the should + be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Sets the to "NDC". + + + + + + Write the event appdomain name to the output + + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + Nicko Cadell + + + + Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that + derived classes need. + + + Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to + individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for + converting a logging event in a converter specific manner. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that + derived classes need. + + + + Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to + individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for + converting a logging event in a converter specific manner. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initial buffer size + + + + + Maximum buffer size before it is recycled + + + + + Protected constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way. + + + + + + Set the next pattern converter in the chains + + the pattern converter that should follow this converter in the chain + the next converter + + + The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class). + Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in. + + + + + + Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + This method calls to allow the subclass to perform + appropriate conversion of the pattern converter. If formatting options have + been specified via the then this method will + apply those formattings before writing the output. + + + + + + Fast space padding method. + + to which the spaces will be appended. + The number of spaces to be padded. + + + Fast space padding method. + + + + + + The option string to the converter + + + + + Write an dictionary to a + + the writer to write to + a to use for object conversion + the value to write to the writer + + + Writes the to a writer in the form: + + + {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3} + + + If the specified + is not null then it is used to render the key and value to text, otherwise + the object's ToString method is called. + + + + + + Write an object to a + + the writer to write to + a to use for object conversion + the value to write to the writer + + + Writes the Object to a writer. If the specified + is not null then it is used to render the object to text, otherwise + the object's ToString method is called. + + + + + + Get the next pattern converter in the chain + + + the next pattern converter in the chain + + + + Get the next pattern converter in the chain + + + + + + Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter + + + The formatting info for this converter + + + + Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter + + + + + + Gets or sets the option value for this converter + + + The option for this converter + + + + Gets or sets the option value for this converter + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + + Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions + + + false if this converter handles exceptions + + + + + Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception + + false if this converter handles the logging event exception + + + If this converter handles the exception object contained within + , then this property should be set to + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the property should be set to true. + + + Set this value to override a this default setting. The default + value is true, this converter does not handle the exception. + + + + + + Write the event appdomain name to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the output . + + + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the date of a . + + + + Render the to the writer as a string. + + + The value of the determines + the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed: + + + Option value + Output + + + ISO8601 + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern. + + + + DATE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + + ABSOLUTE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + + other + + Any other pattern string uses the formatter. + This formatter passes the pattern string to the + method. + For details on valid patterns see + DateTimeFormatInfo Class. + + + + + + The is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone. + To output the time in Universal time see . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + + + Initialize the converter pattern based on the property. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Convert the pattern into the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Pass the to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The passed is in the local time zone. + + + + + + Write the exception text to the output + + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + + + If there is no exception then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Write the exception text to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + + + If there is no exception then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + + + + Writes the caller location file name to the output + + + + Writes the value of the for + the event to the output writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the caller location file name to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the value of the for + the to the output . + + + + + + Write the caller location info to the output + + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the caller location info to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + + + + Writes the event identity to the output + + + + Writes the value of the to + the output writer. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the event identity to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the value of the + to + the output . + + + + + + Write the event level to the output + + + + Writes the display name of the event + to the writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the event level to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the of the + to the . + + + + + + Write the caller location line number to the output + + + + Writes the value of the for + the event to the output writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the caller location line number to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the value of the for + the to the output . + + + + + + Converter for logger name + + + + Outputs the of the event. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings + + + + This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string + to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side. + This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified. + + + Subclasses should override the method to + return the fully qualified string. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initialize the converter + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Get the fully qualified string data + + the event being logged + the fully qualified name + + + Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the + precision is applied to it. + + + Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string. + + + + + + Convert the pattern to the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + Render the to the precision + specified by the property. + + + + + Gets the fully qualified name of the logger + + the event being logged + The fully qualified logger name + + + Returns the of the . + + + + + + Writes the event message to the output + + + + Uses the method + to write out the event message. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the event message to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Uses the method + to write out the event message. + + + + + + Write the method name to the output + + + + Writes the caller location to + the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the method name to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the caller location to + the output. + + + + + + Converter to include event NDC + + + + Outputs the value of the event property named NDC. + + + The should be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the event NDC to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties + this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property. + + + The should be used instead. + + + + + + Property pattern converter + + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the property value to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + + + + Converter to output the relative time of the event + + + + Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the relative time to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds. + That is the number of milliseconds between the event + and the . + + + + + + Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects + + start time (in the current local time zone) + end time (in the current local time zone) + the time difference in milliseconds + + + + Converter to include event thread name + + + + Writes the to the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the ThreadName to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the . + + + + + + Pattern converter for the class name + + + + Outputs the of the event. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets the fully qualified name of the class + + the event being logged + The fully qualified type name for the caller location + + + Returns the of the . + + + + + + Converter to include event user name + + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + + + + Convert the pattern to the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + + Write the TimeStamp to the output + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the date of a . + + + Uses a to format the + in Universal time. + + + See the for details on the date pattern syntax. + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the TimeStamp to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Pass the to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The passed is in the local time zone, this is converted + to Universal time before it is rendered. + + + + + + + A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event + + + + A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event. + + + This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple + layouts (e.g. ). + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format. + + + + This is the base implementation of the + interface. Most layout objects should extend this class. + + + + + + Subclasses must implement the + method. + + + Subclasses should set the in their default + constructor. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface implemented by layout objects + + + + An object is used to format a + as text. The method is called by an + appender to transform the into a string. + + + The layout can also supply and + text that is appender before any events and after all the events respectively. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + The event to format + + + This method is called by an appender to format + the as text and output to a writer. + + + If the caller does not have a and prefers the + event to be formatted as a then the following + code can be used to format the event into a . + + + StringWriter writer = new StringWriter(); + Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent); + string formattedEvent = writer.ToString(); + + + + + + The content type output by this layout. + + The content type + + + The content type output by this layout. + + + This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain". + + + + + + The header for the layout format. + + the layout header + + + The Header text will be appended before any logging events + are formatted and appended. + + + + + + The footer for the layout format. + + the layout footer + + + The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events + have been formatted and appended. + + + + + + Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions + + false if this layout handles exceptions + + + If this layout handles the exception object contained within + , then the layout should return + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the layout should return true. + + + + + + The header text + + + + See for more information. + + + + + + The footer text + + + + See for more information. + + + + + + Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions + + + + false if this layout handles exceptions + + + + + + Empty default constructor + + + + Empty default constructor + + + + + + Activate component options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + This method must be implemented by the subclass. + + + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + The event to format + + + This method is called by an appender to format + the as text. + + + + + + The content type output by this layout. + + The content type is "text/plain" + + + The content type output by this layout. + + + This base class uses the value "text/plain". + To change this value a subclass must override this + property. + + + + + + The header for the layout format. + + the layout header + + + The Header text will be appended before any logging events + are formatted and appended. + + + + + + The footer for the layout format. + + the layout footer + + + The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events + have been formatted and appended. + + + + + + Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions + + false if this layout handles exceptions + + + If this layout handles the exception object contained within + , then the layout should return + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the layout should return true. + + + Set this value to override a this default setting. The default + value is true, this layout does not handle the exception. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Constructs a ExceptionLayout + + + + + + Activate component options + + + + Part of the component activation + framework. + + + This method does nothing as options become effective immediately. + + + + + + Gets the exception text from the logging event + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + the event being logged + + + Write the exception string to the . + The exception string is retrieved from . + + + + + + Interface for raw layout objects + + + + Interface used to format a + to an object. + + + This interface should not be confused with the + interface. This interface is used in + only certain specialized situations where a raw object is + required rather than a formatted string. The + is not generally useful than this interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The event to format + returns the formatted event + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + + + + + Adapts any to a + + + + Where an is required this adapter + allows a to be specified. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The layout to adapt + + + + + Construct a new adapter + + the layout to adapt + + + Create the adapter for the specified . + + + + + + Format the logging event as an object. + + The event to format + returns the formatted event + + + Format the logging event as an object. + + + Uses the object supplied to + the constructor to perform the formatting. + + + + + + A flexible layout configurable with pattern string. + + + + The goal of this class is to a + as a string. The results + depend on the conversion pattern. + + + The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion + pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is + composed of literal text and format control expressions called + conversion specifiers. + + + You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion + pattern. + + + Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is + followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion + pattern name. The conversion pattern name specifies the type of + data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format + modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and + right justification. The following is a simple example. + + + Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume + that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the + statements + + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp)); + log.Debug("Message 1"); + log.Warn("Message 2"); + + would yield the output + + DEBUG [main]: Message 1 + WARN [main]: Message 2 + + + Note that there is no explicit separator between text and + conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached + the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion + character. In the example above the conversion specifier + %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left + justified to a width of five characters. + + + The recognized conversion pattern names are: + + + + Conversion Pattern Name + Effect + + + a + Equivalent to appdomain + + + appdomain + + Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the + logging event was generated. + + + + c + Equivalent to logger + + + C + Equivalent to type + + + class + Equivalent to type + + + d + Equivalent to date + + + date + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone. + To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + exception + + + Used to output the exception passed in with the log message. + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + If there is no exception then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + + + F + Equivalent to file + + + file + + + Used to output the file name where the logging request was + issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + identity + + + Used to output the user name for the currently active user + (Principal.Identity.Name). + + + WARNING Generating caller information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + + + l + Equivalent to location + + + L + Equivalent to line + + + location + + + Used to output location information of the caller which generated + the logging event. + + + The location information depends on the CLI implementation but + usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling + method followed by the callers source the file name and line + number between parentheses. + + + The location information can be very useful. However, its + generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided + unless execution speed is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + level + + + Used to output the level of the logging event. + + + + + line + + + Used to output the line number from where the logging request + was issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + logger + + + Used to output the logger of the logging event. The + logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by + precision specifier, that is a decimal constant in + brackets. + + + If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding + number of right most components of the logger name will be + printed. By default the logger name is printed in full. + + + For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern + %logger{2} will output "b.c". + + + + + m + Equivalent to message + + + M + Equivalent to method + + + message + + + Used to output the application supplied message associated with + the logging event. + + + + + mdc + + + The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the + combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility + but is equivalent to property. + + + + + method + + + Used to output the method name where the logging request was + issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + n + Equivalent to newline + + + newline + + + Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or + characters. + + + This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using + non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n". + Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator. + + + + + ndc + + + Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated + with the thread that generated the logging event. + + + + + p + Equivalent to level + + + P + Equivalent to property + + + properties + Equivalent to property + + + property + + + Used to output the an event specific property. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value + from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value + that is to be included in the log must be specified separately. + Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default + the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on + which the event was originally logged. + + + If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their + values are printed in a comma separated list. + + + The properties of an event are combined from a number of different + contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched. + + + + the event properties + + The event has that can be set. These + properties are specific to this event only. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + + r + Equivalent to timestamp + + + t + Equivalent to thread + + + timestamp + + + Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start + of the application until the creation of the logging event. + + + + + thread + + + Used to output the name of the thread that generated the + logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available. + + + + + type + + + Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller + issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier + can be optionally followed by precision specifier, that + is a decimal constant in brackets. + + + If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding + number of right most components of the class name will be + printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form. + + + For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the + pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout". + + + WARNING Generating the caller class information is + slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is + not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + u + Equivalent to identity + + + username + + + Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently + active user. + + + WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + + + utcdate + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + w + Equivalent to username + + + x + Equivalent to ndc + + + X + Equivalent to mdc + + + % + + + The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign. + + + + + + The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the + longer more descriptive pattern names. + + + By default the relevant information is output as is. However, + with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the + minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification. + + + The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign + and the conversion pattern name. + + + The first optional format modifier is the left justification + flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the + optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal + constant that represents the minimum number of characters to + output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on + either the left or the right until the minimum width is + reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you + can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The + padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the + minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the + data. The value is never truncated. + + + This behavior can be changed using the maximum field + width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a + decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum + field, then the extra characters are removed from the + beginning of the data item and not from the end. For + example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is + ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item + are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C + where truncation is done from the end. + + + Below are various format modifier examples for the logger + conversion specifier. + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Format modifierleft justifyminimum widthmaximum widthcomment
%20loggerfalse20none + + Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20 + characters long. + +
%-20loggertrue20none + + Right pad with spaces if the logger + name is less than 20 characters long. + +
%.30loggerNAnone30 + + Truncate from the beginning if the logger + name is longer than 30 characters. + +
%20.30loggerfalse2030 + + Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20 + characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters, + then truncate from the beginning. + +
%-20.30loggertrue2030 + + Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20 + characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters, + then truncate from the beginning. + +
+
+ + Note about caller location information.
+ The following patterns %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M + all generate caller location information. + Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate + a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack. + + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the + .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not + available on that framework. + + + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds: + + + "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations. + By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The + debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column + information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace + might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations + that occur during optimization." + + + This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may + not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build. + + + + Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific + instance using the method. + + + + This is a more detailed pattern. + %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline + + + A similar pattern except that the relative time is + right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if + less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger + name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if + longer. + %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + Default pattern string for log output. + + + + Default pattern string for log output. + Currently set to the string "%message%newline" + which just prints the application supplied message. + + + + + + A detailed conversion pattern + + + + A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context. + Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline. + + + + + + Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types. + + + + This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map + + + + + + the pattern + + + + + the head of the pattern converter chain + + + + + patterns defined on this PatternLayout only + + + + + Initialize the global registry + + + + Defines the builtin global rules. + + + + + + Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern + + + + The default pattern just produces the application supplied message. + + + Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method + . If you override this method be + aware that it will be called before your is called constructor. + + + As per the contract the + method must be called after the properties on this object have been + configured. + + + + + + Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern + + the pattern to use + + + Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method + . If you override this method be + aware that it will be called before your is called constructor. + + + When using this constructor the method + need not be called. This may not be the case when using a subclass. + + + + + + Create the pattern parser instance + + the pattern to parse + The that will format the event + + + Creates the used to parse the conversion string. Sets the + global and instance rules on the . + + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern. + + the event being logged + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Parse the using the patter format + specified in the property. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternLayout + + the converter info + + + This version of the method is used by the configurator. + Programmatic users should use the alternative method. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternLayout + + the name of the conversion pattern for this converter + the type of the converter + + + Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This + converter will be used in the formatting of the event. + This method must be called before . + + + The specified must extend the + type. + + + + + + The pattern formatting string + + + + The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which + controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and + conversion specifiers. + + + + + + Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types + + + + Pattern converter info class used during configuration to + pass to the + method. + + + + + + default constructor + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern + + + + The name of the pattern in the format string + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the converter + + + + The value specified must extend the + type. + + + + + + Type converter for the interface + + + + Used to convert objects to the interface. + Supports converting from the interface to + the interface using the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface supported by type converters + + + + This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types + to a single target type. See . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Test if the can be converted to the + type supported by this converter. + + + + + + Convert the source object to the type supported by this object + + the object to convert + the converted object + + + Converts the to the type supported + by this converter. + + + + + + Can the sourceType be converted to an + + the source to be to be converted + true if the source type can be converted to + + + Test if the can be converted to a + . Only is supported + as the . + + + + + + Convert the value to a object + + the value to convert + the object + + + Convert the object to a + object. If the object + is a then the + is used to adapt between the two interfaces, otherwise an + exception is thrown. + + + + + + Extract the value of a property from the + + + + Extract the value of a property from the + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructs a RawPropertyLayout + + + + + Lookup the property for + + The event to format + returns property value + + + Looks up and returns the object value of the property + named . If there is no property defined + with than name then null will be returned. + + + + + + The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection. + + + Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection + + + + String name of the property to lookup in the . + + + + + + Extract the date from the + + + + Extract the date from the + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout + + + + + Gets the as a . + + The event to format + returns the time stamp + + + Gets the as a . + + + The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp + in universal time use . + + + + + + Extract the date from the + + + + Extract the date from the + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout + + + + + Gets the as a . + + The event to format + returns the time stamp + + + Gets the as a . + + + The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp + in local time use . + + + + + + A very simple layout + + + + SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement, + followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example, + + DEBUG - Hello world + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs a SimpleLayout + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Produces a simple formatted output. + + the event being logged + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Formats the event as the level of the even, + followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The + output is terminated by a newline. + + + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements. + + + + The output of the consists of a series of + log4net:event elements. It does not output a complete well-formed XML + file. The output is designed to be included as an external entity + in a separate file to form a correct XML file. + + + For example, if abc is the name of the file where + the output goes, then a well-formed XML file would + be: + + + <?xml version="1.0" ?> + + <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]> + + <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2> + &data; + </log4net:events> + + + This approach enforces the independence of the + and the appender where it is embedded. + + + The version attribute helps components to correctly + interpret output generated by . The value of + this attribute should be "1.2" for release 1.2 and later. + + + Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be + configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag. + When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential + that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data + will become invalid XML. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements. + + + + This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation + to conform to a specific schema. + + + Deriving classes must implement the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Protected constructor to support subclasses + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with no location info. + + + + + + Protected constructor to support subclasses + + + + The parameter determines whether + location information will be output by the layout. If + is set to true, then the + file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log + statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Produces a formatted string. + + The event being logged. + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Format the and write it to the . + + + This method creates an that writes to the + . The is passed + to the method. Subclasses should override the + method rather than this method. + + + + + + Does the actual writing of the XML. + + The writer to use to output the event to. + The event to write. + + + Subclasses should override this method to format + the as XML. + + + + + + Flag to indicate if location information should be included in + the XML events. + + + + + Writer adapter that ignores Close + + + + + The string to replace invalid chars with + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in + the XML events. + + + true if location information should be included in the XML + events; otherwise, false. + + + + If is set to true, then the file + name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log + statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with. + + + Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the + string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it + to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more + details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets + Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names + and the property values. + + + + + + + Gets the content type output by this layout. + + + As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml". + + + + As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml". + + + + + + Constructs an XmlLayout + + + + + Constructs an XmlLayout. + + + + The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By + default, it is set to false which means there will be no location + information output by this layout. If the the option is set to + true, then the file name and line number of the statement + at the origin of the log statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Builds a cache of the element names + + + + + + Does the actual writing of the XML. + + The writer to use to output the event to. + The event to write. + + + Override the base class method + to write the to the . + + + + + + The prefix to use for all generated element names + + + + + The prefix to use for all element names + + + + The default prefix is log4net. Set this property + to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string + then no prefix will be written. + + + + + + Set whether or not to base64 encode the message. + + + + By default the log message will be written as text to the xml + output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary + data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be + base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement + (see ) will not be performed + on the log message. + + + + + + Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values. + + + + By default the properties will be written as text to the xml + output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain + binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties + will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement + (see ) will not be performed + on the property values. + + + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema + + + + Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The 1st of January 1970 in UTC + + + + + Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j + + + + + Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j. + + + + The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By + default, it is set to false which means there will be no location + information output by this layout. If the the option is set to + true, then the file name and line number of the statement + at the origin of the log statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + Actually do the writing of the xml + + the writer to use + the event to write + + + Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema. + + + + + + The version of the log4j schema to use. + + + + Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported. + + + + + + The default object Renderer. + + + + The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings. + + + See the method for details of the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings + + + + Certain types require special case conversion to + string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer. + Object renderers implement the + interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Render the object to a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + The object to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the object to a + string. + + + The parameter is + provided to lookup and render other objects. This is + very useful where contains + nested objects of unknown type. The + method can be used to render these objects. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Render the object to a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + The object to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the object to a string. + + + The parameter is + provided to lookup and render other objects. This is + very useful where contains + nested objects of unknown type. The + method can be used to render these objects. + + + The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows: + + + + Value + Rendered String + + + null + + "(null)" + + + + + + + For a one dimensional array this is the + array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. + + + For example: int[] {1, 2, 3}. + + + If the array is not one dimensional the + Array.ToString() is returned. + + + + + , & + + + Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. + + + For example: {a, b, c}. + + + All collection classes that implement its subclasses, + or generic equivalents all implement the interface. + + + + + + + + Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate + renderer). + + + For example: key=value. + + + + + other + + Object.ToString() + + + + + + + + Render the array argument into a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + the array to render + The writer to render to + + + For a one dimensional array this is the + array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. For example: + int[] {1, 2, 3}. + + + If the array is not one dimensional the + Array.ToString() is returned. + + + + + + Render the enumerator argument into a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + the enumerator to render + The writer to render to + + + Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. For example: + {a, b, c}. + + + + + + Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + the DictionaryEntry to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate + renderer). For example: key=value. + + + + + + Map class objects to an . + + + + Maintains a mapping between types that require special + rendering and the that + is used to render them. + + + The method is used to render an + object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default Constructor + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Render using the appropriate renderer. + + the object to render to a string + the object rendered as a string + + + This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string. + The alternative method + should be used when streaming output to a . + + + + + + Render using the appropriate renderer. + + the object to render to a string + The writer to render to + + + Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the + parameter. This is accomplished by calling the + method. Once a renderer is found, it is + applied on the object and the result is returned + as a . + + + + + + Gets the renderer for the specified object type + + the object to lookup the renderer for + the renderer for + + + Gets the renderer for the specified object type. + + + Syntactic sugar method that calls + with the type of the object parameter. + + + + + + Gets the renderer for the specified type + + the type to lookup the renderer for + the renderer for the specified type + + + Returns the renderer for the specified type. + If no specific renderer has been defined the + will be returned. + + + + + + Internal function to recursively search interfaces + + the type to lookup the renderer for + the renderer for the specified type + + + + Clear the map of renderers + + + + Clear the custom renderers defined by using + . The + cannot be removed. + + + + + + Register an for . + + the type that will be rendered by + the renderer for + + + Register an object renderer for a specific source type. + This renderer will be returned from a call to + specifying the same as an argument. + + + + + + Get the default renderer instance + + the default renderer + + + Get the default renderer + + + + + + Interface implemented by logger repository plugins. + + + + Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated + with a . + The held by the + property is used to store the plugins for a repository. + + + The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to + attach plugins to repositories created using configuration + attributes. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Attaches the plugin to the specified . + + The that this plugin should be attached to. + + + A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. + + + This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. + + + + + + Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. + + + + This method is called to notify the plugin that + it should stop operating and should detach from + the repository. + + + + + + Gets the name of the plugin. + + + The name of the plugin. + + + + Plugins are stored in the + keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a + repository must be a unique name. + + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper arround + + A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new PluginCollection is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection. + + The PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + + + Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Adds a to the end of the PluginCollection. + + The to be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes all elements from the PluginCollection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the PluginCollection. + + The to check for. + true if is found in the PluginCollection; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the PluginCollection. + + The to locate in the PluginCollection. + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire PluginCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the PluginCollection. + + The to remove from the PluginCollection. + + The specified was not found in the PluginCollection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection. + + An for the entire PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection. + + The PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current PluginCollection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current PluginCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + + The at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain. + + + The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain. + + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + + A value + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + The current element in the collection. + + + + + + + + Map of repository plugins. + + + + This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are + attached to a repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The repository that the plugins should be attached to. + + + Initialize a new instance of the class with a + repository that the plugins should be attached to. + + + + + + Adds a to the map. + + The to add to the map. + + + The will be attached to the repository when added. + + + If there already exists a plugin with the same name + attached to the repository then the old plugin will + be and replaced with + the new plugin. + + + + + + Removes a from the map. + + The to remove from the map. + + + Remove a specific plugin from this map. + + + + + + Gets a by name. + + The name of the to lookup. + + The from the map with the name specified, or + null if no plugin is found. + + + + Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null + will be returned. + + + + + + Gets all possible plugins as a list of objects. + + All possible plugins as a list of objects. + + + Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map. + + + + + + Base implementation of + + + + Default abstract implementation of the + interface. This base class can be used by implementors + of the interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + the name of the plugin + + Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name. + + + + + Attaches this plugin to a . + + The that this plugin should be attached to. + + + A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. + + + This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. + + + + + + Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. + + + + This method is called to notify the plugin that + it should stop operating and should detach from + the repository. + + + + + + The name of this plugin. + + + + + The repository this plugin is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the plugin. + + + The name of the plugin. + + + + Plugins are stored in the + keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a + repository must be a unique name. + + + The name of the plugin must not change one the + plugin has been attached to a repository. + + + + + + The repository for this plugin + + + The that this plugin is attached to. + + + + Gets or sets the that this plugin is + attached to. + + + + + + Plugin that listens for events from the + + + + This plugin publishes an instance of + on a specified . This listens for logging events delivered from + a remote . + + + When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository + as if it had been raised locally. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The property must be set. + + + + + + Construct with sink Uri. + + The name to publish the sink under in the remoting infrastructure. + See for more details. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with specified name. + + + + + + Attaches this plugin to a . + + The that this plugin should be attached to. + + + A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. + + + This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. + + + + + + Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. + + + + When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging + sink is disconnected. + + + + + + Gets or sets the URI of this sink. + + + The URI of this sink. + + + + This is the name under which the object is marshaled. + + + + + + + Delivers objects to a remote sink. + + + + Internal class used to listen for logging events + and deliver them to the local repository. + + + + + + Constructor + + The repository to log to. + + + Initializes a new instance of the for the + specified . + + + + + + Logs the events to the repository. + + The events to log. + + + The events passed are logged to the + + + + + + Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime + policy for this instance. + + null to indicate that this instance should live forever. + + + Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime + policy for this instance. This object should live forever + therefore this implementation returns null. + + + + + + The underlying that events should + be logged to. + + + + + Default implementation of + + + + This default implementation of the + interface is used to create the default subclass + of the object. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface abstracts creation of instances + + + + This interface is used by the to + create new objects. + + + The method is called + to create a named . + + + Implement this interface to create new subclasses of . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create a new instance + + The name of the . + The instance for the specified name. + + + Create a new instance with the + specified name. + + + Called by the to create + new named instances. + + + If the is null then the root logger + must be returned. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Create a new instance + + The name of the . + The instance for the specified name. + + + Create a new instance with the + specified name. + + + Called by the to create + new named instances. + + + If the is null then the root logger + must be returned. + + + + + + Default internal subclass of + + + + This subclass has no additional behavior over the + class but does allow instances + to be created. + + + + + + Implementation of used by + + + + Internal class used to provide implementation of + interface. Applications should use to get + logger instances. + + + This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the + distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their + evaluation. The organizes the + instances into a rooted tree hierarchy. + + + The class is abstract. Only concrete subclasses of + can be created. The + is used to create instances of this type for the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + + + + This constructor created a new instance and + sets its name. + + The name of the . + + + This constructor is protected and designed to be used by + a subclass that is not abstract. + + + Loggers are constructed by + objects. See for the default + logger creator. + + + + + + Add to the list of appenders of this + Logger instance. + + An appender to add to this logger + + + Add to the list of appenders of this + Logger instance. + + + If is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Look for the appender named as name + + The name of the appender to lookup + The appender with the name specified, or null. + + + Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found. + + + + + + Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance. + + + + Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance. + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove + The appender removed from the list + + + Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove + The appender removed from the list + + + Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Generate a logging event for the specified using + the and . + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used + by wrappers. + + The event being logged. + + + Logs the specified logging event through this logger. + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for a given passed as parameter. + + The level to check. + + true if this logger is enabled for level, otherwise false. + + + + Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified . + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + Deliver the to the attached appenders. + + The event to log. + + + Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at + this. If no appenders could be found, emit a + warning. + + + This method calls all the appenders inherited from the + hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not + to log the particular log request. + + + + + + Closes all attached appenders implementing the interface. + + + + Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown. + + + + + + This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers + + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Generate a logging event for the specified using + the . + + + + + + Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached + appenders. + + + + + + Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks. + + The event being logged. + + + Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the Logger class. + + + + + The name of this logger. + + + + + The assigned level of this logger. + + + + The level variable need not be + assigned a value in which case it is inherited + form the hierarchy. + + + + + + The parent of this logger. + + + + The parent of this logger. + All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger. + + + + + + Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in. + + + + Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in. + The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored + here. + + + + + + Helper implementation of the interface + + + + + Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders + + + + Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit + the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is + set to false then the appenders found in the + ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children + of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children + have their additivity flag set to false too. See + the user manual for more details. + + + + + + Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl + + + + + Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy. + + + The parent logger in the hierarchy. + + + + Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy. + The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders. + + + true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders. + + + + Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit + the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is + set to false then the appenders found in the + ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children + of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children + have their additivity flag set to false too. See + the user manual for more details. + + + + + + Gets the effective level for this logger. + + The nearest level in the logger hierarchy. + + + Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a + non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the + root logger. + + The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as + quickly as possible. + + + + + Gets or sets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + The hierarchy that this logger belongs to. + + + This logger must be attached to a single . + + + + + + Gets or sets the assigned , if any, for this Logger. + + + The of this logger. + + + + The assigned can be null. + + + + + + Get the appenders contained in this logger as an + . + + A collection of the appenders in this logger + + + Get the appenders contained in this logger as an + . If no appenders + can be found, then a is returned. + + + + + + Gets the logger name. + + + The name of the logger. + + + + The name of this logger + + + + + + Gets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + + The that this logger belongs to. + + + + Gets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + + + + + Construct a new Logger + + the name of the logger + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified name. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications. + + The in which the has been created. + The event args that hold the instance that has been created. + + + Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications. + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + A event is raised every time a + is created. + + + + + + The created + + + + + Constructor + + The that has been created. + + + Initializes a new instance of the event argument + class,with the specified . + + + + + + Gets the that has been created. + + + The that has been created. + + + + The that has been created. + + + + + + Hierarchical organization of loggers + + + + The casual user should not have to deal with this class + directly. + + + This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and + also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the + interface. + + + The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the + method. The hierarchy is such that children + link to their parent but parents do not have any references to their + children. Moreover, loggers can be instantiated in any order, in + particular descendant before ancestor. + + + In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor, + then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself + to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add + themselves to the previously created provision node. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Base implementation of + + + + Default abstract implementation of the interface. + + + Skeleton implementation of the interface. + All types can extend this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface implemented by logger repositories. + + + + This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g. + . + + + This interface is used by the + to obtain interfaces. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return + its reference, otherwise returns null. + + The name of the logger to lookup + The Logger object with the name specified + + + If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise + null is returned. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array. + + All the defined loggers + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array. + + + + + + Returns a named logger instance + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + Returns a named logger instance. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + + + + Shutdown the repository + + + Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the + application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be + lost. + + + The method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Reset the repositories configuration to a default state + + + + Reset all values contained in this instance to their + default state. + + + Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Log the through this repository. + + the event to log + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + All the Appenders + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + + + + + The name of the repository + + + The name of the repository + + + + The name of the repository. + + + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and + objects. + + + + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + + The plugin map holds the instances + that have been attached to this repository. + + + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + The level map defines the mappings between + level names and objects in + this repository. + + + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository. + + + + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + + Event raised when the repository has been shutdown. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been + reset to default. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed. + + + + + + Repository specific properties + + + Repository specific properties + + + + These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis. + + + + + + Default Constructor + + + + Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties. + + + + + + Construct the repository using specific properties + + the properties to set for this repository + + + Initializes the repository with specified properties. + + + + + + Test if logger exists + + The name of the logger to lookup + The Logger object with the name specified + + + Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return + its reference, otherwise returns null. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository + + All the defined loggers + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array. + + + + + + Return a new logger instance + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + Return a new logger instance. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + + + + + Shutdown the repository + + + + Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass. + This base class implementation notifies the + listeners and all attached plugins of the shutdown event. + + + + + + Reset the repositories configuration to a default state + + + + Reset all values contained in this instance to their + default state. + + + Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Log the logEvent through this repository. + + the event to log + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + All the Appenders + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + + + + + Adds an object renderer for a specific class. + + The type that will be rendered by the renderer supplied. + The object renderer used to render the object. + + + Adds an object renderer for a specific class. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down + + Empty EventArgs + + + Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset + + Empty EventArgs + + + Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed + + Empty EventArgs + + + Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed. + + + + + + Raise a configuration changed event on this repository + + EventArgs.Empty + + + Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should + raise this event notification to notify listeners. + + + + + + The name of the repository + + + The string name of the repository + + + + The name of this repository. The name is + used to store and lookup the repositories + stored by the . + + + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and + objects. + + + + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + + The plugin map holds the instances + that have been attached to this repository. + + + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + The level map defines the mappings between + level names and objects in + this repository. + + + + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + + Event raised when the repository has been shutdown. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been + reset to default. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed. + + + + + + Repository specific properties + + + Repository specific properties + + + These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis + + + + + Basic Configurator interface for repositories + + + + Interface used by basic configurator to configure a + with a default . + + + A should implement this interface to support + configuration by the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initialize the repository using the specified appender + + the appender to use to log all logging events + + + Configure the repository to route all logging events to the + specified appender. + + + + + + Configure repository using XML + + + + Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a . + + + A should implement this interface to support + configuration by the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initialize the repository using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by + the implementation. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Construct with properties + + The properties to pass to this repository. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Construct with a logger factory + + The factory to use to create new logger instances. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified . + + + + + + Construct with properties and a logger factory + + The properties to pass to this repository. + The factory to use to create new logger instances. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified . + + + + + + Test if a logger exists + + The name of the logger to lookup + The Logger object with the name specified + + + Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return + its reference, otherwise returns null. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array + + All the defined loggers + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array. + The root logger is not included in the returned + enumeration. + + + + + + Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using + the default factory. + + + + Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using + the default factory. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + + Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + + Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the + application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be + lost. + + + The Shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default. + + + + Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their + default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Log the logEvent through this hierarchy. + + the event to log + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured + + An array containing all the currently configured appenders + + + Returns all the instances that are currently configured. + All the loggers are searched for appenders. The appenders may also be containers + for appenders and these are also searched for additional loggers. + + + The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates. + + + + + + Collect the appenders from an . + The appender may also be a container. + + + + + + + Collect the appenders from an container + + + + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender + + the appender to use to log all logging events + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender + + the appender to use to log all logging events + + + This method provides the same functionality as the + method implemented + on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses. + + + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + This method provides the same functionality as the + method implemented + on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses. + + + + + + Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified . + + The level to check against. + + true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise. + + + + If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will + always return true. + + + This method will return true if this repository is + disabled for level object passed as parameter and + false otherwise. + + + See also the property. + + + + + + Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable + + + + This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal + hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the + logger hierarchy. + + + You should really know what you are doing before + invoking this method. + + + + + + Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using + . + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The factory that will make the new logger instance + The logger object with the name specified + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the + parameter and linked with its existing + ancestors as well as children. + + + + + + Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners + + The newly created logger + + Raises the logger creation event. + + + + + Updates all the parents of the specified logger + + The logger to update the parents for + + + This method loops through all the potential parents of + . There 3 possible cases: + + + + No entry for the potential parent of exists + + We create a ProvisionNode for this potential + parent and insert in that provision node. + + + + The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent. + + The entry is 's nearest existing parent. We + update 's parent field with this entry. We also break from + he loop because updating our parent's parent is our parent's + responsibility. + + + + The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent. + + We add to the list of children for this + potential parent. + + + + + + + + Replace a with a in the hierarchy. + + + + + + We update the links for all the children that placed themselves + in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a + reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the + children in 'pn'. + + + We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'. + + + If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of + 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'. + + + Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set + c's parent field to log. + + + + + + Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument + + the level values + + + Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument + + + Supports setting levels via the configuration file. + + + + + + Set a Property using the values in the argument + + the property value + + + Set a Property using the values in the argument. + + + Supports setting property values via the configuration file. + + + + + + Event used to notify that a logger has been created. + + + + Event raised when a logger is created. + + + + + + Has no appender warning been emitted + + + + Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning + about not having an appender warning. + + + + + + Get the root of this hierarchy + + + + Get the root of this hierarchy. + + + + + + Gets or sets the default instance. + + The default + + + The logger factory is used to create logger instances. + + + + + + A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level + + + + A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level + + + + + + Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info + + string info about this object + + + + Value of the level + + + + If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked + up for the current level with the same name. + + + + + + Name of the level + + + The name of the level + + + + The name of the level. + + + + + + Display name for the level + + + The display name of the level + + + + The display name of the level. + + + + + + A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file + + + + A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file + + + + + + Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info + + string info about this object + + + + Property Key + + + Property Key + + + + Property Key. + + + + + + Property Value + + + Property Value + + + + Property Value. + + + + + + Used internally to accelerate hash table searches. + + + + Internal class used to improve performance of + string keyed hashtables. + + + The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse. + The string is stored as an interned value. + When comparing two objects for equality + the reference equality of the interned strings is compared. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct key with string name + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified name. + + + Stores the hashcode of the string and interns + the string key to optimize comparisons. + + + The Compact Framework 1.0 the + method does not work. On the Compact Framework + the string keys are not interned nor are they + compared by reference. + + + The name of the logger. + + + + Returns a hash code for the current instance. + + A hash code for the current instance. + + + Returns the cached hashcode. + + + + + + Determines whether two instances + are equal. + + The to compare with the current . + + true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares the references of the interned strings. + + + + + + Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified + + + + instances are used in the + when there is no specified + for that node. + + + A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of + a logger that does not exist. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create a new provision node with child node + + A child logger to add to this node. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified child logger. + + + + + + The sits at the root of the logger hierarchy tree. + + + + The is a regular except + that it provides several guarantees. + + + First, it cannot be assigned a null + level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the + property always returns the value of the + level field without walking the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct a + + The level to assign to the root logger. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified logging level. + + + The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root + logger cannot be retrieved by name. + + + + + + Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy. + + The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy. + + + Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level + must not be null this property just returns the + value of . + + + + + + Gets or sets the assigned for the root logger. + + + The of the root logger. + + + + Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference + may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here. + + + + + + Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM. + + + + Configures a using an XML DOM. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct the configurator for a hierarchy + + The hierarchy to build. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified . + + + + + + Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements. + + The root element to parse. + + + Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements. + + + + + + Parse appenders by IDREF. + + The appender ref element. + The instance of the appender that the ref refers to. + + + Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return + the appender. + + + + + + Parses an appender element. + + The appender element. + The appender instance or null when parsing failed. + + + Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return + the appender instance. + + + + + + Parses a logger element. + + The logger element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a logger. + + + + + + Parses the root logger element. + + The root element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents the root logger. + + + + + + Parses the children of a logger element. + + The category element. + The logger instance. + Flag to indicate if the logger is the root logger. + + + Parse the child elements of a <logger> element. + + + + + + Parses an object renderer. + + The renderer element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a renderer. + + + + + + Parses a level element. + + The level element. + The logger object to set the level on. + Flag to indicate if the logger is the root logger. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a level. + + + + + + Sets a parameter on an object. + + The parameter element. + The object to set the parameter on. + + The parameter name must correspond to a writable property + on the object. The value of the parameter is a string, + therefore this function will attempt to set a string + property first. If unable to set a string property it + will inspect the property and its argument type. It will + attempt to call a static method called Parse on the + type of the property. This method will take a single + string argument and return a value that can be used to + set the property. + + + + + Test if an element has no attributes or child elements + + the element to inspect + true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise + + + + Test if a is constructible with Activator.CreateInstance. + + the type to inspect + true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise + + + + Look for a method on the that matches the supplied + + the type that has the method + the name of the method + the method info found + + + The method must be a public instance method on the . + The method must be named or "Add" followed by . + The method must take a single parameter. + + + + + + Converts a string value to a target type. + + The type of object to convert the string to. + The string value to use as the value of the object. + + + An object of type with value or + null when the conversion could not be performed. + + + + + + Creates an object as specified in XML. + + The XML element that contains the definition of the object. + The object type to use if not explicitly specified. + The type that the returned object must be or must inherit from. + The object or null + + + Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration + data. + + + The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not + specified then the is used + as the type. However the type is specified it must support the + type. + + + + + + key: appenderName, value: appender. + + + + + The Hierarchy being configured. + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications + + The that is shutting down. + Empty event args + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications + + The that has had its configuration reset. + Empty event args + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes. + + The that has had its configuration changed. + Empty event arguments. + + + Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes. + + + + + + Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output + + + + Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output . + + + + + + Write the current date to the output + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the current date and time to the writer as a string. + + + The value of the determines + the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed: + + + Option value + Output + + + ISO8601 + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern. + + + + DATE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + + ABSOLUTE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + + other + + Any other pattern string uses the formatter. + This formatter passes the pattern string to the + method. + For details on valid patterns see + DateTimeFormatInfo Class. + + + + + + The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone. + To output the time in Universal time see . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + + + Initialize the converter options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write the current date to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Pass the current date and time to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The date and time passed is in the local time zone. + + + + + + Write an environment variable to the output + + + + Write an environment variable to the output writer. + The value of the determines + the name of the variable to output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write an environment variable to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes the environment variable to the output . + The name of the environment variable to output must be set + using the + property. + + + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes the current thread identity to the output . + + + + + + Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern + + + + Writes the literal string value specified in the + property to + the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Set the next converter in the chain + + The next pattern converter in the chain + The next pattern converter + + + Special case the building of the pattern converter chain + for instances. Two adjacent + literals in the pattern can be represented by a single combined + pattern converter. This implementation detects when a + is added to the chain + after this converter and combines its value with this converter's + literal value. + + + + + + Write the literal to the output + + the writer to write to + null, not set + + + Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo + because we have a literal instead. + + + Writes the value of + to the output . + + + + + + Convert this pattern into the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, not set + + + This method is not used. + + + + + + Writes a newline to the output + + + + Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output. + This behavior can be overridden by setting the : + + + + Option Value + Output + + + DOS + DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n" + + + UNIX + UNIX line terminator "\n" + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initialize the converter + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write the current process ID to the output + + + + Write the current process ID to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current process ID to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Write the current process ID to the output . + + + + + + Property pattern converter + + + + This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties. + The thread properties take priority over global properties. + See for details of the + thread properties. See for + details of the global properties. + + + If the is specified then that will be used to + lookup a single property. If no is specified + then all properties will be dumped as a list of key value pairs. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the property value to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + + + + A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters + + + + The converter generates a string of random characters. By default + the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the + to the string value of the length required. + + + The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters + and numbers only. + + + The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Shared random number generator + + + + + Length of random string to generate. Default length 4. + + + + + Initialize the converter options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write a randoim string to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Write a randoim string to the output . + + + + + + Write the current threads username to the output + + + + Write the current threads username to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current threads username to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Write the current threads username to the output . + + + + + + Write the UTC date time to the output + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the current date and time in Universal time. + + + See the for details on the date pattern syntax. + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current date and time to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Pass the current date and time to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The date is in Universal time when it is rendered. + + + + + + + Type converter for Boolean. + + + + Supports conversion from string to bool type. + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Convert the source object to the type supported by this object + + the object to convert + the converted object + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Exception base type for conversion errors. + + + + This type extends . It + does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the + type of exception being thrown. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + A nested exception to include. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and inner exception. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The conversion destination type. + The value to convert. + An instance of the . + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The conversion destination type. + The value to convert. + A nested exception to include. + An instance of the . + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Register of type converters for specific types. + + + + Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between + types. + + + Use the and + methods to register new converters. + The and methods + lookup appropriate converters to use. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Private constructor + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Static constructor. + + + + This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters. + + + + + + Adds a converter for a specific type. + + The type being converted to. + The type converter to use to convert to the destination type. + + + Adds a converter instance for a specific type. + + + + + + Adds a converter for a specific type. + + The type being converted to. + The type of the type converter to use to convert to the destination type. + + + Adds a converter for a specific type. + + + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + The type being converted from. + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + + + + + Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the + destination type. + + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + + Creates the instance of the type converter. + + The type of the type converter. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + The type specified for the type converter must implement + the or interfaces + and must have a public default (no argument) constructor. + + + + + + Mapping from to type converter. + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to an encoding + the encoding + + + Uses the method to + convert the argument to an . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Interface supported by type converters + + + + This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types. + See . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type + + A Type that represents the type you want to convert to + true if the conversion is possible + + + Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the + . + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments + + the object to convert + The Type to convert the value parameter to + the converted object + + + Converts the (which must be of the type supported + by this converter) to the specified.. + + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to an IPAddress + the IPAddress + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to an . + If that fails then the string is resolved as a DNS hostname. + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets) + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + The string is used as the + of the . + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a PatternLayout + the PatternLayout + + + Creates and returns a new using + the as the + . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Convert between string and + + + + Supports conversion from string to type, + and from a type to a string. + + + The string is used as the + of the . + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object + + A that represents the type you want to convert to + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + assignable from a type. + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments + + the object to convert + The Type to convert the value parameter to + the converted object + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + . To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a PatternString + the PatternString + + + Creates and returns a new using + the as the + . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a Type + the Type + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + Additional effort is made to locate partially specified types + by searching the loaded assemblies. + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Attribute used to associate a type converter + + + + Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter + to use with the associated type. + + + To associate a type converter with a target type apply a + TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the + type of the type converter on the attribute. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The string type name of the type converter + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name + + The string type name of the type converter + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type + + The type of the type converter + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + The string type name of the type converter + + + The string type name of the type converter + + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + A straightforward implementation of the interface. + + + + This is the default implementation of the + interface. Implementors of the interface + should aggregate an instance of this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Append on on all attached appenders. + + The event being logged. + The number of appenders called. + + + Calls the method on all + attached appenders. + + + + + + Append on on all attached appenders. + + The array of events being logged. + The number of appenders called. + + + Calls the method on all + attached appenders. + + + + + + Calls the DoAppende method on the with + the objects supplied. + + The appender + The events + + + If the supports the + interface then the will be passed + through using that interface. Otherwise the + objects in the array will be passed one at a time. + + + + + + Attaches an appender. + + The appender to add. + + + If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again. + + + + + + Gets an attached appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to get. + + The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the + specified name is found. + + + + Lookup an attached appender by name. + + + + + + Removes all attached appenders. + + + + Removes and closes all attached appenders + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + List of appenders + + + + + Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList + + + + + Gets all attached appenders. + + + A collection of attached appenders, or null if there + are no attached appenders. + + + + The read only collection of all currently attached appenders. + + + + + + This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together. + + + + Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of + collections. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection + + the properties to add + + + Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added + later. + + + + + + Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary + + the flattened dictionary + + + Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary + containing the resultant values for the keys. + + + + + + Gets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Looks up the value for the specified. + The collections are searched + in the order in which they were added to this collection. The value + returned is the value held by the first collection that contains + the specified key. + + + If none of the collections contain the specified key then + null is returned. + + + + + + Base class for Context Properties implementations + + + + This class defines a basic property get set accessor + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + + + + Subclass of that maintains a count of + the number of bytes written. + + + + This writer counts the number of bytes written. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + that does not leak exceptions + + + + does not throw exceptions when things go wrong. + Instead, it delegates error handling to its . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Adapter that extends and forwards all + messages to an instance of . + + + + Adapter that extends and forwards all + messages to an instance of . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The writer to forward messages to + + + + + Create an instance of that forwards all + messages to a . + + The to forward to + + + Create an instance of that forwards all + messages to a . + + + + + + Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer + + + + + + + + + Dispose this writer + + flag indicating if we are being disposed + + + Dispose this writer + + + + + + Flushes any buffered output + + + + Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written + to the underlying device + + + + + + Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter + + the value to write to the TextWriter + + + Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter + + the data buffer + the start index + the number of characters to write + + + Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter + + the value to write to the TextWriter + + + Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + The underlying . + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + + + + The Encoding in which the output is written + + + The + + + + The Encoding in which the output is written + + + + + + Gets an object that controls formatting + + + The format provider + + + + Gets an object that controls formatting + + + + + + Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter + + + The line terminator to use + + + + Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter + + + + + + Constructor + + the writer to actually write to + the error handler to report error to + + + Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler + + + + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer + + the char to write + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer + + + + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer + + the buffer to write + the start index to write from + the number of characters to write + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer + + + + + + Writes a string to the output. + + The string data to write to the output. + + + Writes a string to the output. + + + + + + Closes the underlying output writer. + + + + Closes the underlying output writer. + + + + + + The error handler instance to pass all errors to + + + + + Flag to indicate if this writer is closed + + + + + Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + The error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + + Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed. + + + true if this writer is closed, otherwise false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed. + + + + + + Constructor + + The to actually write to. + The to report errors to. + + + Creates a new instance of the class + with the specified and . + + + + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written. + + the char to write + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written. + + the buffer to write + the start index to write from + the number of characters to write + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written. + + The string data to write to the output. + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Total number of bytes written. + + + + + Gets or sets the total number of bytes written. + + + The total number of bytes written. + + + + Gets or sets the total number of bytes written. + + + + + + A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events. + + + + An array backed fixed size leaky bucket. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The maximum number of logging events in the buffer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified maximum number of buffered logging events. + + + The argument is not a positive integer. + + + + Appends a to the buffer. + + The event to append to the buffer. + The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null. + + + Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then + null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped + to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned. + + + + + + Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer. + + The oldest logging event in the buffer + + + Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it + from the buffer. + + + + + + Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array. + + An array of all the logging events in the buffer. + + + Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer. + + + + + + Clear the buffer + + + + Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost. + + + + + + Gets the th oldest event currently in the buffer. + + The th oldest event currently in the buffer. + + + If is outside the range 0 to the number of events + currently in the buffer, then null is returned. + + + + + + Gets the maximum size of the buffer. + + The maximum size of the buffer. + + + Gets the maximum size of the buffer + + + + + + Gets the number of logging events in the buffer. + + The number of logging events in the buffer. + + + This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to + (inclusive). + + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the + interface that always represents an empty collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Copies the elements of the to an + , starting at a particular Array index. + + The one-dimensional + that is the destination of the elements copied from + . The Array must have zero-based + indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which + copying begins. + + + As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + The singleton instance of the empty collection. + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection. + + The singleton instance of the empty collection. + + + Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe). + + + true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + For the this property is always true. + + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the . + + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + As the collection is empty the is always 0. + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also + the object. + + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the + interface that always represents an empty collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Copies the elements of the to an + , starting at a particular Array index. + + The one-dimensional + that is the destination of the elements copied from + . The Array must have zero-based + indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which + copying begins. + + + As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Adds an element with the provided key and value to the + . + + The to use as the key of the element to add. + The to use as the value of the element to add. + + + As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + + + As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Determines whether the contains an element + with the specified key. + + The key to locate in the . + false + + + As the collection is empty the method always returns false. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Removes the element with the specified key from the . + + The key of the element to remove. + + + As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + The singleton instance of the empty dictionary. + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe). + + + true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + For the this property is always true. + + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the + + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + As the collection is empty the is always 0. + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also + the object. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size. + + true + + + As the collection is empty always returns true. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only. + + true + + + As the collection is empty always returns true. + + + + + + Gets an containing the keys of the . + + An containing the keys of the . + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Gets an containing the values of the . + + An containing the values of the . + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Gets or sets the element with the specified key. + + The key of the element to get or set. + null + + + As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored. + If the index getter is called then null is returned. + A is thrown if the setter is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers + in conversion modifiers. + + + + Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by + the . This is used by the + objects when rendering the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Defaut Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified parameters. + + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value. + + + The minimum value. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value. + + + The maximum value. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value. + + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled + or not. + + + A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not. + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not. + + + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both + storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied. + + + This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently + and are modified infrequently. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The read only copy of the properties. + + + + This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from + reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads. + + + + + + Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Remove a property from the global context + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared + with reading a value. + + + + + + Clear the global context properties + + + + + Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties + + the current global context properties + + + This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class + stores a readonly copy of the properties. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value. + When the value is written a new read only copy of + the properties is created. + + + + + + Manages a mapping from levels to + + + + Manages an ordered mapping from instances + to subclasses. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initialise a new instance of . + + + + + + Add a to this mapping + + the entry to add + + + If a has previously been added + for the same then that entry will be + overwritten. + + + + + + Lookup the mapping for the specified level + + the level to lookup + the for the level or null if no mapping found + + + Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest + mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the + specified. + + + If no mapping could be found then null is returned. + + + + + + Initialize options + + + + Caches the sorted list of in an array + + + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread. + The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Remove a property + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove the value for the specified from the context. + + + + + + Clear all the context properties + + + + Clear all the context properties + + + + + + Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread. + + create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if is does not exist + the properties for this thread + + + The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the + caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the + caller must clone the collection before doings so. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Get or set the property value for the specified. + + + + + + Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly. + + + + Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is + sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is + doing. + + + All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream + whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output + stream. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + Static constructor that initializes logging by reading + settings from the application configuration file. + + + + The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting + controls internal debugging. This setting should be set + to true to enable debugging. + + + The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting + suppresses all internal logging including error messages. + This setting should be set to true to enable message + suppression. + + + + + + Writes log4net internal debug messages to the + standard output stream. + + The message to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net: ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal debug messages to the + standard output stream. + + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net: ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal warning messages to the + standard error stream. + + The message to log. + + + All internal warning messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:WARN ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal warning messages to the + standard error stream. + + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal warning messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:WARN ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal error messages to the + standard error stream. + + The message to log. + + + All internal error messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:ERROR ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal error messages to the + standard error stream. + + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:ERROR ". + + + + + + Writes output to the standard output stream. + + The message to log. + + + Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace. + Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported + on the Compact Framework. + + + If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then + the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only + an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains. + + + + + + Writes output to the standard error stream. + + The message to log. + + + Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace. + Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported + on the Compact Framework. + + + If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then + the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only + an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains. + + + + + + Default debug level + + + + + In quietMode not even errors generate any output. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging + is enabled or disabled. + + + true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise + false. + + + + When set to true, internal debug level logging will be + displayed. + + + This value can be set by setting the application setting + log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration + file. + + + The default value is false, i.e. debugging is + disabled. + + + + + The following example enables internal debugging using the + application configuration file : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output + from internal logging, not even for errors. + + + true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal + logging, otherwise false. + + + + When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be + suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged. + This option overrides the setting and + disables all debug also. + + This value can be set by setting the application setting + log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file. + + + The default value is false, i.e. internal logging is not + disabled. + + + + The following example disables internal logging using the + application configuration file : + + + + + + + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output. + + + true if Debug is enabled + + + + Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output. + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output. + + + true if Warn is enabled + + + + Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output. + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output. + + + true if Error is enabled + + + + Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output. + + + + + + Represents a native error code and message. + + + + Represents a Win32 platform native error. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create an instance of the class with the specified + error number and message. + + The number of the native error. + The message of the native error. + + + Create an instance of the class with the specified + error number and message. + + + + + + Create a new instance of the class for the last Windows error. + + + An instance of the class for the last windows error. + + + + The message for the error number is lookup up using the + native Win32 FormatMessage function. + + + + + + Create a new instance of the class. + + the error number for the native error + + An instance of the class for the specified + error number. + + + + The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the + native Win32 FormatMessage function. + + + + + + Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier. + + Message identifier for the requested message. + + The message corresponding with the specified message identifier. + + + + The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s) + using the native FormatMessage function. + + + + + + Return error information string + + error information string + + + Return error information string + + + + + + Formats a message string. + + Formatting options, and how to interpret the parameter. + Location of the message definition. + Message identifier for the requested message. + Language identifier for the requested message. + If includes FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, the function allocates a buffer using the LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in . + If the FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER flag is not set, this parameter specifies the maximum number of TCHARs that can be stored in the output buffer. If FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER is set, this parameter specifies the minimum number of TCHARs to allocate for an output buffer. + Pointer to an array of values that are used as insert values in the formatted message. + + + The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a + buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an + already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message + table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition + in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier. + The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded + insert sequences if requested. + + + To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message. + + + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output + buffer, excluding the terminating null character. + + + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, + call . + + + + + + Gets the number of the native error. + + + The number of the native error. + + + + Gets the number of the native error. + + + + + + Gets the message of the native error. + + + The message of the native error. + + + + + Gets the message of the native error. + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the over a collection + that is empty and not modifiable. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance. + + false as the cannot advance. + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will always return false. + + + + + + Resets the enumerator back to the start. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing. + + + + + + The singleton instance of the . + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + + + + + Gets the current object from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Gets the current key from the enumerator. + + + Throws an exception because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Gets the current value from the enumerator. + + The current value from the enumerator. + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Gets the current entry from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current entry. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the over a collection + that is empty and not modifiable. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance + + false as the cannot advance. + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will always return false. + + + + + + Resets the enumerator back to the start. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing. + + + + + + The singleton instance of the . + + + + + Get the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + + + + + Gets the current object from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required + + + + The is a no-op implementation of the + base class. It is used where a + is required but one has not been provided. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Singleton instance of + + + + Singleton instance of + + + + + + Private constructor + + + + Private constructor for singleton pattern. + + + + + + Impersonate this SecurityContext + + State supplied by the caller + null + + + No impersonation is done and null is always returned. + + + + + + Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists + of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and + ignoring all subsequent errors. + + + + The error message is printed on the standard error output stream. + + + This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application + from being flooded with error messages when logging fails. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + The prefix to use for each message. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified prefix. + + + + + + Log an Error + + The error message. + The exception. + The internal error code. + + + Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard + error output stream. + + + + + + Log an Error + + The error message. + The exception. + + + Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard + error output stream. + + + + + + Log an error + + The error message. + + + Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard + error output stream. + + + + + + Flag to indicate if it is the first error + + + + + String to prefix each message with + + + + + Is error logging enabled + + + + Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the + first error delivered to the . + + + + + + A convenience class to convert property values to specific types. + + + + Utility functions for converting types and parsing values. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + Converts a string to a value. + + String to convert. + The default value. + The value of . + + + If is "true", then true is returned. + If is "false", then false is returned. + Otherwise, is returned. + + + + + + Parses a file size into a number. + + String to parse. + The default value. + The value of . + + + Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a + long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier. + + + is returned when + cannot be converted to a value. + + + + + + Converts a string to an object. + + The target type to convert to. + The string to convert to an object. + + The object converted from a string or null when the + conversion failed. + + + + Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try + to convert the string value into the specified target type. + + + + + + Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type. + + The type to convert from. + The type to convert to. + true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type. + + Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type. + + + + + + + Converts an object to the target type. + + The object to convert to the target type. + The type to convert to. + The converted object. + + + Converts an object to the target type. + + + + + + Instantiates an object given a class name. + + The fully qualified class name of the object to instantiate. + The class to which the new object should belong. + The object to return in case of non-fulfillment. + + An instance of the or + if the object could not be instantiated. + + + + Checks that the is a subclass of + . If that test fails or the object could + not be instantiated, then is returned. + + + + + + Performs variable substitution in string from the + values of keys found in . + + The string on which variable substitution is performed. + The dictionary to use to lookup variables. + The result of the substitutions. + + + The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and }. + + + For example, if props contains key=value, then the call + + + + string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}."); + + + + will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.". + + + If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution + defaults to an empty string. + + + For example, if system properties contains no value for the key + "nonExistentKey", then the call + + + + string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]"); + + + + will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []". + + + An Exception is thrown if contains a start + delimiter "${" which is not balanced by a stop delimiter "}". + + + + + + Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or + more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object. + + The type to convert to. + The enum string value. + If true, ignore case; otherwise, regard case. + An object of type whose value is represented by . + + + + Most of the work of the class + is delegated to the PatternParser class. + + + + The PatternParser processes a pattern string and + returns a chain of objects. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The pattern to parse. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified pattern string. + + + + + + Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters. + + The head of a chain of pattern converters. + + + Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters. + + + + + + Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps + + the list of all the converter names + + + Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps + + + + + + Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches + + the pattern to parse + the converter names to match in the pattern + + + The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones. + + + + + + Process a parsed literal + + the literal text + + + + Process a parsed converter pattern + + the name of the converter + the optional option for the converter + the formatting info for the converter + + + + Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter + to the chain. + + The pattern converter to add. + + + + The first pattern converter in the chain + + + + + the last pattern converter in the chain + + + + + The pattern + + + + + Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types + + + + This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map. + + + + + + Get the converter registry used by this parser + + + The converter registry used by this parser + + + + Get the converter registry used by this parser + + + + + + Sort strings by length + + + + that orders strings by string length. + The longest strings are placed first + + + + + + This class implements a patterned string. + + + + This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded + when the string is formatted. + + + This class functions similarly to the + in that it accepts a pattern and renders it to a string. Unlike the + however the PatternString + does not render the properties of a specific but + of the process in general. + + + The recognized conversion pattern names are: + + + + Conversion Pattern Name + Effect + + + appdomain + + + Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain. + + + + + date + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone. + To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + env + + + Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value + of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable. + + + The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework. + + + + + identity + + + Used to output the user name for the currently active user + (Principal.Identity.Name). + + + + + newline + + + Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or + characters. + + + This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using + non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n". + Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator. + + + + + processid + + + Used to output the system process ID for the current process. + + + + + property + + + Used to output a specific context property. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value + from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value + that is to be included in the log must be specified separately. + Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default + the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on + which the event was originally logged. + + + If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their + values are printed in a comma separated list. + + + The properties of an event are combined from a number of different + contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + random + + + Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of + uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long. + The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string. + + + + + username + + + Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently + active user. + + + + + utcdate + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + % + + + The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign. + + + + + + Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific + instance using or + . + + + See the for details on the + format modifiers supported by the patterns. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types. + + + + + the pattern + + + + + the head of the pattern converter chain + + + + + patterns defined on this PatternString only + + + + + Initialize the global registry + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initialize a new instance of + + + + + + Constructs a PatternString + + The pattern to use with this PatternString + + + Initialize a new instance of with the pattern specified. + + + + + + Initialize object options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Create the used to parse the pattern + + the pattern to parse + The + + + Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses + may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize + custom conversion pattern name. + + + + + + Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Format the pattern to the . + + + + + + Format the pattern as a string + + the pattern formatted as a string + + + Format the pattern to a string. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternString + + the converter info + + + This version of the method is used by the configurator. + Programmatic users should use the alternative method. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternString + + the name of the conversion pattern for this converter + the type of the converter + + + Add a converter to this PatternString + + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern formatting string + + + The pattern formatting string + + + + The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which + controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and + conversion specifiers. + + + + + + Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types + + + + Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types + + + + + + default constructor + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern + + + The name of the conversion pattern + + + + Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the converter + + + The type of the converter + + + + Gets or sets the type of the converter + + + + + + String keyed object map. + + + + While this collection is serializable only member + objects that are serializable will + be serialized along with this collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + String keyed object map that is read only. + + + + This collection is readonly and cannot be modified. + + + While this collection is serializable only member + objects that are serializable will + be serialized along with this collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The Hashtable used to store the properties data + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Copy Constructor + + properties to copy + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Deserialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Gets the key names. + + An array of all the keys. + + + Gets the key names. + + + + + + Test if the dictionary contains a specified key + + the key to look for + true if the dictionary contains the specified key + + + Test if the dictionary contains a specified key + + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + + See + + + + + + + Remove all properties from the properties collection + + + + + See + + + + + + + See + + + + + + + See + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key. + + + The value of the property with the specified key. + + The key of the property to get or set. + + + The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable. + If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if + a serialization operation is performed. + + + + + + The hashtable used to store the properties + + + The internal collection used to store the properties + + + + The hashtable used to store the properties + + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + The number of properties in this collection + + + + + See + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + properties to copy + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private. + + + + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + + + + + See + + an enumerator + + + Returns a over the contest of this collection. + + + + + + See + + the key to remove + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + + + + + See + + the key to lookup in the collection + true if the collection contains the specified key + + + Test if this collection contains a specified key. + + + + + + Remove all properties from the properties collection + + + + Remove all properties from the properties collection + + + + + + See + + the key + the value to store for the key + + + Store a value for the specified . + + + Thrown if the is not a string + + + + See + + + + + + + See + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key. + + + The value of the property with the specified key. + + The key of the property to get or set. + + + The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable. + If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if + a serialization operation is performed. + + + + + + See + + + false + + + + This collection is modifiable. This property always + returns false. + + + + + + See + + + The value for the key specified. + + + + Get or set a value for the specified . + + + Thrown if the is not a string + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + A that ignores the message + + + + This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary + to protect a writer from being closed by a client. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + the writer to actually write to + + + Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer + + + + + + Attach this instance to a different underlying + + the writer to attach to + + + Attach this instance to a different underlying + + + + + + Does not close the underlying output writer. + + + + Does not close the underlying output writer. + This method does nothing. + + + + + + Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers + + + + ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource. + At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for + multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a + situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a + ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple + one-at-a-time lock, such as . + + + If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock + implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore + the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Acquires a reader lock + + + + blocks if a different thread has the writer + lock, or if at least one thread is waiting for the writer lock. + + + + + + Decrements the lock count + + + + decrements the lock count. When the count + reaches zero, the lock is released. + + + + + + Acquires the writer lock + + + + This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock. + + + + + + Decrements the lock count on the writer lock + + + + ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count. + When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released. + + + + + + A that can be and reused + + + + A that can be and reused. + This uses a single buffer for string operations. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Create an instance of + + the format provider to use + + + Create an instance of + + + + + + Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer + + flag + + + Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer + + + + + + Reset this string writer so that it can be reused. + + the maximum buffer capacity before it is trimmed + the default size to make the buffer + + + Reset this string writer so that it can be reused. + The internal buffers are cleared and reset. + + + + + + Utility class for system specific information. + + + + Utility class of static methods for system specific information. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Alexey Solofnenko + + + + Private constructor to prevent instances. + + + + Only static methods are exposed from this type. + + + + + + Initialize default values for private static fields. + + + + Only static methods are exposed from this type. + + + + + + Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly. + + The assembly to get the location for. + The location of the assembly. + + + This method does not guarantee to return the correct path + to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to + where the assembly was loaded from. + + + + + + Gets the fully qualified name of the , including + the name of the assembly from which the was + loaded. + + The to get the fully qualified name for. + The fully qualified name for the . + + + This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property, + but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as + the full .NET runtime. + + + + + + Gets the short name of the . + + The to get the name for. + The short name of the . + + + The short name of the assembly is the + without the version, culture, or public key. i.e. it is just the + assembly's file name without the extension. + + + Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that + is not available on the Compact Framework. + + + Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do + the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get + the of the assembly so we + start from there and strip out just the assembly name. + + + + + + Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension. + + The to get the file name for. + The file name of the assembly. + + + Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + A sibling type to use to load the type. + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly + containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly + then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the + assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found + in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + An assembly to load the type from. + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified + assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies + will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Generate a new guid + + A new Guid + + + Generate a new guid + + + + + + Create an + + The name of the parameter that caused the exception + The value of the argument that causes this exception + The message that describes the error + the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object + + + Create a new instance of the class + with a specified error message, the parameter name, and the value + of the argument. + + + The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the + type. This method provides an + implementation that works for all platforms. + + + + + + Parse a string into an value + + the string to parse + out param where the parsed value is placed + true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer + + + Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot + be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. + + + + + + Parse a string into an value + + the string to parse + out param where the parsed value is placed + true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer + + + Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot + be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. + + + + + + Lookup an application setting + + the application settings key to lookup + the value for the key, or null + + + Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework + + + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported. + + + + + + Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity. + + A new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity + + + The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer. + + + + + + Gets an empty array of types. + + + + The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on + the .NET Compact Framework 1.0. + + + + + + Cache the host name for the current machine + + + + + Cache the application friendly name + + + + + Text to output when a null is encountered. + + + + + Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested. + + + + + Start time for the current process. + + + + + Gets the system dependent line terminator. + + + The system dependent line terminator. + + + + Gets the system dependent line terminator. + + + + + + Gets the base directory for this . + + The base directory path for the current . + + + Gets the base directory for this . + + + The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI. + + + + + + Gets the path to the configuration file for the current . + + The path to the configuration file for the current . + + + The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration + file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for + the configuration file name. + + + The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI. + + + + + + Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current . + + The path to the entry assembly. + + + Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current . + + + + + + Gets the ID of the current thread. + + The ID of the current thread. + + + On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method + is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the + operating system ID for the thread. + + + On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the + operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method + GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file + and cannot be called. + + + On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this + gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may + change if the runtime is using fibers. + + + + + + Get the host name or machine name for the current machine + + + The hostname or machine name + + + + Get the host name or machine name for the current machine + + + The host name () or + the machine name (Environment.MachineName) for + the current machine, or if neither of these are available + then NOT AVAILABLE is returned. + + + + + + Get this application's friendly name + + + The friendly name of this application as a string + + + + If available the name of the application is retrieved from + the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName. + + + Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used. + + + + + + Get the start time for the current process. + + + + This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the + AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime + this is not the start time for the current process. + + + The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its + startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for + the actual start time. + + + Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the + same process without the process terminating, however this start time + will be set per AppDomain. + + + + + + Text to output when a null is encountered. + + + + Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while + outputting a string representation of an item. + + + The default value is (null). This value can be overridden by specifying + a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's + .config file. + + + + + + Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested. + + + + Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested. + + + The default value is NOT AVAILABLE. This value can be overridden by specifying + a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's + .config file. + + + + + + Utility class that represents a format string. + + + + Utility class that represents a format string. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initialise the + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. + A containing zero or more format items. + An array containing zero or more objects to format. + + + + Format the string and arguments + + the formatted string + + + + Replaces the format item in a specified with the text equivalent + of the value of a corresponding instance in a specified array. + A specified parameter supplies culture-specific formatting information. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. + A containing zero or more format items. + An array containing zero or more objects to format. + + A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the + equivalent of the corresponding instances of in args. + + + + This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the + exception and arguments are returned in the result string. + + + + + + Process an error during StringFormat + + + + + Dump the contents of an array into a string builder + + + + + Dump an object to a string + + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread. + The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary. + + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Remove a property + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove a property + + + + + + Clear all properties + + + + Clear all properties + + + + + + Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread. + + create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if is does not exist + the properties for this thread + + + The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the + caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the + caller must clone the collection before doing so. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + + + + Implementation of Stack for the + + + + Implementation of Stack for the + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The stack store. + + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after + a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly. + You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call + the method of the + returned from even in exceptional circumstances, + for example by using the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + syntax. + + + + + + Removes the top context from this stack. + + The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack. + + + Remove the top context from this stack, and return + it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an + empty string (not ) is returned. + + + + + + Pushes a new context message into this stack. + + The new context message. + + An that can be used to clean up the context stack. + + + + Pushes a new context onto this stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up this stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + { + log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message"); + } + + + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + The current context information. + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + Gets the current context information + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + + + + + Get a portable version of this object + + the portable instance of this object + + + Get a cross thread portable version of this object + + + + + + The number of messages in the stack + + + The current number of messages in the stack + + + + The current number of messages in the stack. That is + the number of times has been called + minus the number of times has been called. + + + + + + Gets and sets the internal stack used by this + + The internal storage stack + + + This property is provided only to support backward compatability + of the . Tytpically the internal stack should not + be modified. + + + + + + Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack. + + + + Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack. + + + + + + Constructor + + The message for this context. + The parent context in the chain. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and parent context. + + + + + + Get the message. + + The message. + + + Get the message. + + + + + + Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. + + + The full text of the context down to the root level. + + + + Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. + + + + + + Struct returned from the method. + + + + This struct implements the and is designed to be used + with the pattern to remove the stack frame at the end of the scope. + + + + + + The ThreadContextStack internal stack + + + + + The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed + + + + + Constructor + + The internal stack used by the ThreadContextStack. + The depth to return the stack to when this object is disposed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified stack and return depth. + + + + + + Returns the stack to the correct depth. + + + + Returns the stack to the correct depth. + + + + + + Implementation of Stacks collection for the + + + + Implementation of Stacks collection for the + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets the named thread context stack + + + The named stack + + + + Gets the named thread context stack + + + + + + Utility class for transforming strings. + + + + Utility class for transforming strings. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + Write a string to an + + the writer to write to + the string to write + The string to replace non XML compliant chars with + + + The test is escaped either using XML escape entities + or using CDATA sections. + + + + + + Replace invalid XML characters in text string + + the XML text input string + the string to use in place of invalid characters + A string that does not contain invalid XML characters. + + + Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for + details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets. + + + This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string + with the mask string specified. + + + + + + Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text + + the text to search + the substring to find + the number of times the substring occurs in the text + + + The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself. + + + + + + Impersonate a Windows Account + + + + This impersonates a Windows account. + + + How the impersonation is done depends on the value of . + This allows the context to either impersonate a set of user credentials specified + using username, domain name and password or to revert to the process credentials. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and + capture a primary token for impersonation. + + + The required , + or properties were not specified. + + + + Impersonate the Windows account specified by the and properties. + + caller provided state + + An instance that will revoke the impersonation of this SecurityContext + + + + Depending on the property either + impersonate a user using credentials supplied or revert + to the process credentials. + + + + + + Create a given the userName, domainName and password. + + the user name + the domain name + the password + the for the account specified + + + Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This + token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity. + + + + + + Gets or sets the impersonation mode for this security context + + + The impersonation mode for this security context + + + + Impersonate either a user with user credentials or + revert this thread to the credentials of the process. + The value is one of the + enum. + + + The default value is + + + When the mode is set to + the user's credentials are established using the + , and + values. + + + When the mode is set to + no other properties need to be set. If the calling thread is + impersonating then it will be reverted back to the process credentials. + + + + + + Gets or sets the Windows username for this security context + + + The Windows username for this security context + + + + This property must be set if + is set to (the default setting). + + + + + + Gets or sets the Windows domain name for this security context + + + The Windows domain name for this security context + + + + The default value for is the local machine name + taken from the property. + + + This property must be set if + is set to (the default setting). + + + + + + Sets the password for the Windows account specified by the and properties. + + + The password for the Windows account specified by the and properties. + + + + This property must be set if + is set to (the default setting). + + + + + + The impersonation modes for the + + + + See the property for + details. + + + + + + Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied + + + + + Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process + + + + + Adds to + + + + Helper class to expose the + through the interface. + + + + + + Constructor + + the impersonation context being wrapped + + + Constructor + + + + + + Revert the impersonation + + + + Revert the impersonation + + + + + + The log4net Global Context. + + + + The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging + information to be stored. + + + The global context has a properties map and these properties can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputing these properties. + + + By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of + the current machine. + + + + + GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName; + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Private Constructor. + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + The global context properties instance + + + + + The global properties map. + + + The global properties map. + + + + The global properties map. + + + + + + The log4net Logical Thread Context. + + + + The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for specific debugging + information to be stored. + The LogicalThreadContext properties override any or + properties with the same name. + + + The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack. + The properties and stack can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputting these properties. + + + The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context. + This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per basis. + + + Example of using the thread context properties to store a username. + + LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName; + log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'"); + + + Example of how to push a message into the context stack + + using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message")) + { + log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'"); + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Private Constructor. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + The thread context properties instance + + + + + The thread context stacks instance + + + + + The thread properties map + + + The thread properties map + + + + The LogicalThreadContext properties override any + or properties with the same name. + + + + + + The thread stacks + + + stack map + + + + The logical thread stacks. + + + + + + This class is used by client applications to request logger instances. + + + + This class has static methods that are used by a client to request + a logger instance. The method is + used to retrieve a logger. + + + See the interface for more details. + + + Simple example of logging messages + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); + + log.Info("Application Start"); + log.Debug("This is a debug message"); + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is another debug message"); + } + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null. + + + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + The logger found, or null if no logger could be found. + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + The repository to lookup in. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified + repository. + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified + assembly's repository. + + + + Get the currently defined loggers. + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository. + + The repository to lookup in. + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + Get or create a logger. + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieve a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The repository to lookup in. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieve a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The repository to lookup in. + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shuts down the log4net system. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the + default repositories. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + Shutdown a logger repository. + + Shuts down the default repository. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + default repository. + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + The repository to shutdown. + + + + Shuts down the repository specified. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository. The repository is looked up using + the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + + + Reset the configuration of a repository + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + The repository to reset. + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository to reset. + + + Get the logger repository. + + Returns the default instance. + + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the callers assembly (). + + + The instance for the default repository. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The repository to lookup in. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + + + Get a logger repository. + + Returns the default instance. + + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the callers assembly (). + + + The instance for the default repository. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The repository to lookup in. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + + + Create a domain + + Creates a repository with the specified repository type. + + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to will return + the same repository instance. + + + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + Create a logger repository. + + Creates a repository with the specified repository type. + + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to will return + the same repository instance. + + + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + + Gets the list of currently defined repositories. + + + + Get an array of all the objects that have been created. + + + An array of all the known objects. + + + + Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified. + + The logger to get the wrapper for. + The wrapper for the logger specified. + + + + Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified. + + The loggers to get the wrappers for. + The wrapper objects for the loggers specified. + + + + Create the objects used by + this manager. + + The logger to wrap. + The wrapper for the logger specified. + + + + The wrapper map to use to hold the objects. + + + + + Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts. + + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + The MDC class is similar to the class except that it is + based on a map instead of a stack. It provides mapped + diagnostic contexts. A Mapped Diagnostic Context, or + MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The MDC is managed on a per thread basis. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + Gets the context value identified by the parameter. + + The key to lookup in the MDC. + The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + If the parameter does not look up to a + previously defined context then null will be returned. + + + + + + Add an entry to the MDC + + The key to store the value under. + The value to store. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Puts a context value (the parameter) as identified + with the parameter into the current thread's + context map. + + + If a value is already defined for the + specified then the value will be replaced. If the + is specified as null then the key value mapping will be removed. + + + + + + Removes the key value mapping for the key specified. + + The key to remove. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC + + + + + + Clear all entries in the MDC + + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC + + + + + + Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument + to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log + output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple + clients near-simultaneously. + + + Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry + from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs + come into play. + + + Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class + is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the + calling thread. + + + How to push a message into the context + + using(NDC.Push("my context message")) + { + ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ... + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread. + + + + + + Creates a clone of the stack of context information. + + A clone of the context info for this thread. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + The results of this method can be passed to the + method to allow child threads to inherit the context of their + parent thread. + + + + + + Inherits the contextual information from another thread. + + The context stack to inherit. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + This thread will use the context information from the stack + supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with + the same contextual information as their parent threads. These + contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that + are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other. + Call to obtain a stack to pass to + this method. + + + + + + Removes the top context from the stack. + + + The message in the context that was removed from the top + of the stack. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Remove the top context from the stack, and return + it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an + empty string (not null) is returned. + + + + + + Pushes a new context message. + + The new context message. + + An that can be used to clean up + the context stack. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up the context stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message")) + { + log.Warn("This should have an NDC message"); + } + + + + + + Removes the context information for this thread. It is + not required to call this method. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + This method is not implemented. + + + + + + Forces the stack depth to be at most . + + The maximum depth of the stack + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Forces the stack depth to be at most . + This may truncate the head of the stack. This only affects the + stack in the current thread. Also it does not prevent it from + growing, it only sets the maximum depth at the time of the + call. This can be used to return to a known context depth. + + + + + + Gets the current context depth. + + The current context depth. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + The number of context values pushed onto the context stack. + + + Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then + be restored using the method. + + + + + + + The log4net Thread Context. + + + + The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging + information to be stored. + The ThreadContext properties override any + properties with the same name. + + + The thread context has a properties map and a stack. + The properties and stack can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputting these properties. + + + The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread. + This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis. + + + Example of using the thread context properties to store a username. + + ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName; + log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'"); + + + Example of how to push a message into the context stack + + using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message")) + { + log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'"); + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Private Constructor. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + The thread context properties instance + + + + + The thread context stacks instance + + + + + The thread properties map + + + The thread properties map + + + + The ThreadContext properties override any + properties with the same name. + + + + + + The thread stacks + + + stack map + + + + The thread local stacks. + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/log.xml b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/log.xml index 12365f7eb8..cda84d7c7b 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/log.xml +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/log.xml @@ -1,26 +1,46 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/PerfTest.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/PerfTest.cs index 97a609ba32..e7b1cb8ecd 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/PerfTest.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/PerfTest.cs @@ -1,684 +1,705 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.IO; -using System.Text; -using System.Threading; -using common.org.apache.qpid.transport.util; -using org.apache.qpid.client; -using org.apache.qpid.transport; -using org.apache.qpid.transport.util; -using Plossum.CommandLine; - -namespace PerfTest -{ - [CommandLineManager(ApplicationName = "Qpid Perf Tests", Copyright = "Apache Software Foundation")] - public class Options - { - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Displays this help text")] public bool Help; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Create shared queues.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Setup; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Run test, print report.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Control; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Publish messages.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Publish; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Subscribe for messages.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Subscribe; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Test mode: [shared|fanout|topic]", MinOccurs = 0)] - public string Mode - { - get { return _mMode; } - set - { - if (! value.Equals("shared") && ! value.Equals("fanout") && ! value.Equals("topic")) - throw new InvalidOptionValueException( - "The mode must not be shared|fanout|topic", false); - _mMode = value; - } - } - - private string _mMode = "shared"; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Specifies the broler name", MinOccurs = 0)] - public string Broker - { - get { return _broker; } - set - { - if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(value)) - throw new InvalidOptionValueException( - "The broker name must not be empty", false); - _broker = value; - } - } - - private string _broker = "localhost"; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Specifies the port name", MinOccurs = 0)] - public int Port - { - get { return _port; } - set { _port = value; } - } - - private int _port = 5672; - - #region Publisher - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Create N publishers.", MinOccurs = 0)] - public int Pubs - { - get { return _pubs; } - set { _pubs = value; } - } - - private int _pubs = 1; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Each publisher sends N messages.", MinOccurs = 0)] - public double Count - { - get { return _count; } - set { _count = value; } - } - - private double _count = 5000; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Size of messages in bytes.", MinOccurs = 0)] - public long Size - { - get { return _size; } - set { _size = value; } - } - - private long _size = 1024; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Publisher use confirm-mode.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Confirm = true; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Publish messages as durable.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Durable; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Make data for each message unique.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean UniqueData; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Wait for confirmation of each message before sending the next one.", - MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean SyncPub; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = ">=0 delay between msg publish.", MinOccurs = 0)] - public double IntervalPub - { - get { return _interval_pub; } - set { _interval_pub = value; } - } - - private double _interval_pub; - - #endregion - - #region Subscriber - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Create N subscribers.", MinOccurs = 0)] - public int Subs - { - get { return _subs; } - set { _subs = value; } - } - - private int _subs = 1; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "N>0: Subscriber acks batches of N.\n N==0: Subscriber uses unconfirmed mode", - MinOccurs = 0)] - public int SubAck - { - get { return _suback; } - set { _suback = value; } - } - - private int _suback; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = ">=0 delay between msg consume", MinOccurs = 0)] - public double IntervalSub - { - get { return _interval_sub; } - set { _interval_sub = value; } - } - - private double _interval_sub; - - #endregion - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Create N queues.", MinOccurs = 0)] - public int Queues - { - get { return _qt; } - set { _qt = value; } - } - - private int _qt = 1; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Desired number of iterations of the test.", MinOccurs = 0)] - public int Iterations - { - get { return _iterations; } - set { _iterations = value; } - } - - private int _iterations = 1; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "If non-zero, the transaction batch size.", MinOccurs = 0)] - public int Tx - { - get { return _tx; } - set { _tx = value; } - } - - private int _tx; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Make queue durable (implied if durable set.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean - QueueDurable; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Queue policy: count to trigger 'flow to disk'", MinOccurs = 0)] - public double QueueMaxCount - { - get { return _queueMaxCount; } - set { _queueMaxCount = value; } - } - - private double _queueMaxCount; - - [CommandLineOption(Description = "Queue policy: accumulated size to trigger 'flow to disk'", MinOccurs = 0)] - public double QueueMaxSize - { - get { return _queueMaxSize; } - set { _queueMaxSize = value; } - } - - private double _queueMaxSize; - - public double SubQuota - { - get { return _subQuota; } - set { _subQuota = value; } - } - - private double _subQuota; - } - - internal interface Startable - { - void Start(); - } - - public abstract class PerfTestClient : Startable - { - private readonly Client _connection; - private readonly ClientSession _session; - private readonly Options _options; - - public ClientSession Session - { - get { return _session; } - } - - public Options Options - { - get { return _options; } - } - - protected PerfTestClient(Options options) - { - _options = options; - _connection = new Client(); - _connection.connect(options.Broker, options.Port, "test", "guest", "guest"); - _session = _connection.createSession(50000); - } - - public abstract void Start(); - } - - public class SetupTest : PerfTestClient - { - public SetupTest(Options options) - : base(options) - { - } - - private void queueInit(String name, Boolean durable, Dictionary arguments) - { - Session.queueDeclare(name, null, arguments, durable ? Option.DURABLE : Option.NONE); - Session.queuePurge(name); - Session.exchangeBind(name, "amq.direct", name); - Session.sync(); - } - - public override void Start() - { - queueInit("pub_start", false, null); - queueInit("pub_done", false, null); - queueInit("sub_ready", false, null); - queueInit("sub_done", false, null); - if (Options.Mode.Equals("shared")) - { - Dictionary settings = new Dictionary(); - if (Options.QueueMaxCount > 0) - settings.Add("qpid.max_count", Options.QueueMaxCount); - if (Options.QueueMaxSize > 0) - settings.Add("qpid.max_size", Options.QueueMaxSize); - for (int i = 0; i < Options.Queues; ++i) - { - string qname = "perftest" + i; - queueInit(qname, Options.Durable || Options.QueueDurable, settings); - } - } - } - } - - public class SubscribeThread : PerfTestClient - { - private readonly string _queue; - - public SubscribeThread(Options options, string key, string exchange) - : base(options) - { - _queue = "perftest" + (new UUID(10, 10)).ToString(); - Session.queueDeclare(_queue, null, null, Option.EXCLUSIVE, Option.AUTO_DELETE, - Options.Durable ? Option.DURABLE : Option.NONE); - Session.exchangeBind(_queue, exchange, key); - } - - public SubscribeThread(Options options, string key) - : base(options) - { - _queue = key; - } - - public override void Start() - { - if (Options.Tx > 0) - { - Session.txSelect(); - Session.sync(); - } - CircularBuffer buffer = new CircularBuffer(100); - // Create a listener and subscribe it to the queue named "message_queue" - IMessageListener listener = new SyncListener(buffer); - string dest = "dest" + UUID.randomUUID().ToString(); - Session.attachMessageListener(listener, dest); - Session.messageSubscribe(_queue, dest, - Options.Tx > 0 || Options.SubAck > 0 - ? MessageAcceptMode.EXPLICIT - : MessageAcceptMode.NONE, - MessageAcquireMode.PRE_ACQUIRED, null, 0, null); - // issue credits - Session.messageSetFlowMode(dest, MessageFlowMode.WINDOW); - Session.messageFlow(dest, MessageCreditUnit.BYTE, ClientSession.MESSAGE_FLOW_MAX_BYTES); - - // Notify controller we are ready. - IMessage message = new Message(); - message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey("sub_ready"); - - message.appendData(Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes("ready")); - Session.messageTransfer("amq.direct", message); - - if (Options.Tx > 0) - { - Session.txCommit(); - Session.sync(); - } - - - for (int j = 0; j < Options.Iterations; ++j) - { - - //need to allocate some more credit - Session.messageFlow(dest, MessageCreditUnit.MESSAGE, (long)Options.SubQuota); - - RangeSet range = new RangeSet(); - IMessage msg; - DateTime start = DateTime.Now; - for (long i = 0; i < Options.SubQuota; ++i) - { - msg = buffer.Dequeue(); - if (Options.Tx > 0 && ((i + 1)%Options.Tx == 0)) - { - Session.txCommit(); - Session.sync(); - } - if (Options.IntervalSub > 0) - { - Thread.Sleep((int) Options.IntervalSub*1000); - } - range.add(msg.Id); - } - if (Options.Tx > 0 || Options.SubAck > 0) - Session.messageAccept(range); - range.clear(); - if (Options.Tx > 0) - { - Session.txSelect(); - Session.sync(); - } - DateTime end = DateTime.Now; - - // Report to publisher. - message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey("sub_done"); - message.clearData(); - message.appendData(BitConverter.GetBytes(Options.SubQuota / end.Subtract(start).TotalMilliseconds )); - Session.messageTransfer("amq.direct", message); - if (Options.Tx > 0) - { - Session.txSelect(); - Session.sync(); - } - } - Session.close(); - } - } - - public class SyncListener : IMessageListener - { - private readonly CircularBuffer _buffer; - - public SyncListener(CircularBuffer buffer) - { - _buffer = buffer; - } - - public void messageTransfer(IMessage m) - { - _buffer.Enqueue(m); - } - } - - - public class PublishThread : PerfTestClient - { - private readonly string _exchange; - private readonly string _key; - - public PublishThread(Options options, string key, string exchange) - : base(options) - { - _key = key; - _exchange = exchange; - } - - - public override void Start() - { - byte[] data = new byte[Options.Size]; - // randomly populate data - Random r = new Random(34); - r.NextBytes(data); - IMessage message = new Message(); - message.appendData(data); - - message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey(_key); - - if (Options.Durable) - message.DeliveryProperties.setDeliveryMode(MessageDeliveryMode.PERSISTENT); - - if (Options.Tx > 0) - { - Session.txSelect(); - Session.sync(); - } - - CircularBuffer buffer = new CircularBuffer(100); - // Create a listener and subscribe it to the queue named "pub_start" - IMessageListener listener = new SyncListener(buffer); - string localQueue = "localQueue-" + UUID.randomUUID().ToString(); - Session.queueDeclare(localQueue, null, null, Option.AUTO_DELETE); - Session.exchangeBind(localQueue, "amq.direct", "pub_start"); - Session.attachMessageListener(listener, localQueue); - Session.messageSubscribe(localQueue); - if (Options.Tx > 0) - { - Session.txCommit(); - Session.sync(); - } - buffer.Dequeue(); - - for (int j = 0; j < Options.Iterations; ++j) - { - DateTime start = DateTime.Now; - for (long i = 0; i < Options.Count; ++i) - { - Session.messageTransfer(_exchange, message); - - if (Options.SyncPub) - { - Session.sync(); - } - if (Options.Tx > 0 && (i + 1)%Options.Tx == 0) - { - Session.txSelect(); - Session.sync(); - } - if (Options.IntervalPub > 0) - { - Thread.Sleep((int) Options.IntervalSub*1000); - } - } - Session.sync(); - DateTime end = DateTime.Now; - - // Report to publisher. - message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey("pub_done"); - message.clearData(); - double time = end.Subtract(start).TotalMilliseconds; - byte[] rate = BitConverter.GetBytes( Options.Count / time ); - message.appendData(rate); - Session.messageTransfer("amq.direct", message); - if (Options.Tx > 0) - { - Session.txSelect(); - Session.sync(); - } - } - Session.close(); - } - } - - public class Controller : PerfTestClient - { - public Controller(Options options) - : base(options) - { - } - - private void process(int size, string queue) - { - CircularBuffer buffer = new CircularBuffer(100); - IMessageListener listener = new SyncListener(buffer); - string localQueue = "queue-" + UUID.randomUUID().ToString(); - Session.queueDeclare(localQueue, null, null, Option.AUTO_DELETE); - Session.exchangeBind(localQueue, "amq.direct", queue); - Session.attachMessageListener(listener, localQueue); - Session.messageSubscribe(localQueue); - for (int i = 0; i < size; ++i) - { - buffer.Dequeue(); - } - } - - private double processRate(int size, string queue) - { - CircularBuffer buffer = new CircularBuffer(100); - IMessageListener listener = new SyncListener(buffer); - string localQueue = "queue-" + UUID.randomUUID().ToString(); - Session.queueDeclare(localQueue, null, null, Option.AUTO_DELETE); - Session.exchangeBind(localQueue, "amq.direct", queue); - Session.attachMessageListener(listener, localQueue); - Session.messageSubscribe(localQueue); - double rate = 0; - RangeSet range = new RangeSet(); - for (int i = 0; i < size; ++i) - { - IMessage m = buffer.Dequeue(); - range.add(m.Id); - BinaryReader reader = new BinaryReader(m.Body, Encoding.UTF8); - byte[] body = new byte[m.Body.Length - m.Body.Position]; - reader.Read(body, 0, body.Length); - rate += BitConverter.ToDouble(body,0); - } - Session.messageAccept(range); - return rate; - } - - private void send(int size, string queue, string data) - { - IMessage message = new Message(); - message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey(queue); - message.appendData(Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(data)); - for (int i = 0; i < size; ++i) - { - Session.messageTransfer("amq.direct", message); - } - } - - public override void Start() - { - process(Options.Subs, "sub_ready"); - for (int j = 0; j < Options.Iterations; ++j) - { - DateTime start = DateTime.Now; - send(Options.Pubs, "pub_start", "start"); // Start publishers - double pubrate = processRate(Options.Pubs, "pub_done"); - double subrate = processRate(Options.Subs, "sub_done"); - DateTime end = DateTime.Now; - - double transfers = (Options.Pubs*Options.Count) + (Options.Subs*Options.SubQuota); - double time = end.Subtract(start).TotalSeconds; - double txrate = transfers/time; - double mbytes = (txrate*Options.Size) / (1024 * 1024) ; - - Console.WriteLine("Total: " + transfers + " transfers of " + Options.Size + " bytes in " - + time + " seconds.\n" + - "Publish transfers/sec: " + pubrate * 1000 + "\n" + - "Subscribe transfers/sec: " + subrate * 1000 + "\n" + - "Total transfers/sec: " + txrate + "\n" + - "Total Mbytes/sec: " + mbytes); - Console.WriteLine("done"); - } - - } - } - - - public class PerfTest - { - private static int Main(string[] args) - { - Options options = new Options(); - CommandLineParser parser = new CommandLineParser(options); - parser.Parse(); - if (parser.HasErrors) - { - Console.WriteLine(parser.UsageInfo.GetErrorsAsString(78)); - return -1; - } - if (options.Help) - { - Console.WriteLine(parser.UsageInfo.GetOptionsAsString(78)); - return 0; - } - bool singleProcess = - (!options.Setup && !options.Control && !options.Publish && !options.Subscribe); - if (singleProcess) - { - options.Setup = options.Control = options.Publish = true; - options.Subscribe = true; - } - - - string exchange = "amq.direct"; - switch (options.Mode) - { - case "shared": - options.SubQuota = (options.Pubs*options.Count)/options.Subs; - break; - case "fanout": - options.SubQuota = (options.Pubs*options.Count); - exchange = "amq.fanout"; - break; - case "topic": - options.SubQuota = (options.Pubs*options.Count); - exchange = "amq.topic"; - break; - } - - if (options.Setup) - { - SetupTest setup = new SetupTest(options); - setup.Start(); // Set up queues - } - - Thread contT = null; - if ( options.Control) - { - Controller c = new Controller(options); - contT = new Thread(c.Start); - contT.Start(); - } - - Thread[] publishers = null; - Thread[] subscribers = null; - - // Start pubs/subs for each queue/topic. - for (int i = 0; i < options.Queues; ++i) - { - string key = "perftest" + i; // Queue or topic name. - if (options.Publish) - { - int n = singleProcess ? options.Pubs : 1; - publishers = new Thread[n]; - for (int j = 0; j < n; ++j) - { - PublishThread pt = new PublishThread(options, key, exchange); - publishers[i] = new Thread(pt.Start); - publishers[i].Start(); - } - } - if ( options.Subscribe) - { - int n = singleProcess ? options.Subs : 1; - subscribers = new Thread[n]; - for (int j = 0; j < n; ++j) - { - SubscribeThread st; - if (options.Mode.Equals("shared")) - st = new SubscribeThread(options, key); - else - st = new SubscribeThread(options, key, exchange); - subscribers[i] = new Thread(st.Start); - subscribers[i].Start(); - } - } - } - - if (options.Control) - { - contT.Join(); - } - - - // Wait for started threads. - if (options.Publish) - { - foreach (Thread t in publishers) - { - t.Join(); - } - } - - if (options.Subscribe) - { - foreach (Thread t in subscribers) - { - t.Join(); - } - } - - - return 0; - } - } -} +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.IO; +using System.Text; +using System.Threading; +using common.org.apache.qpid.transport.util; +using org.apache.qpid.client; +using org.apache.qpid.transport; +using org.apache.qpid.transport.util; +using Plossum.CommandLine; + +namespace PerfTest +{ + [CommandLineManager(ApplicationName = "Qpid Perf Tests", Copyright = "Apache Software Foundation")] + public class Options + { + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Displays this help text")] public bool Help; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Create shared queues.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Setup; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Run test, print report.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Control; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Publish messages.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Publish; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Subscribe for messages.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Subscribe; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Test mode: [shared|fanout|topic]", MinOccurs = 0)] + public string Mode + { + get { return _mMode; } + set + { + if (! value.Equals("shared") && ! value.Equals("fanout") && ! value.Equals("topic")) + throw new InvalidOptionValueException( + "The mode must not be shared|fanout|topic", false); + _mMode = value; + } + } + + private string _mMode = "shared"; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Specifies the broler name", MinOccurs = 0)] + public string Broker + { + get { return _broker; } + set + { + if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(value)) + throw new InvalidOptionValueException( + "The broker name must not be empty", false); + _broker = value; + } + } + + private string _broker = "localhost"; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Specifies the port name", MinOccurs = 0)] + public int Port + { + get { return _port; } + set { _port = value; } + } + + private int _port = 5672; + + #region Publisher + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Create N publishers.", MinOccurs = 0)] + public int Pubs + { + get { return _pubs; } + set { _pubs = value; } + } + + private int _pubs = 1; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Each publisher sends N messages.", MinOccurs = 0)] + public double Count + { + get { return _count; } + set { _count = value; } + } + + private double _count = 5000; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Size of messages in bytes.", MinOccurs = 0)] + public long Size + { + get { return _size; } + set { _size = value; } + } + + private long _size = 1024; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Publisher use confirm-mode.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Confirm = true; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Publish messages as durable.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean Durable; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Make data for each message unique.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean UniqueData; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Wait for confirmation of each message before sending the next one.", + MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean SyncPub; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = ">=0 delay between msg publish.", MinOccurs = 0)] + public double IntervalPub + { + get { return _interval_pub; } + set { _interval_pub = value; } + } + + private double _interval_pub; + + #endregion + + #region Subscriber + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Create N subscribers.", MinOccurs = 0)] + public int Subs + { + get { return _subs; } + set { _subs = value; } + } + + private int _subs = 1; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "N>0: Subscriber acks batches of N.\n N==0: Subscriber uses unconfirmed mode", + MinOccurs = 0)] + public int SubAck + { + get { return _suback; } + set { _suback = value; } + } + + private int _suback; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = ">=0 delay between msg consume", MinOccurs = 0)] + public double IntervalSub + { + get { return _interval_sub; } + set { _interval_sub = value; } + } + + private double _interval_sub; + + #endregion + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Create N queues.", MinOccurs = 0)] + public int Queues + { + get { return _qt; } + set { _qt = value; } + } + + private int _qt = 1; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Desired number of iterations of the test.", MinOccurs = 0)] + public int Iterations + { + get { return _iterations; } + set { _iterations = value; } + } + + private int _iterations = 1; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "If non-zero, the transaction batch size.", MinOccurs = 0)] + public int Tx + { + get { return _tx; } + set { _tx = value; } + } + + private int _tx; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Make queue durable (implied if durable set.", MinOccurs = 0)] public Boolean + QueueDurable; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Queue policy: count to trigger 'flow to disk'", MinOccurs = 0)] + public double QueueMaxCount + { + get { return _queueMaxCount; } + set { _queueMaxCount = value; } + } + + private double _queueMaxCount; + + [CommandLineOption(Description = "Queue policy: accumulated size to trigger 'flow to disk'", MinOccurs = 0)] + public double QueueMaxSize + { + get { return _queueMaxSize; } + set { _queueMaxSize = value; } + } + + private double _queueMaxSize; + + public double SubQuota + { + get { return _subQuota; } + set { _subQuota = value; } + } + + private double _subQuota; + } + + internal interface Startable + { + void Start(); + } + + public abstract class PerfTestClient : Startable + { + private readonly Client _connection; + private readonly ClientSession _session; + private readonly Options _options; + + public ClientSession Session + { + get { return _session; } + } + + public Options Options + { + get { return _options; } + } + + protected PerfTestClient(Options options) + { + _options = options; + _connection = new Client(); + _connection.connect(options.Broker, options.Port, "test", "guest", "guest"); + _session = _connection.createSession(50000); + } + + public abstract void Start(); + } + + public class SetupTest : PerfTestClient + { + public SetupTest(Options options) + : base(options) + { + } + + private void queueInit(String name, Boolean durable, Dictionary arguments) + { + Session.queueDeclare(name, null, arguments, durable ? Option.DURABLE : Option.NONE); + Session.queuePurge(name); + Session.exchangeBind(name, "amq.direct", name); + Session.sync(); + } + + public override void Start() + { + queueInit("pub_start", false, null); + queueInit("pub_done", false, null); + queueInit("sub_ready", false, null); + queueInit("sub_done", false, null); + if (Options.Mode.Equals("shared")) + { + Dictionary settings = new Dictionary(); + if (Options.QueueMaxCount > 0) + settings.Add("qpid.max_count", Options.QueueMaxCount); + if (Options.QueueMaxSize > 0) + settings.Add("qpid.max_size", Options.QueueMaxSize); + for (int i = 0; i < Options.Queues; ++i) + { + string qname = "perftest" + i; + queueInit(qname, Options.Durable || Options.QueueDurable, settings); + } + } + } + } + + public class SubscribeThread : PerfTestClient + { + private readonly string _queue; + + public SubscribeThread(Options options, string key, string exchange) + : base(options) + { + _queue = "perftest" + (new UUID(10, 10)).ToString(); + Session.queueDeclare(_queue, null, null, Option.EXCLUSIVE, Option.AUTO_DELETE, + Options.Durable ? Option.DURABLE : Option.NONE); + Session.exchangeBind(_queue, exchange, key); + } + + public SubscribeThread(Options options, string key) + : base(options) + { + _queue = key; + } + + public override void Start() + { + if (Options.Tx > 0) + { + Session.txSelect(); + Session.sync(); + } + CircularBuffer buffer = new CircularBuffer(100); + // Create a listener and subscribe it to the queue named "message_queue" + IMessageListener listener = new SyncListener(buffer); + string dest = "dest" + UUID.randomUUID().ToString(); + Session.attachMessageListener(listener, dest); + Session.messageSubscribe(_queue, dest, + Options.Tx > 0 || Options.SubAck > 0 + ? MessageAcceptMode.EXPLICIT + : MessageAcceptMode.NONE, + MessageAcquireMode.PRE_ACQUIRED, null, 0, null); + // issue credits + Session.messageSetFlowMode(dest, MessageFlowMode.WINDOW); + Session.messageFlow(dest, MessageCreditUnit.BYTE, ClientSession.MESSAGE_FLOW_MAX_BYTES); + + // Notify controller we are ready. + IMessage message = new Message(); + message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey("sub_ready"); + + message.appendData(Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes("ready")); + Session.messageTransfer("amq.direct", message); + + if (Options.Tx > 0) + { + Session.txCommit(); + Session.sync(); + } + + + for (int j = 0; j < Options.Iterations; ++j) + { + + //need to allocate some more credit + Session.messageFlow(dest, MessageCreditUnit.MESSAGE, (long)Options.SubQuota); + + RangeSet range = new RangeSet(); + IMessage msg; + DateTime start = DateTime.Now; + for (long i = 0; i < Options.SubQuota; ++i) + { + msg = buffer.Dequeue(); + if (Options.Tx > 0 && ((i + 1)%Options.Tx == 0)) + { + Session.txCommit(); + Session.sync(); + } + if (Options.IntervalSub > 0) + { + Thread.Sleep((int) Options.IntervalSub*1000); + } + range.add(msg.Id); + } + if (Options.Tx > 0 || Options.SubAck > 0) + Session.messageAccept(range); + range.clear(); + if (Options.Tx > 0) + { + Session.txSelect(); + Session.sync(); + } + DateTime end = DateTime.Now; + + // Report to publisher. + message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey("sub_done"); + message.clearData(); + message.appendData(BitConverter.GetBytes(Options.SubQuota / end.Subtract(start).TotalMilliseconds )); + Session.messageTransfer("amq.direct", message); + if (Options.Tx > 0) + { + Session.txSelect(); + Session.sync(); + } + } + Session.close(); + } + } + + public class SyncListener : IMessageListener + { + private readonly CircularBuffer _buffer; + + public SyncListener(CircularBuffer buffer) + { + _buffer = buffer; + } + + public void messageTransfer(IMessage m) + { + _buffer.Enqueue(m); + } + } + + + public class PublishThread : PerfTestClient + { + private readonly string _exchange; + private readonly string _key; + + public PublishThread(Options options, string key, string exchange) + : base(options) + { + _key = key; + _exchange = exchange; + } + + + public override void Start() + { + byte[] data = new byte[Options.Size]; + // randomly populate data + Random r = new Random(34); + r.NextBytes(data); + IMessage message = new Message(); + message.appendData(data); + + message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey(_key); + + if (Options.Durable) + message.DeliveryProperties.setDeliveryMode(MessageDeliveryMode.PERSISTENT); + + if (Options.Tx > 0) + { + Session.txSelect(); + Session.sync(); + } + + CircularBuffer buffer = new CircularBuffer(100); + // Create a listener and subscribe it to the queue named "pub_start" + IMessageListener listener = new SyncListener(buffer); + string localQueue = "localQueue-" + UUID.randomUUID().ToString(); + Session.queueDeclare(localQueue, null, null, Option.AUTO_DELETE); + Session.exchangeBind(localQueue, "amq.direct", "pub_start"); + Session.attachMessageListener(listener, localQueue); + Session.messageSubscribe(localQueue); + if (Options.Tx > 0) + { + Session.txCommit(); + Session.sync(); + } + buffer.Dequeue(); + + for (int j = 0; j < Options.Iterations; ++j) + { + DateTime start = DateTime.Now; + for (long i = 0; i < Options.Count; ++i) + { + Session.messageTransfer(_exchange, message); + + if (Options.SyncPub) + { + Session.sync(); + } + if (Options.Tx > 0 && (i + 1)%Options.Tx == 0) + { + Session.txSelect(); + Session.sync(); + } + if (Options.IntervalPub > 0) + { + Thread.Sleep((int) Options.IntervalSub*1000); + } + } + Session.sync(); + DateTime end = DateTime.Now; + + // Report to publisher. + message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey("pub_done"); + message.clearData(); + double time = end.Subtract(start).TotalMilliseconds; + byte[] rate = BitConverter.GetBytes( Options.Count / time ); + message.appendData(rate); + Session.messageTransfer("amq.direct", message); + if (Options.Tx > 0) + { + Session.txSelect(); + Session.sync(); + } + } + Session.close(); + } + } + + public class Controller : PerfTestClient + { + public Controller(Options options) + : base(options) + { + } + + private void process(int size, string queue) + { + CircularBuffer buffer = new CircularBuffer(100); + IMessageListener listener = new SyncListener(buffer); + string localQueue = "queue-" + UUID.randomUUID().ToString(); + Session.queueDeclare(localQueue, null, null, Option.AUTO_DELETE); + Session.exchangeBind(localQueue, "amq.direct", queue); + Session.attachMessageListener(listener, localQueue); + Session.messageSubscribe(localQueue); + for (int i = 0; i < size; ++i) + { + buffer.Dequeue(); + } + } + + private double processRate(int size, string queue) + { + CircularBuffer buffer = new CircularBuffer(100); + IMessageListener listener = new SyncListener(buffer); + string localQueue = "queue-" + UUID.randomUUID().ToString(); + Session.queueDeclare(localQueue, null, null, Option.AUTO_DELETE); + Session.exchangeBind(localQueue, "amq.direct", queue); + Session.attachMessageListener(listener, localQueue); + Session.messageSubscribe(localQueue); + double rate = 0; + RangeSet range = new RangeSet(); + for (int i = 0; i < size; ++i) + { + IMessage m = buffer.Dequeue(); + range.add(m.Id); + BinaryReader reader = new BinaryReader(m.Body, Encoding.UTF8); + byte[] body = new byte[m.Body.Length - m.Body.Position]; + reader.Read(body, 0, body.Length); + rate += BitConverter.ToDouble(body,0); + } + Session.messageAccept(range); + return rate; + } + + private void send(int size, string queue, string data) + { + IMessage message = new Message(); + message.DeliveryProperties.setRoutingKey(queue); + message.appendData(Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(data)); + for (int i = 0; i < size; ++i) + { + Session.messageTransfer("amq.direct", message); + } + } + + public override void Start() + { + process(Options.Subs, "sub_ready"); + for (int j = 0; j < Options.Iterations; ++j) + { + DateTime start = DateTime.Now; + send(Options.Pubs, "pub_start", "start"); // Start publishers + double pubrate = processRate(Options.Pubs, "pub_done"); + double subrate = processRate(Options.Subs, "sub_done"); + DateTime end = DateTime.Now; + + double transfers = (Options.Pubs*Options.Count) + (Options.Subs*Options.SubQuota); + double time = end.Subtract(start).TotalSeconds; + double txrate = transfers/time; + double mbytes = (txrate*Options.Size) / (1024 * 1024) ; + + Console.WriteLine("Total: " + transfers + " transfers of " + Options.Size + " bytes in " + + time + " seconds.\n" + + "Publish transfers/sec: " + pubrate * 1000 + "\n" + + "Subscribe transfers/sec: " + subrate * 1000 + "\n" + + "Total transfers/sec: " + txrate + "\n" + + "Total Mbytes/sec: " + mbytes); + Console.WriteLine("done"); + } + + } + } + + + public class PerfTest + { + private static int Main(string[] args) + { + Options options = new Options(); + CommandLineParser parser = new CommandLineParser(options); + parser.Parse(); + if (parser.HasErrors) + { + Console.WriteLine(parser.UsageInfo.GetErrorsAsString(78)); + return -1; + } + if (options.Help) + { + Console.WriteLine(parser.UsageInfo.GetOptionsAsString(78)); + return 0; + } + bool singleProcess = + (!options.Setup && !options.Control && !options.Publish && !options.Subscribe); + if (singleProcess) + { + options.Setup = options.Control = options.Publish = true; + options.Subscribe = true; + } + + + string exchange = "amq.direct"; + switch (options.Mode) + { + case "shared": + options.SubQuota = (options.Pubs*options.Count)/options.Subs; + break; + case "fanout": + options.SubQuota = (options.Pubs*options.Count); + exchange = "amq.fanout"; + break; + case "topic": + options.SubQuota = (options.Pubs*options.Count); + exchange = "amq.topic"; + break; + } + + if (options.Setup) + { + SetupTest setup = new SetupTest(options); + setup.Start(); // Set up queues + } + + Thread contT = null; + if ( options.Control) + { + Controller c = new Controller(options); + contT = new Thread(c.Start); + contT.Start(); + } + + Thread[] publishers = null; + Thread[] subscribers = null; + + // Start pubs/subs for each queue/topic. + for (int i = 0; i < options.Queues; ++i) + { + string key = "perftest" + i; // Queue or topic name. + if (options.Publish) + { + int n = singleProcess ? options.Pubs : 1; + publishers = new Thread[n]; + for (int j = 0; j < n; ++j) + { + PublishThread pt = new PublishThread(options, key, exchange); + publishers[i] = new Thread(pt.Start); + publishers[i].Start(); + } + } + if ( options.Subscribe) + { + int n = singleProcess ? options.Subs : 1; + subscribers = new Thread[n]; + for (int j = 0; j < n; ++j) + { + SubscribeThread st; + if (options.Mode.Equals("shared")) + st = new SubscribeThread(options, key); + else + st = new SubscribeThread(options, key, exchange); + subscribers[i] = new Thread(st.Start); + subscribers[i].Start(); + } + } + } + + if (options.Control) + { + contT.Join(); + } + + + // Wait for started threads. + if (options.Publish) + { + foreach (Thread t in publishers) + { + t.Join(); + } + } + + if (options.Subscribe) + { + foreach (Thread t in subscribers) + { + t.Join(); + } + } + + + return 0; + } + } +} diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 4ca588786e..7fc98fbf38 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,33 +1,54 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("perftest")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("perftest")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("11b542db-0d57-4a67-8b92-24ac1d4ed4cf")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("perftest")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("perftest")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("11b542db-0d57-4a67-8b92-24ac1d4ed4cf")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/perftest.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/perftest.csproj index 8f82f195b6..30953d6077 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/perftest.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/perftest/perftest.csproj @@ -1,61 +1,82 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {7F7E8DE7-FDF2-4A52-A4CE-D3756B05273C} - Exe - Properties - perftest - perftest - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - False - ..\lib\plossum\C5.dll - - - False - ..\lib\plossum\Plossum CommandLine.dll - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {7F7E8DE7-FDF2-4A52-A4CE-D3756B05273C} + Exe + Properties + perftest + perftest + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + False + ..\lib\plossum\C5.dll + + + False + ..\lib\plossum\Plossum CommandLine.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 7de372bb29..26a40b1f77 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,35 +1,56 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid Test")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid Test")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("3d62cb4f-4353-4eed-9669-3e1bc902081d")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Revision and Build Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid Test")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid Test")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("3d62cb4f-4353-4eed-9669-3e1bc902081d")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Revision and Build Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/test/Test.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/test/Test.csproj index a947a43a8d..7fa42c73d0 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/test/Test.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/test/Test.csproj @@ -1,69 +1,90 @@ - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 8.0.50727 - 2.0 - {95CB4C90-7C53-44A9-B11C-96235F158ACA} - Library - Properties - test - Qpid Test - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - False - ..\lib\log4net\log4net.dll - - - False - ..\lib\nunit\nunit.framework.dll - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} - Client - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 8.0.50727 + 2.0 + {95CB4C90-7C53-44A9-B11C-96235F158ACA} + Library + Properties + test + Qpid Test + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + False + ..\lib\log4net\log4net.dll + + + False + ..\lib\nunit\nunit.framework.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {B911FFD7-754F-4735-A188-218D5065BE79} + Client + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 477c21fd40..0d60714528 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,36 +1,57 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid WCF")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid WCF")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Apache Software Foundation 2008")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("a39d56ec-7d81-48e1-9602-347a3ce6f638")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid WCF")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid WCF")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("a39d56ec-7d81-48e1-9602-347a3ce6f638")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Form1.Designer.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Form1.Designer.cs index 24ae32cf77..9ec3a08359 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Form1.Designer.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Form1.Designer.cs @@ -1,164 +1,185 @@ -namespace WindowsFormsBooking -{ - partial class Form1 - { - /// - /// Required designer variable. - /// - private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null; - - /// - /// Clean up any resources being used. - /// - /// true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. - protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) - { - if (disposing && (components != null)) - { - components.Dispose(); - } - base.Dispose(disposing); - } - - #region Windows Form Designer generated code - - /// - /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify - /// the contents of this method with the code editor. - /// - private void InitializeComponent() - { - this.comboBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox(); - this.label1 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.numericUpDown1 = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown(); - this.label2 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); - this.button1 = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); - this.richTextBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.RichTextBox(); - this.button2 = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.numericUpDown1)).BeginInit(); - this.SuspendLayout(); - // - // comboBox1 - // - this.comboBox1.DropDownStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ComboBoxStyle.DropDownList; - this.comboBox1.FormattingEnabled = true; - this.comboBox1.Items.AddRange(new object[] { - "Hotel", - "Taxi", - "Train", - "Cinema", - "Theater", - "Restaurant"}); - this.comboBox1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(60, 20); - this.comboBox1.Name = "comboBox1"; - this.comboBox1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(76, 21); - this.comboBox1.TabIndex = 0; - this.comboBox1.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.comboBox1_SelectedIndexChanged); - // - // label1 - // - this.label1.AutoSize = true; - this.label1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(23, 20); - this.label1.Name = "label1"; - this.label1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(31, 13); - this.label1.TabIndex = 1; - this.label1.Text = "Type"; - // - // numericUpDown1 - // - this.numericUpDown1.Increment = new decimal(new int[] { - 10, - 0, - 0, - 0}); - this.numericUpDown1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(60, 49); - this.numericUpDown1.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] { - 200, - 0, - 0, - 0}); - this.numericUpDown1.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] { - 30, - 0, - 0, - 0}); - this.numericUpDown1.Name = "numericUpDown1"; - this.numericUpDown1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(76, 20); - this.numericUpDown1.TabIndex = 2; - this.numericUpDown1.Value = new decimal(new int[] { - 30, - 0, - 0, - 0}); - this.numericUpDown1.ValueChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.numericUpDown1_ValueChanged); - // - // label2 - // - this.label2.AutoSize = true; - this.label2.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(23, 56); - this.label2.Name = "label2"; - this.label2.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(31, 13); - this.label2.TabIndex = 3; - this.label2.Text = "Price"; - // - // button1 - // - this.button1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(142, 20); - this.button1.Name = "button1"; - this.button1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(40, 49); - this.button1.TabIndex = 4; - this.button1.Text = "Add"; - this.button1.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; - this.button1.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.button1_Click); - // - // richTextBox1 - // - this.richTextBox1.ForeColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ControlText; - this.richTextBox1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(27, 113); - this.richTextBox1.Name = "richTextBox1"; - this.richTextBox1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(155, 83); - this.richTextBox1.TabIndex = 5; - this.richTextBox1.Text = ""; - // - // button2 - // - this.button2.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(27, 81); - this.button2.Name = "button2"; - this.button2.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(155, 29); - this.button2.TabIndex = 6; - this.button2.Text = "Receipt"; - this.button2.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; - this.button2.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.button2_Click); - // - // Form1 - // - this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F); - this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font; - this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(211, 211); - this.Controls.Add(this.button2); - this.Controls.Add(this.richTextBox1); - this.Controls.Add(this.button1); - this.Controls.Add(this.label2); - this.Controls.Add(this.numericUpDown1); - this.Controls.Add(this.label1); - this.Controls.Add(this.comboBox1); - this.Name = "Form1"; - this.Text = "Booking Client"; - ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.numericUpDown1)).EndInit(); - this.ResumeLayout(false); - this.PerformLayout(); - - } - - #endregion - - private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox comboBox1; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label label1; - private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown numericUpDown1; - private System.Windows.Forms.Label label2; - private System.Windows.Forms.Button button1; - private System.Windows.Forms.RichTextBox richTextBox1; - private System.Windows.Forms.Button button2; - } -} - +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +namespace WindowsFormsBooking +{ + partial class Form1 + { + /// + /// Required designer variable. + /// + private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null; + + /// + /// Clean up any resources being used. + /// + /// true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing && (components != null)) + { + components.Dispose(); + } + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + + #region Windows Form Designer generated code + + /// + /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify + /// the contents of this method with the code editor. + /// + private void InitializeComponent() + { + this.comboBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox(); + this.label1 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); + this.numericUpDown1 = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown(); + this.label2 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); + this.button1 = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); + this.richTextBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.RichTextBox(); + this.button2 = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); + ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.numericUpDown1)).BeginInit(); + this.SuspendLayout(); + // + // comboBox1 + // + this.comboBox1.DropDownStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ComboBoxStyle.DropDownList; + this.comboBox1.FormattingEnabled = true; + this.comboBox1.Items.AddRange(new object[] { + "Hotel", + "Taxi", + "Train", + "Cinema", + "Theater", + "Restaurant"}); + this.comboBox1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(60, 20); + this.comboBox1.Name = "comboBox1"; + this.comboBox1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(76, 21); + this.comboBox1.TabIndex = 0; + this.comboBox1.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.comboBox1_SelectedIndexChanged); + // + // label1 + // + this.label1.AutoSize = true; + this.label1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(23, 20); + this.label1.Name = "label1"; + this.label1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(31, 13); + this.label1.TabIndex = 1; + this.label1.Text = "Type"; + // + // numericUpDown1 + // + this.numericUpDown1.Increment = new decimal(new int[] { + 10, + 0, + 0, + 0}); + this.numericUpDown1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(60, 49); + this.numericUpDown1.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] { + 200, + 0, + 0, + 0}); + this.numericUpDown1.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] { + 30, + 0, + 0, + 0}); + this.numericUpDown1.Name = "numericUpDown1"; + this.numericUpDown1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(76, 20); + this.numericUpDown1.TabIndex = 2; + this.numericUpDown1.Value = new decimal(new int[] { + 30, + 0, + 0, + 0}); + this.numericUpDown1.ValueChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.numericUpDown1_ValueChanged); + // + // label2 + // + this.label2.AutoSize = true; + this.label2.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(23, 56); + this.label2.Name = "label2"; + this.label2.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(31, 13); + this.label2.TabIndex = 3; + this.label2.Text = "Price"; + // + // button1 + // + this.button1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(142, 20); + this.button1.Name = "button1"; + this.button1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(40, 49); + this.button1.TabIndex = 4; + this.button1.Text = "Add"; + this.button1.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; + this.button1.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.button1_Click); + // + // richTextBox1 + // + this.richTextBox1.ForeColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ControlText; + this.richTextBox1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(27, 113); + this.richTextBox1.Name = "richTextBox1"; + this.richTextBox1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(155, 83); + this.richTextBox1.TabIndex = 5; + this.richTextBox1.Text = ""; + // + // button2 + // + this.button2.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(27, 81); + this.button2.Name = "button2"; + this.button2.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(155, 29); + this.button2.TabIndex = 6; + this.button2.Text = "Receipt"; + this.button2.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; + this.button2.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.button2_Click); + // + // Form1 + // + this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F); + this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font; + this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(211, 211); + this.Controls.Add(this.button2); + this.Controls.Add(this.richTextBox1); + this.Controls.Add(this.button1); + this.Controls.Add(this.label2); + this.Controls.Add(this.numericUpDown1); + this.Controls.Add(this.label1); + this.Controls.Add(this.comboBox1); + this.Name = "Form1"; + this.Text = "Booking Client"; + ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.numericUpDown1)).EndInit(); + this.ResumeLayout(false); + this.PerformLayout(); + + } + + #endregion + + private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox comboBox1; + private System.Windows.Forms.Label label1; + private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown numericUpDown1; + private System.Windows.Forms.Label label2; + private System.Windows.Forms.Button button1; + private System.Windows.Forms.RichTextBox richTextBox1; + private System.Windows.Forms.Button button2; + } +} + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Form1.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Form1.cs index e3ce7e0a3f..ea1a05a8d4 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Form1.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Form1.cs @@ -1,74 +1,95 @@ -using System; -using System.ServiceModel; -using System.Windows.Forms; -using org.apache.qpid.wcf.demo; -using org.apache.qpid.wcf.model; - -namespace WindowsFormsBooking -{ - public partial class Form1 : Form - { - private ChannelFactory _fac; - private readonly Order _order = new Order(); - private IBooking _calc; - - public Form1() - { - InitializeComponent(); - _calc = StartClient(new QpidBinding("192.168.1.14", 5673)); - _order.Type = "Default"; - _order.Price = 0; - } - - public IBooking StartClient(System.ServiceModel.Channels.Binding binding) - { - IBooking res = null; - try - { - Console.WriteLine(" Starting Client..."); - _fac = new ChannelFactory(binding, "soap.amqp:///Booking"); - _fac.Open(); - res = _fac.CreateChannel(); - Console.WriteLine("[DONE]"); - } - catch (Exception e) - { - Console.WriteLine(e); - } - return res; - } - - public void StopClient(IBooking client) - { - Console.WriteLine(" Stopping Client..."); - ((System.ServiceModel.Channels.IChannel)client).Close(); - _fac.Close(); - Console.WriteLine("[DONE]"); - } - - private void comboBox1_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - _order.Type = ((ComboBox) sender).SelectedItem.ToString(); - } - - private void numericUpDown1_ValueChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - _order.Price = (double) ((NumericUpDown) sender).Value; - } - - private void button1_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - _calc.Add(_order); - } - - private void button2_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) - { - Receipt r = _calc.Checkout(); - richTextBox1.Text = r.Summary + "\n" + "Total Price = " + r.Price; - // reset - _calc = StartClient(new QpidBinding("192.168.1.14", 5673)); - } - - - } -} +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System; +using System.ServiceModel; +using System.Windows.Forms; +using org.apache.qpid.wcf.demo; +using org.apache.qpid.wcf.model; + +namespace WindowsFormsBooking +{ + public partial class Form1 : Form + { + private ChannelFactory _fac; + private readonly Order _order = new Order(); + private IBooking _calc; + + public Form1() + { + InitializeComponent(); + _calc = StartClient(new QpidBinding("192.168.1.14", 5673)); + _order.Type = "Default"; + _order.Price = 0; + } + + public IBooking StartClient(System.ServiceModel.Channels.Binding binding) + { + IBooking res = null; + try + { + Console.WriteLine(" Starting Client..."); + _fac = new ChannelFactory(binding, "soap.amqp:///Booking"); + _fac.Open(); + res = _fac.CreateChannel(); + Console.WriteLine("[DONE]"); + } + catch (Exception e) + { + Console.WriteLine(e); + } + return res; + } + + public void StopClient(IBooking client) + { + Console.WriteLine(" Stopping Client..."); + ((System.ServiceModel.Channels.IChannel)client).Close(); + _fac.Close(); + Console.WriteLine("[DONE]"); + } + + private void comboBox1_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + _order.Type = ((ComboBox) sender).SelectedItem.ToString(); + } + + private void numericUpDown1_ValueChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + _order.Price = (double) ((NumericUpDown) sender).Value; + } + + private void button1_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + _calc.Add(_order); + } + + private void button2_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + Receipt r = _calc.Checkout(); + richTextBox1.Text = r.Summary + "\n" + "Total Price = " + r.Price; + // reset + _calc = StartClient(new QpidBinding("192.168.1.14", 5673)); + } + + + } +} diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Program.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Program.cs index 25e2cd2624..b616984a54 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Program.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Program.cs @@ -1,21 +1,42 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Linq; -using System.Windows.Forms; - -namespace WindowsFormsBooking -{ - static class Program - { - /// - /// The main entry point for the application. - /// - [STAThread] - static void Main() - { - Application.EnableVisualStyles(); - Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false); - Application.Run(new Form1()); - } - } -} +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using System.Windows.Forms; + +namespace WindowsFormsBooking +{ + static class Program + { + /// + /// The main entry point for the application. + /// + [STAThread] + static void Main() + { + Application.EnableVisualStyles(); + Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false); + Application.Run(new Form1()); + } + } +} diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 5c84747dec..1dbf952552 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,36 +1,57 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Booking Client")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Booking Client")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Apache Software Foundation 2008")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("fc8b1e0e-1ca9-46fe-9aae-b1ed046716b8")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Booking Client")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Booking Client")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("fc8b1e0e-1ca9-46fe-9aae-b1ed046716b8")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs index ef98621391..42f9731a3d 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs @@ -1,71 +1,92 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.1433 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace WindowsFormsBooking.Properties -{ - - - /// - /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. - /// - // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder - // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. - // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen - // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "2.0.0.0")] - [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - internal class Resources - { - - private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; - - private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; - - [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] - internal Resources() - { - } - - /// - /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. - /// - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager - { - get - { - if ((resourceMan == null)) - { - global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("WindowsFormsBooking.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); - resourceMan = temp; - } - return resourceMan; - } - } - - /// - /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all - /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. - /// - [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] - internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture - { - get - { - return resourceCulture; - } - set - { - resourceCulture = value; - } - } - } -} +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.1433 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace WindowsFormsBooking.Properties +{ + + + /// + /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + /// + // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder + // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. + // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen + // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. + [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "2.0.0.0")] + [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] + [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + internal class Resources + { + + private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; + + private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; + + [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] + internal Resources() + { + } + + /// + /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + /// + [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] + internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager + { + get + { + if ((resourceMan == null)) + { + global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("WindowsFormsBooking.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); + resourceMan = temp; + } + return resourceMan; + } + } + + /// + /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + /// + [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] + internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture + { + get + { + return resourceCulture; + } + set + { + resourceCulture = value; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs index 028322e275..212fb91438 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs @@ -1,30 +1,51 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -// -// This code was generated by a tool. -// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.1433 -// -// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if -// the code is regenerated. -// -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -namespace WindowsFormsBooking.Properties -{ - - - [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] - [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "9.0.0.0")] - internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase - { - - private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); - - public static Settings Default - { - get - { - return defaultInstance; - } - } - } -} +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.1433 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace WindowsFormsBooking.Properties +{ + + + [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "9.0.0.0")] + internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase + { + + private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); + + public static Settings Default + { + get + { + return defaultInstance; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/wcBookingClient.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/wcBookingClient.csproj index 62144a218c..b3480d6aaa 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/wcBookingClient.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingClient/wcBookingClient.csproj @@ -1,103 +1,124 @@ - - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 9.0.21022 - 2.0 - {4086B3FE-F745-4DCC-952A-682CAE01F4C9} - WinExe - Properties - WindowsFormsBooking - Booking Client - v3.5 - 512 - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - 3.5 - - - 3.0 - - - 3.5 - - - 3.5 - - - - - - - - - - Form - - - Form1.cs - - - - - Form1.cs - Designer - - - ResXFileCodeGenerator - Resources.Designer.cs - Designer - - - True - Resources.resx - - - SettingsSingleFileGenerator - Settings.Designer.cs - - - True - Settings.settings - True - - - - - {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} - wcf - - - {B34E21C4-A742-4886-8569-1A89490E093E} - wcfBookingServer - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 9.0.21022 + 2.0 + {4086B3FE-F745-4DCC-952A-682CAE01F4C9} + WinExe + Properties + WindowsFormsBooking + Booking Client + v3.5 + 512 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + 3.5 + + + 3.0 + + + 3.5 + + + 3.5 + + + + + + + + + + Form + + + Form1.cs + + + + + Form1.cs + Designer + + + ResXFileCodeGenerator + Resources.Designer.cs + Designer + + + True + Resources.resx + + + SettingsSingleFileGenerator + Settings.Designer.cs + + + True + Settings.settings + True + + + + + {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} + wcf + + + {B34E21C4-A742-4886-8569-1A89490E093E} + wcfBookingServer + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingServer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingServer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 286d8ed354..adcbad66f0 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingServer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingServer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,36 +1,57 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Booking Server")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Booking Server")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Apache Software Foundation 2008")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("12ef158b-ac5f-43b3-99f6-e4a4c096d6f8")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Booking Server")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Booking Server")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("12ef158b-ac5f-43b3-99f6-e4a4c096d6f8")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingServer/wcfBookingServer.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingServer/wcfBookingServer.csproj index 4b5cbdd9e8..18cfb868d6 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingServer/wcfBookingServer.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfBookingServer/wcfBookingServer.csproj @@ -1,77 +1,98 @@ - - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 9.0.21022 - 2.0 - {B34E21C4-A742-4886-8569-1A89490E093E} - Exe - Properties - wcfSession - Booking Server - v3.5 - 512 - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - 3.5 - - - - 3.0 - - - 3.0 - - - - 3.5 - - - 3.5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} - wcf - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 9.0.21022 + 2.0 + {B34E21C4-A742-4886-8569-1A89490E093E} + Exe + Properties + wcfSession + Booking Server + v3.5 + 512 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + 3.5 + + + + 3.0 + + + 3.0 + + + + 3.5 + + + 3.5 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} + wcf + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloClient/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloClient/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 59c03c642a..3f9d11e752 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloClient/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloClient/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,36 +1,57 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid WCF Hello Client")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid WCF Hello Client")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Apache Software Foundation 2008")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("f7628695-280a-4689-ac6f-1186177f9a25")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid WCF Hello Client")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid WCF Hello Client")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("f7628695-280a-4689-ac6f-1186177f9a25")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloClient/wcfHelloClient.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloClient/wcfHelloClient.csproj index 9640114524..076c558372 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloClient/wcfHelloClient.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloClient/wcfHelloClient.csproj @@ -1,65 +1,86 @@ - - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 9.0.21022 - 2.0 - {A24E27DB-A38D-40C9-9879-8390B68C2F06} - Exe - Properties - wcfHelloClient - Qpid WCF Hello Client - v3.5 - 512 - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - 3.0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} - wcf - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 9.0.21022 + 2.0 + {A24E27DB-A38D-40C9-9879-8390B68C2F06} + Exe + Properties + wcfHelloClient + Qpid WCF Hello Client + v3.5 + 512 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + 3.0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} + wcf + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloServer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloServer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 229fd72767..940c10976b 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloServer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloServer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,36 +1,57 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid WCF Hello Server")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid WCF Hello Server")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Apache Software Foundation 2008")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("afa87185-f224-4948-904c-b4f3cd19dadb")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid WCF Hello Server")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid WCF Hello Server")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("afa87185-f224-4948-904c-b4f3cd19dadb")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloServer/wcfHelloServer.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloServer/wcfHelloServer.csproj index aa75159b54..468a90bf6b 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloServer/wcfHelloServer.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfHelloServer/wcfHelloServer.csproj @@ -1,73 +1,94 @@ - - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 9.0.21022 - 2.0 - {3EF848D7-5FAC-482C-922A-D4D45A4CCD2A} - Exe - Properties - wcfHelloServer - Qpid WCF Hello Server - v3.5 - 512 - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - 3.5 - - - 3.0 - - - 3.5 - - - 3.5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} - wcf - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 9.0.21022 + 2.0 + {3EF848D7-5FAC-482C-922A-D4D45A4CCD2A} + Exe + Properties + wcfHelloServer + Qpid WCF Hello Server + v3.5 + 512 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + 3.5 + + + 3.0 + + + 3.5 + + + 3.5 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} + wcf + + + + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfRPC/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfRPC/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs index 7236da2e5b..d9e0a5f3d3 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfRPC/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfRPC/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -1,36 +1,57 @@ -using System.Reflection; -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using System.Runtime.InteropServices; - -// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following -// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information -// associated with an assembly. -[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid WCF UpperCase")] -[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] -[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] -[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid WCF UpperCase")] -[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Apache Software Foundation 2008")] -[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] -[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] - -// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible -// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from -// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. -[assembly: ComVisible(false)] - -// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM -[assembly: Guid("14ba3707-3fcc-4033-8bbc-0db65c5424f3")] - -// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: -// -// Major Version -// Minor Version -// Build Number -// Revision -// -// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers -// by using the '*' as shown below: -// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] +/* + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one + * or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file + * distributed with this work for additional information + * regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file + * to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the + * "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance + * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, + * software distributed under the License is distributed on an + * "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the + * specific language governing permissions and limitations + * under the License. + * + */ + +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Qpid WCF UpperCase")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Built from svn revision number: ")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Qpid WCF UpperCase")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Apache Software Foundation")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("14ba3707-3fcc-4033-8bbc-0db65c5424f3")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.10.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfRPC/wcfRPC.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfRPC/wcfRPC.csproj index 36d8d62e88..277c59d179 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfRPC/wcfRPC.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/demo/wcfRPC/wcfRPC.csproj @@ -1,73 +1,94 @@ - - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 9.0.21022 - 2.0 - {C988F456-1025-486F-9BCD-49C0F83B91DB} - Exe - Properties - wcfRPC - Qpid WCF UpperCase - v3.5 - 512 - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - - - 3.5 - - - - 3.0 - - - - 3.5 - - - 3.5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} - wcf - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 9.0.21022 + 2.0 + {C988F456-1025-486F-9BCD-49C0F83B91DB} + Exe + Properties + wcfRPC + Qpid WCF UpperCase + v3.5 + 512 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + 3.5 + + + + 3.0 + + + + 3.5 + + + 3.5 + + + + + + + + + + + + + {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} + wcf + + + + + diff --git a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/wcf.csproj b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/wcf.csproj index a294f52be2..4a045e23fe 100644 --- a/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/wcf.csproj +++ b/qpid/dotnet/client-010/wcf/wcf.csproj @@ -1,69 +1,90 @@ - - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 9.0.21022 - 2.0 - {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} - Library - Properties - WCF - qpidWCFModel - v3.5 - 512 - - - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - False - ..\client\bin\Debug\Qpid Client.dll - - - - - 3.0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + 9.0.21022 + 2.0 + {F1D80D9D-FE22-4213-A760-BFFDE7D131DD} + Library + Properties + WCF + qpidWCFModel + v3.5 + 512 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + False + ..\client\bin\Debug\Qpid Client.dll + + + + + 3.0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -- cgit v1.2.1